Nissan 2004 Armada Owners Manual Pathfinder OM

2004-Nissan-Armada 2004-Nissan-Armada

2015-09-07

: Nissan Nissan-2004-Armada-Owners-Manual-762734 nissan-2004-armada-owners-manual-762734 nissan pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 344 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

2004 Nissan Pathfinder Armada
OM4E-TA60U2
Table of Contents

Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN

owners. This vehicle is delivered to you with

confidence. It was produced using the latest

techniques and strict quality control.

This manual was prepared to help you under-

stand the operation and maintenance of your

vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles (kilome-

ters) of driving pleasure. Please read through this

manual before operating your vehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Booklet

explains details about the warranties cov-

ering your vehicle. The “NISSAN Service

and Maintenance Guide” explains details

about maintaining and servicing your ve-

hicle. Additionally, a separate Customer

Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will

explain how to resolve any concerns you

may have with your vehicle, as well as

clarify your rights under your state’s lemon

law.

Your NISSAN dealership knows your vehicle

best. When you require any service or have any

questions, they will be glad to assist you with the

extensive resources available to them.

Before driving your vehicle please read this Own-

er’s Manual carefully. This will ensure familiarity

with controls and maintenance requirements, as-

sisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE-

MINDERS FOR SAFETY!

Follow these important driving rules to

help ensure a safe and comfortable trip

for you and your passengers!

●NEVER drive under the influence of al-

cohol or drugs.

●ALWAYS observe posted speed limits

and never drive too fast for conditions.

●

ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-

priate child restraint systems. Pre-teen

children should be seated in the rear seat.

●ALWAYS provide information about the

proper use of vehicle safety features to

all occupants of the vehicle.

●ALWAYS review this owner’s manual for

important safety information.

For descriptions specified for four-wheel drive

models, a mark is placed at the begin-

ning of the applicable sections/items.

As with other vehicles with features for

off-road use, failure to operate four-wheel

drive models correctly may result in loss of

control or an accident. Be sure to read

“Driving safety precautions” in the “Start-

ing and driving” section of this manual.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD DRIVING

This vehicle will handle and maneuver

differently from an ordinary passenger

car because it has a higher center of

gravity for off-road use. As with other

vehicles with features of this type, fail-

ure to operate this vehicle correctly may

result in loss of control or an accident.

Be sure to read “On-pavement and off-

road driving precautions”, and “Avoid-

ing collision and rollover”, and “Driving

safety precautions”, in the “Starting and

driving” section of this manual.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified.

Modification could affect its

performance, safety or durability, and

may even violate governmental

regulations. In addition, damage or per-

formance problems resulting from

modifications may not be covered un-

der NISSAN warranties.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

This manual includes information for all options

available on this model. Therefore, you may find

some information that does not apply to your

vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustrations in

this manual are those in effect at the time of

printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change

specifications or design without notice and with-

out obligation.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT

THIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual. They

are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of a

hazard that could cause death or serious

personal injury. To avoid or reduce the

risk, the procedures must be followed

precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of a

hazard that could cause minor or moder-

ate personal injury or damage to your ve-

hicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the pro-

cedures must be followed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not do this”

or “Do not let this happen.”

If you see a symbol similar to these in an illustra-

tion, it means the arrow points to the front of the

vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these

indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to these

call attention to an item in the illustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,

and certain vehicle components contain

or emit chemicals known to the State of

California to cause cancer and birth de-

fects or other reproductive harm. In addi-

tion, certain fluids contained in vehicles

and certain products of component wear

contain or emit chemicals known to the

State of California to cause cancer and

birth defects or other reproductive harm.

GARDENA, CALIFORNIA

Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval

system, or transmitted in any form, or by any

means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,

recording or otherwise, without the prior written

permission of Nissan North America, Inc., Gar-

dena, California.

APD1005

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/20/04—tmchalpi

Your new NISSAN is the result of our dedication to

produce the finest in safe, reliable and economical

transportation. Your vehicle is the product of a suc-

cessful worldwide company that manufactures cars

and trucks in over 17 countries and distributes them

in 170 nations.

NISSAN vehicles are designed and manufactured

by Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. which was founded in

Tokyo, Japan in 1933, and NISSAN affiliates world-

wide, collectively growing to become the fifth largest

automaker in the world. In addition to cars and

trucks, NISSAN also makes forklift trucks, marine

engines, boats and other diversified products.

NISSAN has made a substantial and growing in-

vestment in North America. NISSAN’s commitment

is over $6 billion dollars in capital investments in

facilities across the continent. Some of the facilities

include the Nissan Manufacturing facilities in Can-

ton, Mississippi and in Smyrna, Tennessee, vehicle

styling design at Nissan Design America, Inc. in San

Diego, California, and engineering at Nissan Tech-

nical Center North America in Farmington Hills,

Michigan. Additionally, NISSAN employs more than

21,000 people throughout the United States,

Canada, and Mexico. An additional 60,000 people

work for the 1,250 NISSAN and INFINITI dealers

across North America.

NISSAN is also a substantial contributor to the

Canadian economy. Nissan Canada Inc., its suppli-

ers and over 150 dealers employ approximately

4,500 people. These include company employees

and the staffs of NISSAN dealers all across Canada.

In addition, many Canadians work for companies

that supply NISSAN and NISSAN dealers with ma-

terials and services ranging from the operation of

port facilities and transportation services, to the

supply of lubricants, parts and accessories.

NISSAN pioneered the use of electronics and com-

puters in automobiles, and has led the industry in

improving both performance and fuel efficiency

through new engine designs and the use of syn-

thetic materials to reduce vehicle weight. The com-

pany has also developed ways to build quality into its

vehicles at each stage of the production process,

both through extensive use of automation and —

most importantly — through an awareness that

people are the central element in quality control.

From the time the parts arrived from our suppliers

until you took delivery of your new NISSAN, dozens

of checks were made to ensure that only the best job

was being done in producing and delivering your

vehicle. NISSAN also takes great care to ensure that

when you take your NISSAN to your dealer for

maintenance, the service technician will perform his

work according to the quality standards that have

been established by NISSAN.

Safety has also been built into your NISSAN. As you

know, seat belts are an integral part of the safety

systems that will help protect you and your passen-

gers in the event of a sudden stop or an accident.

We urge you to use the seat belts every time you

drive the vehicle.

The NISSAN story of growth and achievement re-

flects our major goal: to provide you, our customer,

with a vehicle that is built with quality and craftsman-

ship — a product that we can be proud to build and

you can be proud to own.

WFW0014

WELCOME TO THE WORLD OF NISSAN

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

NISSAN CARES...

Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are

our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs.

However, if there is something that your NISSAN

dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to

provide NISSAN directly with comments or ques-

tions, please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs

Department using our toll-free number:

For U.S. mainland and Alaska customers

1-800-NISSAN-1

(1-800-647-7261)

For Hawaii customers

1-808-836-0888 (Oahu Number)

For Canadian customers

1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the

following information:

– Your name, address, and telephone number

– Vehicle identification number (attached to the

top of the instrument panel on the driver’s

side)

– Date of purchase

– Current odometer reading

– Your NISSAN dealer’s name

– Your comments or questions

You can write to NISSAN with the information at:

For U.S. mainland and Alaska customers

Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 191

Gardena, California 90248-0191

For Hawaii customers

Nissan Motor Corporation in Hawaii

2880 Kilihau St.

Honolulu, Hawaii 96819

For Canadian customers

Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor Drive

Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Table of

Contents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

0 Illustrated table of contents

Airbags, seat belts and child restraints ...............0-2

Exterior front ......................................0-3

Exterior rear.......................................0-4

Passenger compartment ...........................0-5

Instrument panel...................................0-6

Engine compartment locations ......................0-8

Warning/indicator lights ............................0-9

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. 3rd row bench seat belts (P. 1-32)

2. 2nd row seat belts (P. 1-32)

3. Supplemental curtain side-impact and

rollover air bags (P. 1-14)

4. Front seat belts (P. 1-32)

5. Supplemental front impact air bags

(P.1-14)

6. Seats (P. 1-2)

7. Occupant classification sensor (weight

sensor) (P.1-22)

8. Seat belt pretensioners (P. 1-28)

9. Supplemental side impact air bag

(if so equipped) (P. 1-14)

10. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) (P. 1-57)

11. Top tether strap anchor (P. 1-59)

See the page number indicated in paren-

theses for operating details.

LII0021

AIRBAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILD

RESTRAINTS

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Engine hood (P. 3-10)

2. Windshield wiper and washer switch

(P. 2-22)

3. Windshield (P. 8-18)

4. Power windows (P. 2-46)

5. Door locks, keyfob, keys (P. 3-3, 3-5,

3-2)

6. Mirrors (P. 3-18)

7. Tire pressure (P. 9-11)

8. Flat tire (P. 6-2)

9. Tire chains (P. 8-36)

10. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-27)

11. Headlight and turn signal switch

(P. 2-25)

12. Fog light switch (P. 2-28)

13. Tow hooks (if so equipped) (P. 6-12)

See the page number indicated in paren-

theses for operating details.

LII0020

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Roof rack (P. 2-45)

2. Vehicle loading (P. 9-12)

3. Glass hatch (P. 3-15)

4. Rear window washer (P.2-23)

5. Glass hatch release (P.3-15)

6. Back door release (P. 3-14)

7. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-27)

8. Fuel filler cap, fuel recommendation

(P. 3-15, P. 9-3)

9. Fuel filler door (P. 3-15)

See the page number indicated in paren-

theses for operating details.

LII0019

EXTERIOR REAR

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Rear ventilators (P. 4-11

2. Storage (P. 2-34)

3. DVD entertainment system (if so

equipped) (P. 4-41)

4. Sunroof (if so equipped) (P. 2-49)

5. Map lights (P. 2-53)

6. Sun visors (P. 3-17)

7. HomeLinkT(P. 2-53)

8. Glove box (P. 2-34)

9. Seats (P. 1-2)

10. Cup holders (P. 2-38)

11. Luggage storage (P. 2-42)

See the page number indicated in paren-

theses for operating details.

LII0022

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Driver, center and passenger vents

(P. 4-11)

2. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-27)

3. Headlight and turn signal switch

(P. 2-25)

4. Steering wheel switch for audio control

(if so equipped) (P. 4-38)

5. Driver supplemental air bag/horn

(P. 1-14, P. 2-29)

6. Meters, gauges and warning/indicator

lights (P. 2-3, 2-12)

7. Cruise control main/set switches

(P. 5-14)

8. Windshield wiper/washer switch and

rear window wiper/washer switch

(P. 2-22, 2-23)

9. Ignition switch (P. 5-7)

10. Navigation system* (if so equipped)

(P. 4-2)

11. Navigation system* controls

(if so equipped) (P. 4-2)

12. Audio system controls (P. 4-27, 4-32)

13. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-14)

14. Glove box (P. 2-36)

15. Climate controls (P. 4-12, 4-21)

16. Aux jack (P. 4-37)

WIC0646

INSTRUMENT PANEL

0-6 Illustrated table of contents

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

17. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)

(P. 2-29)

18. Power outlet (P. 2-32)

19. Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off

switch (P. 2-30)

20. Tow mode switch (P. 2-31)

21. Shift selector lever (P. 5-9)

22. Passenger air bag status light (P. 1-24)

23. Hazard lights (P. 2-28)

24. 4WD shift switch (if so equipped)

(P.5-17)

25. Tilt steering wheel control (P. 3-16)

26. Rear sonar system off switch (if so

equipped) (P. 2-31)

27. Pedal position adjustment switch

(P. 3-17)

28. Back door open/close switch

(if so equipped) (P. 3-10)

*: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-

er’s Manual (if so equipped).

See the page number indicated in paren-

theses for operating details.

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Battery (P. 8-13)

2. Fuse/fusible link box (P. 8-22)

3. Transmission dipstick (P. 8-11)

4. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-8)

5. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-12)

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-12)

7. Air cleaner (P. 8-16)

8. Radiator cap (P. 8-7)

9. Power steering fluid reservoir (P. 8-11)

10. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-8)

11. Coolant reservoir (P. 8-7)

See the page number indicated in paren-

theses for operating details.

LDI0368

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LOCATIONS

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Warning

light Name Page

Anti-lock brake

warning light 2-13

Automatic

transmission

check warning

light

2-13

Automatic

transmission

park warning

light (

model)

2-13

Brake warning

light 2-13

Warning

light Name Page

Charge warning

light 2-14

Check suspen-

sion warning

light (if so

equipped)

2-14

Door open

warning light 2-14

Engine oil pres-

sure low/engine

coolant tem-

perature high

warning light

2-14

4WD warning

light (

model)

2-15

Low fuel warn-

ing light 2-15

Warning

light Name Page

Low tire pres-

sure warning

light

2-15

Low windshield

washer fluid

warning light

2-16

Seat belt warn-

ing light and

chime

2-16

Supplemental

air bag warning

light

2-16

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Indicator

light Name Page

Automatic

transmission

position indica-

tor light

2-17

Cruise main

switch indicator

light

2-17

Cruise set

switch indicator

light

2-17

4WD shift indi-

cator light

(

model)

2-17

Front passenger

air bag status

light

2-17

Indicator

light Name Page

High beam in-

dicator light

(Blue)

2-17

Malfunction

indicator lamp

(MIL)

2-17

Security indica-

tor light (NVIS) 2-18

Slip indicator

light 2-18

Transfer 4LO

position indica-

tor light

(

model)

2-18

Turn

signal/hazard

indicator lights

2-19

Indicator

light Name Page

Vehicle dy-

namic control

off indicator

light

2-19

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1 Safety—Seats, seat belts and

supplemental air bags

Seats ............................................1-2

Front manual seat adjustment — passenger

side...........................................1-2

Front power seat adjustment (for driver’s

seat and if so equipped for passenger’s

seat)..........................................1-4

2nd row captain’s chair adjustment

(if so equipped) ................................1-5

2nd row bench seat adjustment

(if so equipped) ................................1-7

Head restraint adjustment .......................1-8

Armrests ......................................1-9

Flexible seating.................................1-9

Supplemental restraint system .....................1-14

Precautions on supplemental restraint

system .......................................1-14

Supplemental air bag warning labels.............1-30

Supplemental air bag warning light ..............1-30

Seat belts .......................................1-32

Precautions on seat belt usage..................1-32

Child safety...................................1-34

Pregnant women ..............................1-35

Injured persons................................1-35

Three-point type seat belt with retractor..........1-36

Seat belt extenders ............................1-41

Seat belt maintenance .........................1-41

Child restraints...................................1-41

Precautions on child restraints ..................1-41

Installation on 2nd row captain’s chairs

(if so equipped) ...............................1-43

Installation on 2nd row bench seats

(if so equipped) ...............................1-47

Installation on 3rd row bench seat ...............1-52

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) system..............................1-57

Top tether strap child restraint ..................1-59

Installation on front passenger seat ..............1-62

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Do not ride in a moving vehicle when

the seatback is reclined. This can be

dangerous. The shoulder belt will not

be against your body. In an accident,

you could be thrown into it and receive

neck or other serious injuries. You

could also slide under the lap belt and

receive serious internal injuries.

●For the most effective protection when

the vehicle is in motion, the seat should

be upright. Always sit well back in the

seat and adjust the seat properly. See

“Precautions on Seat Belt Usage” later

in this section.

FRONT MANUAL SEAT

ADJUSTMENT — PASSENGER SIDE

WARNING

●Do not adjust the driver’s seat while

driving so full attention may be given to

vehicle operation. The seat may move

suddenly and could cause loss of con-

trol of the vehicle.

●After adjustment, gently rock in the seat

to make sure it is securely locked.

ARS1152

SEATS

1-2 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Forward and backward

Pull the lever up and hold it while you slide the

seat forward or backward to the desired position.

Release the lever to lock the seat in position.

Reclining

To recline the seatback, pull the lever up and lean

back. To bring the seatback forward, pull the lever

up and lean your body forward. Release the lever

to lock the seatback in position.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the

seatback for occupants of different sizes to help

obtain proper seat belt fit (see “Precautions on

seat belt usage” later in this section). Also, the

seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to

rest when the vehicle is stopped.

WARNING

After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to

make sure it is securely locked.

LRS0244 LRS0245

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-3

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

FRONT POWER SEAT

ADJUSTMENT (for driver’s seat and if

so equipped for passenger’s seat)

WARNING

●Do not adjust the driver’s seat while

driving so full attention may be given to

vehicle operation. The seat may move

suddenly and could cause loss of con-

trol of the vehicle.

●Do not leave children unattended inside

the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-

tivate switches or controls. Unattended

children could become involved in seri-

ous accidents.

Operating tips

●The power seat motor has an auto-reset

overload protection circuit. If the motor

stops during operation, wait 30 seconds,

then reactivate the switch.

●Do not operate the power seat switch for a

long period of time when the engine is off.

This will discharge the battery.

See “Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped)”

in “Pre-driving checks and adjustments”for auto-

matic drive positioner operation.

Forward and backward

Moving the switch forward or backward will slide

the seat forward or backward to the desired

position.

Reclining

Move the recline switch backward until the de-

sired angle is obtained. To bring the seatback

forward again, move the switch forward and

move your body forward. The seatback will move

forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment of the

seatback for occupants of different sizes to help

obtain proper seat belt fit (see “Precautions on

seat belt usage” later in this section). Also, the

seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to

rest when the vehicle is stopped.

WRS0276

1-4 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Seat lifter (driver’s seat)

Push the front or rear end of the switch up or

down to adjust the angle and height of the seat

cushion.

Lumbar support (driver’s seat)

The lumbar support feature provides lower back

support to the driver. Move the lever up or down

to adjust the seat lumbar area.

2ND ROW CAPTAIN’S CHAIR

ADJUSTMENT (if so equipped)

Reclining

To recline the seatback, pull up on the lever and

lean back.

The recline feature allows adjustment of the seat

back for occupants of different sizes to help

obtain proper seat belt fit (see “Precautions on

seat belt usage” later in this section). Also, the

seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to

rest when the vehicle is stopped.

WRS0277 LRS0278 WRS0369

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-5

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●After adjustment, gently rock in the seat

to make sure it is securely locked.

●Do not ride in a moving vehicle when

the seatback is reclined. This can be

dangerous. The shoulder belt will not

be against your body. In an accident,

you could be thrown into it and receive

neck or other serious injuries. You

could also slide under the lap belt and

receive serious internal injuries.

●For the most effective protection when

the vehicle is in motion, the seat should

be upright. Always sit well back in the

seat and adjust the seat belt properly.

See “Precautions on seat belt usage”

later in this section.

Tip up for easy entry to the 3rd row

The 2nd row captain’s chairs can be tipped for-

ward for easy entry or exit from the 3rd row bench

seat. To enter the 3rd row s

1lift up on the latch

located on the upper corner of the seatback on

the 2nd row captain’s chair and fold the seatback

forward at an angle over the seat base. This will

release the back of the seat so it may be tipped

forward.

Then s

2lift up on the lower corner of the seat

base and tip the 2nd row captain’s chair forward.

To exit the 3rd row bench seat lift up on the same

latch and fold the seatback forward onto the seat

base. Then lift up on the seat base and tip it

forward.

WRS0415 LRS0372

1-6 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

2ND ROW BENCH SEAT

ADJUSTMENT (if so equipped)

Reclining

To recline the seatback, pull up on the lever and

lean back.

The recline feature allows adjustment of the seat

back for occupants of different sizes to help

obtain proper seat belt fit (see “Precautions on

seat belt usage” later in this section). Also, the

seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to

rest when the vehicle is stopped.

WARNING

●After adjustment, gently rock in the seat

to make sure it is securely locked.

●Do not ride in a moving vehicle when

the seatback is reclined. This can be

dangerous. The shoulder belt will not

be against your body. In an accident,

you could be thrown into it and receive

neck or other serious injuries. You

could also slide under the lap belt and

receive serious internal injuries.

●For the most effective protection when

the vehicle is in motion, the seat should

be upright. Always sit well back in the

seat and adjust the seat belt properly.

See “Precautions on seat belt usage”

later in this section.

Tip up for easy entry to the 3rd row

The outboard seating positions on the 2nd row

bench seat can be tipped forward for easy entry

or exit from the 3rd row bench seat. To enter the

3rd row s

1lift up on the latch located on the

upper corner of the seatback on the 2nd row

bench seat and fold the seatback forward at an

angle over the seat base. This will release the

back of the seat so it may be tipped forward.

Outboard seats

WRS0369 WRS0414

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-7

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Then s

2lift up on the lower corner of the seat

base and tip the outboard seating position of the

2nd row bench seat forward. To exit the 3rd row

bench seat lift up on the same latch and fold the

seatback forward onto the seat base. Then lift up

on the seat base and tip it forward.

HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT

To raise the head restraint, pull it up. To lower,

push and hold the lock knob and push the head

restraint down.

The head restraints on the 2nd and 3rd row seats

are removable. The front seat head restraints are

not removable.

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjusted prop-

erly as they may provide significant pro-

tection against injury in an accident. Do

not remove them. Check the adjustment

after someone else uses the seat.

LRS0331 LRS0286

1-8 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Adjust the head restraint so the center is level

with the center of your ears. ARMRESTS

To use the armrests, pull them down to the rest-

ing position.

AStowed position

BResting position

Adjustable driver’s seat armrest (if so

equipped)

To use the adjustable driver seat armrest, pull it

down to the resting position. Adjust the armrest

to the desired position by raising the armrest to

the desired height and releasing the armrest. To

readjust the armrest to a lower position, raise the

armrest to the stowed position, then pull it to the

resting position and adjust to the desired height.

FLEXIBLE SEATING

WARNING

●Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo

area or on the rear seats when they are

in the fold-down position. In a collision,

people riding in these areas without

proper restraints are more likely to be

seriously injured or killed.

●Do not allow people to ride in any area

of your vehicle that is not equipped with

seats and seat belts. Be sure everyone

in your vehicle is in a seat and using a

seat belt properly.

WRS0134 WRS0368 LRS0341

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-9

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

02/02/04—marlene

●Do not fold down the rear seats when

occupants are in the rear seat area or

any luggage is on the rear seats.

●Head restraints should be adjusted

properly as they may provide significant

protection against injury in an accident.

Always replace and adjust them prop-

erly if they have been removed for any

reason.

●If the head restraints are removed for

any reason, they should be securely

stored to prevent them from causing

injury to passengers or damage to the

vehicle in case of sudden braking or an

accident.

●When returning the seatbacks to the

upright position, be certain they are

completely secured in the latched posi-

tion. If they are not completely secured,

passengers may be injured in an acci-

dent or sudden stop.

●Properly secure all cargo to help pre-

vent it from sliding or shifting. Do not

place cargo higher than the seatbacks.

In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured

cargo could cause personal injury.

Folding the front passenger’s seatback

To fold the front passenger’s seatback flat for

extra storage length when transporting long

items:

1Slide the seat to the rear-most position. Lift

up on the recline lever, located on the out-

side edge of the seat, and fold the seatback

forward as far as it will go. Then lift up on the

latch located on the upper corner of the

seatback to release the back of the seat.

2Once the seatback is released it will enable

you to fold the front passenger seatback flat

over the seat cushion.

3. To return the front passenger’s seat to a

seating position lift up on the seatback and

push it up to an upright position. Then pull up

on the recline lever and lean the seatback to

a proper seating position. Release the lever

to lock the seatback in position.

LRS0342

1-10 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

02/02/04—marlene

WARNING

●If you fold the front passenger’s seat-

back flat forward to carry longer ob-

jects, be sure this cargo is properly se-

cured and not near an air bag. In a

crash, an inflating air bag might force

that object toward a person. This could

cause severe injury or even death. Se-

cure objects away from the area in

which an air bag would inflate. See

“Precautions on supplemental restraint

system” later in this section.

●Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo

area or on the front passenger’s seat

when it is in the fold-down position. Use

of these areas by passengers could re-

sult in serious injury in an accident or

sudden stop.

Folding the 2nd row captain’s chairs (if

so equipped)

To fold the 2nd row captain’s chairs flat for maxi-

mum cargo hauling:

1Raise the armrest to the stowed position.

Remove the 2nd row center console, see

“Console removal” in the “Instruments and

controls” section of this Owner’s Manual.

2Pull the strap forward, located in the center

of the seat cushion, and fold the seat cush-

ion toward the front of the vehicle.

3Then lift up on the recline lever to fold the

seatback flat forward.

LRS0332 LRS0333

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-11

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

02/02/04—marlene

4There is a carpet panel flap that can be

folded toward the back of the vehicle. s

5The carpet panel flaps provide a level cargo

floor when the 3rd row seats are also folded

flat. Reverse this process to return the 2nd

row captain’s chairs to a seating position.

Make sure to properly raise the seat-

back to an upright position and push

the seat cushion down into place.

Folding the 2nd row bench seat (if so

equipped)

To fold the 2nd row bench seat flat for maximum

cargo hauling:

1Pull the strap forward, located in the center

of each seat cushion, and fold each seat

cushion toward the front of the vehicle.

LRS0334 LRS0335 LRS0336

1-12 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

02/02/04—marlene

2Then lift up on the recline lever on the side of

the outboard seats to fold the outboard seat-

backs flat. To fold the center seatback flat,

pull up on the strap on the edge of the center

seat cushion and fold the seatback toward

the front of the vehicle.

3There is a carpet panel flap on the back of

each seat that can be folded toward the

back of the vehicle

4The carpet panel flap provides a level cargo

floor when the 3rd row seats are also folded

flat.

5. To return the outboard 2nd row bench seats

to a seating position reverse the process for

the outboard seats.

6. To return the center seat to a seating posi-

tion, lift up on the pull strap on the back of

the seat base while lifting on the seatback.

Then push the seat cushion back into place.

Make sure to properly raise the seat-

back to an upright position and push

the seat cushion down into place.

LRS0337 LRS0338 LRS0339

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-13

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Folding the 3rd row bench seat

To fold the 3rd row bench seat flat for maximum

cargo capacity:

Disconnect and secure the center seat belt and

tongues into the retractor base. See “Stowing

rear center seat belt” later in this section. Then

pull up on the latch located in the center of the

seatback and fold it forward over the seat base.

To return the 3rd row bench seat to a seating

position unfold the seatback and push it back

until it latches into position.

WARNING

●When returning the seatbacks, be sure

to attach the rear center seat belt

connector.

●Do not unfasten the rear center seat

belt connector except when folding

down the rear seat.

●When attaching the rear center seat

belt connector, be certain that the seat-

backs are completely secured in the

latched position and the rear center

seat belt connector is completely

secured.

●If the rear center seat belt connector

and the seatbacks are not secured in

the correct position, serious personal

injury may result in an accident or sud-

den stop.

PRECAUTIONS ON

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT

SYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) sec-

tion contains important information concerning

the driver and passenger supplemental front air

bags (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System),

supplemental side air bags, curtain side-impact

and rollover air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts.

Supplemental front impact air bag system:

The NISSAN advanced air bag system can help

cushion the impact force to the head and chest of

the driver and front passenger in certain frontal

collisions.

Supplemental side-impact air bag system

(if so equipped): This system can help cushion

the impact force to the chest area of the driver

and front passenger in certain side impact colli-

sions. The supplemental side air bag is designed

to inflate on the side where the vehicle is im-

pacted.

Supplemental curtain side-impact and roll-

over air bag system: This system can help

cushion the impact force to the head of occu-

pants in front and rear outboard seating positions

in certain side impact or rollover collisions. In a

side impact, the curtain air bags are designed to

inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted.

LRS0374

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT

SYSTEM

1-14 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

In a rollover both curtain air bags are designed to

inflate and remain inflated for a short time.

These supplemental restraint systems are de-

signed to supplement the crash protection pro-

vided by the seat belts and are not a substitute

for them. Seat belts should always be correctly

worn and the occupant seated a suitable dis-

tance away from the steering wheel, instrument

panel and door finishers. See “Seat belts” later in

this section for instructions and precautions on

seat belt usage.

The supplemental air bags operate only

when the ignition switch is in the ON or

START position.

After turning the ignition key to the ON

position, the supplemental air bag warning

light illuminates. The supplemental air bag

warning light will turn off after about 7

seconds if the system is operational.

WARNING

●The supplemental front air bags ordi-

narily will not inflate in the event of a

side impact, rear impact, rollover, or

lower severity frontal collision. Also,

the front passenger air bag will not in-

flate if the passenger air bag status

light is lit. See “Front passenger air bag

and status light” later in this section.

Always wear your seat belts to help

reduce the risk or severity of injury in

various kinds of accidents.

WRS0031

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-15

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●The seat belts and the supplemental

front air bags are most effective when

you are sitting well back and upright in

the seat. The front air bags inflate with

great force. Even with the NISSAN ad-

vanced air bag system, if you are unre-

strained, leaning forward, sitting side-

ways or out of position in any way, you

are at greater risk of injury or death in a

crash. You may also receive serious or

fatal injuries from the supplemental

front air bag if you are up against it

when it inflates. Always sit back against

the seatback and as far away as practi-

cal from the steering wheel or instru-

ment panel. Always use the seat belts.

●The driver and front passenger seat belt

buckles are equipped with sensors that

detect if the seat belts are fastened. The

advanced air bag system monitors the

severity of a collision and seat belt us-

age then inflates the air bags. Failure to

properly wear seat belts can increase

the risk or severity of injury in an

accident.

●The front passenger seat is equipped

with an occupant classification sensor

(weight sensor) that turns the front pas-

senger air bag OFF under some condi-

tions. This sensor is only used in this

seat. Failure to be properly seated and

wearing the seat belt can increase the

risk or severity of injury in an accident.

See “Front Passenger air bag and sta-

tus light” later in this section.

●Keep hands on the outside of the steer-

ing wheel. Placing them inside the

steering wheel rim could increase the

risk that they are injured when the

supplemental front air bag inflates.

1-16 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Never let children ride unrestrained or

extend their hands or face out of the

window. Do not attempt to hold them in

your lap or arms. Some examples of

dangerous riding positions are shown

in the illustrations.

ARS1133 ARS1041

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-17

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Children may be severely injured or

killed when the supplemental front air

bags, side air bags or curtain side-

impact and rollover air bags inflate if

they are not properly restrained. Pre-

teens and children should be properly

restrained in the rear seat, if possible.

ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044

1-18 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air

Bag System, never install a rear-facing

child restraint in the front seat. An in-

flating supplemental front air bag could

seriously injure or kill your child. See

“Child restraints” later in this section

for details.

WARNING

Supplemental side air bag (if so equipped)

and curtain side-impact and rollover air

bag:

●The supplemental side air bag and cur-

tain side-impact and rollover air bag

ordinarily will not inflate in the event of

a frontal impact, rear impact, or lower

severity side collision. Always wear

your seat belts to help reduce the risk or

severity of injury in various kinds of

accidents.

ARS1045 WRS0256 Do not lean against the door.

WRS0431

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-19

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●The seat belts, the supplemental side

air bags and curtain side-impact and

rollover air bags are most effective

when you are sitting well back and up-

right in the seat. The side air bag and

curtain air bag inflate with great force.

Do not allow anyone to place their

hand, leg or face near the side air bag

on the side of the seatback of the front

seat or near the side roof rails. Do not

allow anyone sitting in the front seats or

rear outboard seats to extend their

hand out of the window or lean against

the door. Some examples of dangerous

riding positions are shown in the previ-

ous illustrations.

Do not lean against doors or windows.

WRS0365

Do not lean against doors or windows.

SSS0162

1-20 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●When sitting in the 2nd row rear seat, do

not hold onto the seatback of the front

seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may

be seriously injured. Be especially care-

ful with children, who should always be

properly restrained. Some examples of

dangerous riding positions are shown

in the illustrations.

●Do not use seat covers on the front

seatbacks. They may interfere with

supplemental side air bag inflation.

WRS0363 SSS0159

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-21

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. SRS curtain side-impact and rollover air

bag modules

2. SRS curtain side-impact and rollover air

bag

3. Diagnosis sensor unit

4. Supplemental front air bag modules

5. Crash zone sensor

6. Occupant classification system control

unit

7. Occupant classification sensor

8. Seat belt buckle switches

9. Pre-tensioner retractor

10. Satellite sensors

11. Supplemental side air bag modules (if

so equipped)

NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System

(front seats)

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN ad-

vanced air bag system for the driver and front

passenger seats. This system is designed to

meet certification requirements under U.S. regu-

lations. It is also permitted in Canada. However,

all of the information, cautions and warn-

ings in this manual still apply and must be

followed.

The driver supplemental front air bag is located in

the center of the steering wheel. The passenger

WRS0366

1-22 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

supplemental front air bag is mounted in the

dashboard above the glove box. The supplemen-

tal front air bags are designed to inflate in higher

severity frontal collisions, although they may in-

flate if the forces in another type of collision are

similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact.

They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an

indication of proper supplemental front air bag

system operation.

The NISSAN advanced air bag system has dual

stage inflators. It also monitors information from

the crash zone sensor, the diagnosis sensor unit,

seat belt buckle sensors, occupant classification

sensor (weight sensor) and passenger seat belt

tension sensor. Inflator operation is based on the

severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the

driver. For the front passenger, it additionally

monitors the weight of an occupant or object on

the seat and seat belt tension. Based on informa-

tion from the sensors, only one front air bag may

inflate in a crash, depending on the crash severity

and whether the front occupants are belted or

unbelted. Additionally, the front passenger air

bag may be automatically turned OFF under

some conditions, depending on the weight de-

tected on the passenger seat and how the seat

belt is used. If the front passenger air bag is OFF,

the passenger air bag status light will be illumi-

nated. See “Front passenger air bag and status

light” later in this section for further details. One

front air bag inflating does not indicate improper

performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bag

system, please contact NISSAN or your NISSAN

dealer. If you are considering modification of your

vehicle due to a disability, you may also contact

NISSAN. Contact information is contained in the

front of this Owner’s Manual.

When a supplemental front air bag inflates, a

fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by the

release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and

does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken to

not inhale it, as it may cause irritation and chok-

ing. Those with a history of a breathing condition

should get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental front air bags, along with the use of

seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on

the face and chest of the front occupants. They

can help save lives and reduce serious injuries.

However, an inflating front air bag may cause

facial abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags

do not provide restraint to the lower body.

Even with NISSAN advanced air bags, seat belts

should be correctly worn and the driver and pas-

senger seated upright as far as practical away

from the steering wheel or instrument panel. The

supplemental front air bags inflate quickly in order

to help protect the front occupants. Because of

this, the force of the front air bag inflating can

increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too

close to, or is against, the front air bag module

during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.

The supplemental front air bags operate

only when the ignition switch is in the ON

or START position.

After turning the ignition key to the ON

position, the supplemental air bag warning

light illuminates. The supplemental air bag

warning light will turn off after about 7

seconds if the system is operational.

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-23

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed to

automatically turn OFF under some con-

ditions. Read this section carefully to

learn how it operates. Proper use of the

seat, seat belt and child restraints is nec-

essary for most effective protection. Fail-

ure to follow all instructions in this

manual concerning the use of seats, seat

belts and child restraints can increase the

risk or severity of injury in an accident.

Status light

The front passenger air bag status light

or is located under the climate controls. It

will illuminate to indicate that the front passenger

air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash. The

light will illuminate if the front passenger seat is

unoccupied or when other conditions are met as

outlined in this section. After turning the ignition

key to the ON position the front passenger air

bag status light illuminates and will turn off after

about 7 seconds if the system is operational.

Front passenger air bag

The front passenger air bag is designed to auto-

matically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated

under some conditions as described below in

accordance with U.S. regulations. If the front

passenger air bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a

crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your

vehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce

the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag

to certain front passenger seat occupants, such

as children, by requiring the air bag to be auto-

matically turned OFF. Certain sensors are used

to meet the requirements.

One sensor used is the occupant classification

sensor (weight sensor). It is in the bottom of the

front passenger seat cushion and is designed to

detect an occupant and objects on the seat by

weight. It works together with seat belt sensors

described later. For example, if a child is in the

front passenger seat, the advanced air bag sys-

tem is designed to turn the passenger air bag

OFF in accordance with the regulations. Also, if a

child restraint of the type specified in the regula-

tions is on the seat, its weight and the child’s

weight can be detected and cause the air bag to

turn OFF. Weight sensor operation can vary de-

pending on the front passenger seat belt sen-

sors.

The front passenger seat belt sensors are de-

signed to detect if the seat belt is buckled and the

amount of tension on the seat belt, such as when

LRS0351 LRS0316

1-24 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

it is in the automatic locking mode (child restraint

mode). Based on the weight on the seat detected

by the weight sensor and the belt tension de-

tected on the seat belt, the advanced air bag

system determines whether the front passenger

air bag should be automatically turned OFF as

required by the regulations.

Front passenger seat adult occupants who are

properly seated and using the seat belt as out-

lined in this manual should not cause the passen-

ger air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For

small adults it may be turned OFF. Also, if the

occupant takes his/her weight off the seat cush-

ion (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting

on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out

of position), this could cause the sensor to turn

the air bag OFF. In addition, if the occupant

improperly uses the seat belt in the automatic

locking mode (child restraint mode), this could

cause the air bag to be turned OFF. Always be

sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt

properly for the most effective protection by the

seat belt and supplemental air bag.

NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and chil-

dren be properly restrained in a rear seat.

NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child

restraints and booster seats be properly installed

in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the weight

sensor and seat belt sensors are designed to

operate as described above to turn the front

passenger air bag OFF for specified child re-

straints as required by the regulations. Failing to

properly secure child restraints and to use the

automatic locking mode (child restraint mode)

may allow the restraint to tip or move in an acci-

dent or sudden stop. This can also result in the

passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of

being OFF. See “Child restraints” later in this

section for proper use and installation.

If the front passenger seat is not occupied and

the seat belt is not buckled, the passenger air bag

is designed not to inflate in a crash. However,

heavy objects placed on the seat could result in

air bag inflation, because of the object’s weight

detected by the weight sensor. Other conditions

could also result in air bag inflation, such as if a

child is standing on the seat, or if two children are

on the seat, contrary to the instructions in this

manual. Always be sure that you and all vehicle

occupants are seated and restrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light, you can

monitor when the front passenger air bag is au-

tomatically turned OFF. The light will illuminate

(indicating the air bag is OFF and will not inflate)

when the front passenger seat is not occupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat and the pas-

senger air bag status light is illuminated (indicat-

ing that the air bag is OFF), it could be that the

person is a small adult, or is not sitting on the seat

or using the seat belt properly. If a child restraint

must be used in the front seat, but the status light

is not lit (indicating that the air bag might inflate in

a crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat

belt is not being used properly. If such situations

happen, properly position and restrain the occu-

pant or child restraint. Otherwise reposition the

occupant or child restraint in a rear seat.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air

bag system, the passenger air bag status

light or , located under the climate

controls, will illuminate and the supplemental air

bag warning light , located in the meter and

gauges area in the center of the instrument panel,

will blink. Have the system checked by a NISSAN

dealer.

Other supplemental front air bag precau-

tions

WARNING

●Do not place any objects on the steer-

ing wheel pad or on the instrument

panel. Also, do not place any objects

between any occupant and the steering

wheel or instrument panel. Such ob-

jects may become dangerous projec-

tiles and cause injury if the supplemen-

tal front air bag inflates.

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-25

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Immediately after inflation, several

front air bag system components will be

hot. Do not touch them; you may se-

verely burn yourself.

●No unauthorized changes should be

made to any components or wiring of

the supplemental air bag system. This is

to prevent accidental inflation of the

supplemental air bag or damage to the

supplemental air bag system.

●Do not make unauthorized changes to

your vehicle’s electrical system, sus-

pension system or front end structure.

This could affect proper operation of

the supplemental front air bag system.

●Tampering with the supplemental front

air bag system may result in serious

personal injury. Tampering includes

changes to the steering wheel and the

instrument panel assembly by placing

material over the steering wheel pad

and above the instrument panel or by

installing additional trim material

around the air bag system.

●Modifying or tampering with the front

passenger seat may result in serious

personal injury. For example, do not

change the front seats by placing mate-

rial on the seat cushion or by installing

additional trim material, such as seat

covers, on the seat that are not specifi-

cally designed to assure proper air bag

operation. Additionally, do not stow any

objects under the front passenger seat

or the seat cushion and seatback. Such

objects may interfere with the proper

operation of the occupant classifica-

tion system (weight sensor).

●No unauthorized changes should be

made to any components or wiring of

the seat belt system. This may affect the

supplemental front air bag system.

Tampering with the seat belt system

may result in serious personal injury.

●Work on and around the supplemental

front air bag system should be done by

a NISSAN dealer. Installation of electri-

cal equipment should also be done by a

NISSAN dealer. The Supplemental Re-

straint System (SRS) wiring should not

be modified or disconnected. Unautho-

rized electrical test equipment and

probing devices should not be used on

the air bag system.

●A cracked windshield should be re-

placed immediately by a qualified re-

pair facility. A cracked windshield could

affect inflation of the supplemental air

bag system.

●The SRS wiring harness connectors are

yellow and orange for easy

identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you

inform the buyer about the supplemental front air

bag system and guide the buyer to the appropri-

ate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

1-26 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Supplemental side-impact air bag (if

so equipped) and curtain side-impact

and rollover air bags system

The supplemental side-impact air bags are lo-

cated in the outside of the seatback of the front

seats. The supplemental curtain side-impact and

rollover air bags are located in the side roof rails

in all 3 rows. These systems are designed to meet

voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of

injury to out-of-position occupants. However,

all of the information, cautions and warn-

ings in this manual still apply and must be

followed. The supplemental side air bags and

curtain side-impact and rollover air bags are de-

signed to inflate in higher severity side collisions,

although they may inflate if the forces in another

type of collision are similar to those of a higher

severity side impact. They are designed to inflate

on the side where the vehicle is impacted. They

may not inflate in certain side collisions.

Curtain side-impact and rollover air bags are also

designed to inflate in certain types of rollover

collisions or near rollovers.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an

indication of proper supplemental side air bag

and curtain air bag operation.

When the supplemental side air bag and curtain

air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard,

followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not

harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should

be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation

and choking. Those with a history of a breathing

condition should get fresh air promptly.

Supplemental side air bags, along with the use of

seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on

the chest of the front occupants. Curtain side-

impact and rollover air bags help to cushion the

impact force to the head of occupants in the front

and rear outboard seating positions in all rows.

They can help save lives and reduce serious

injuries. However, an inflating side air bag, or

curtain air bag may cause abrasions or other

injuries.

The seat belts should be correctly worn and the

driver and passenger seated upright as far as

practical away from the supplemental side air

bag. Rear seat passengers should be seated as

far away as practical from the door finishers and

side roof rails. The side air bags and curtain air

bag inflate quickly in order to help protect the

occupants. Because of this, the force of the side

air bag and curtain air bag inflating can increase

the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or

is against, these air bag modules during inflation.

The side air bag and curtain air bag will deflate

after the collision is over.

The supplemental side air bags and curtain

side-impact and rollover air bags operate

only when the ignition switch is in the ON

or START positions.

After turning the ignition key to the ON

position, the supplemental air bag warning

light illuminates. The supplemental air bag

warning light will turn off after about 7

seconds if the system is operational.

WRS0381

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-27

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Do not place any objects near the seat-

back of the front seats. Also, do not

place any objects (an umbrella, bag,

etc.) between the front door finisher

and the front seat. Such objects may

become dangerous projectiles and

cause injury if the supplemental side air

bag inflates.

●Right after inflation, several side air bag

and curtain side-impact and rollover air

bag system components will be hot. Do

not touch them; you may severely burn

yourself.

●No unauthorized changes should be

made to any components or wiring of

the side air bag and curtain air bag

system. This is to prevent accidental

inflation of the side air bag and curtain

air bag or damage to the side air bag

and curtain air bag system.

●Do not make unauthorized changes to

your vehicle’s electrical system, sus-

pension system or side panel. This

could affect proper operation of the

supplemental curtain air bag system.

●Tampering with the supplemental side

air bag system may result in serious

personal injury. For example, do not

change the front seats by placing mate-

rial near the seatback or by installing

additional trim material, such as seat

covers, around the side air bag.

●Work around and on the curtain air bag

system should be done by a NISSAN

dealer. Installation of electrical equip-

ment should also be done by a NISSAN

dealer. The SRS wiring harnesses*

should not be modified or discon-

nected. Unauthorized electrical test

equipment and probing devices should

not be used on the side air bag or cur-

tain air bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness or connectors are

yellow or orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you

inform the buyer about the supplemental side air

bag and curtain air bag system and guide the

buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner’s

Manual.

Pre-tensioner seat belt system (For

front seats)

WARNING

●The pre-tensioner seat belt cannot be

reused after activation. It must be re-

placed together with the retractor and

buckle as a unit.

●If the vehicle becomes involved in a

frontal collision but the pre-tensioner is

not activated, be sure to have the pre-

tensioner system checked and, if nec-

essary, replaced by your NISSAN

dealer.

●No unauthorized changes should be

made to any components or wiring of

the pre-tensioner seat belt system. This

is to prevent accidental activation of

the pre-tensioner seat belt or damage

to the pre-tensioner seat belt operation.

Tampering with the pre-tensioner seat

belt system may result in serious per-

sonal injury.

1-28 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Work around and on the pre-tensioner

system should be done by a NISSAN

dealer. Installation of electrical equip-

ment should also be done by a NISSAN

dealer. Unauthorized electrical test

equipment and probing devices should

not be used on the pre-tensioner seat

belt system.

●If you need to dispose of the pre-

tensioner or scrap the vehicle, contact a

NISSAN dealer. Correct pre-tensioner

disposal procedures are set forth in the

appropriate NISSAN Service Manual.

Incorrect disposal procedures could

cause personal injury.

The front seat pre-tensioner seat belt system

activates in conjunction with the supplemental air

bag systems. Working with the seat belt retrac-

tor, it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle

becomes involved in certain types of collisions,

helping to restrain front seat occupants.

The pre-tensioner is encased with the seat belt’s

retractor. These seat belts are used the same as

conventional seat belts.

When the pre-tensioner seat belt activates,

smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard.

This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a

fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may

cause irritation and choking. Those with a history

of a breathing condition should get fresh air

promptly.

After the pre-tensioner seat belts have activated,

load limiters allow the seat belt to release web-

bing (if necessary) to reduce forces against the

chest.

If any abnormality occurs in the pre-tensioner

system, the supplemental air bag warning

light will not come on, will flash intermit-

tently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on

after the ignition key has been turned to the ON or

START position. In this case, the pre-tensioner

seat belt may not function properly. They must be

checked and repaired. Take your vehicle to the

nearest NISSAN dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you

inform the buyer about the pre-tensioner seat belt

system and guide the buyer to the appropriate

sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-29

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. SRS Air bag warning labels

2. SRS Side air bag warning label (if so

equipped)

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG

WARNING LABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental front air

bags and supplemental side air bags are placed

in the vehicle as shown in the illustration.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG

WARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light,

displaying in the instrument panel, moni-

tors the circuits of the supplemental front air bag,

supplemental side air bag and curtain side-

impact and rollover air bag and pre-tensioner

seat belt systems. The circuits monitored by the

supplemental air bag warning light are the diag-

nosis sensor unit, crash zone sensor, satellite

sensors, rollover sensor, front air bag modules,

side air bag modules, curtain air bag modules,

pre-tensioner seat belts and all related wiring.

WRS0418

LRS0100

1-30 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

When the ignition key is in the ON or START

position, the supplemental air bag warning light

illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns

off. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the

supplemental front air bag, supplemental side air

bag, curtain air bag and pre-tensioner seat belt

systems need servicing:

●The supplemental air bag warning light re-

mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

●The supplemental air bag warning light

flashes intermittently.

●The supplemental air bag warning light does

not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the supplemental front

air bag, supplemental side air bags and curtain air

bag or pre-tensioner seat belt systems may not

operate properly. It must be checked and re-

paired. Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN

dealer.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light

is on, it could mean that the supplemental

front air bag, supplemental side air bag,

curtain air bag systems and/or pre-

tensioner seat belt systems will not oper-

ate in an accident.

Repair and replacement procedure

The supplemental front air bags, supplemental

side air bags, curtain air bags and pre-tensioner

seat belts are designed to inflate on a one-time-

only basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged,

the supplemental air bag warning light remains

illuminated after inflation has occurred. Repair

and replacement of these supplemental air bag

systems should be done only by a NISSAN

dealer.

When maintenance work is required on the ve-

hicle, the supplemental front air bags, supple-

mental side air bags, curtain air bags, pre-

tensioner seat belts and related parts should be

pointed out to the person performing the mainte-

nance. The ignition key should always be in the

LOCK position when working under the hood or

inside the vehicle.

WARNING

●Once a supplemental front air bag,

supplemental side air bag or curtain air

bag has inflated, the air bag module will

not function again and must be re-

placed. Additionally, if any of the

supplemental front air bags inflate, the

activated pre-tensioner seat belts must

also be replaced. The air bag module

and pre-tensioner seat belt system

should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer.

The air bag module and pre-tensioner

seat belt system cannot be repaired.

●The supplemental front air bag, side air

bag and curtain air bag systems, and

the pre-tensioner seat belt system

should be inspected by a NISSAN

dealer if there is any damage to the

front end or side portion of the vehicle.

●If you need to dispose of the supple-

mental air bag, pre-tensioner seat belt

system or scrap the vehicle, contact a

NISSAN dealer. Correct supplemental

air bag and pre-tensioner seat belt sys-

tem disposal procedures are set forth in

the appropriate NISSAN Service

Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures

could cause personal injury.

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-31

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT

USAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properly ad-

justed and you are sitting upright and well back in

your seat, your chances of being injured or killed

in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be

greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages

you and all of your passengers to buckle up every

time you drive, even if your seating position in-

cludes a supplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces

or territories specify that seat belts be worn

at all times when a vehicle is being driven.

SSS0136

SEAT BELTS

1-32 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Every person who drives or rides in this

vehicle should use a seat belt at all

times. Children should be properly re-

strained in the rear seat and, if appro-

priate, in a child restraint.

WARNING

●The seat belt should be properly ad-

justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so may

reduce the effectiveness of the entire

restraint system and increase the

chance or severity of injury in an acci-

dent. Serious injury or death can occur

if the seat belt is not worn properly.

SSS0134 SSS0016

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-33

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Always route the shoulder belt over

your shoulder and across your chest.

Never run the belt behind your back,

under your arm or across your neck. The

belt should be away from your face and

neck, but not falling off your shoulder.

●Position the lap belt as low and snug as

possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE

WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could

increase the risk of internal injuries in

an accident.

●Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely

fastened to the proper buckle.

●Do not wear the seat belt inside out or

twisted. Doing so may reduce its

effectiveness.

●Do not allow more than one person to

use the same seat belt.

●Never carry more people in the vehicle

than there are seat belts.

●If the seat belt warning light glows con-

tinuously while the ignition is turned

ON with all doors closed and all seat

belts fastened, it may indicate a mal-

function in the system. Have the system

checked by a NISSAN dealer.

●Once the pre-tensioner seat belt has

activated, it cannot be reused and must

be replaced together with the retractor.

See your NISSAN dealer.

●Removal and installation of the pre-

tensioner seat belt system components

should be done by a NISSAN dealer.

●All seat belt assemblies, including re-

tractors and attaching hardware,

should be inspected after any collision

by a NISSAN dealer. NISSAN recom-

mends that all seat belt assemblies in

use during a collision be replaced un-

less the collision was minor and the

belts show no damage and continue to

operate properly. Seat belt assemblies

not in use during a collision should also

be inspected and replaced if either

damage or improper operation is noted.

●All child restraints and attaching hard-

ware should be inspected after any col-

lision. Always follow the restraint

manufacturer’s inspection instructions

and replacement recommendations.

The child restraints should be replaced

if they are damaged.

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protect them.

They need to be properly restrained.

The proper restraint depends on the child’s size.

Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less

than 20 pounds (9 kg) should be placed in rear

facing child restraints. Front facing child re-

straints are available for children who outgrow

rear facing child restraints.

SSS0014

1-34 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

Infants and children need special protec-

tion. The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit

them properly. The shoulder belt may

come too close to the face or neck. The

lap belt may not fit over their small hip

bones. In an accident, an improperly fit-

ting seat belt could cause serious or fatal

injury. Always use appropriate child

restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or terri-

tories require the use of approved child restraints

for infants and small children. See “Child Re-

straints” later in this section.

In addition, there are many types of child re-

straints available for larger children which should

be used for maximum protection.

NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens

and children be restrained in the rear seat.

According to accident statistics, children

are safer when properly restrained in the

rear seat than in the front seat. This is

especially important because your vehicle

has a supplemental restraint system (Air

bag system) for the front passenger. See

“Supplemental restraint system” earlier in

this section.

Infants and small children

NISSAN recommends that infants and small chil-

dren be placed in child restraints that comply with

Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Ca-

nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You

should choose a child restraint that fits your ve-

hicle and always follow the manufacturer’s in-

structions for installation and use.

Larger children

Children who are too large for child restraints

should be seated and restrained by the seat belts

which are provided.

If the child’s seating position has a shoulder belt

that fits close to the face or neck, the use of a

booster seat (commercially available) may help

overcome this. The booster seat should raise the

child so that the shoulder belt is properly posi-

tioned across the top, middle portion of the

shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips. The

booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have

a label certifying that it complies with Federal

Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Mo-

tor Vehicle Safety Standards. Once the child has

grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near

the face and neck, use the shoulder belt without

the booster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any

seat and do not allow a child in the cargo

areas while the vehicle is moving. The

child could be seriously injured or killed in

an accident or sudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMEN

NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use

seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug,

and always position the lap belt as low as pos-

sible around the hips, not the waist. Place the

shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your

chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your

abdominal area. Contact your doctor for specific

recommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

NISSAN recommends that injured persons use

seat belts. Check with your doctor for specific

recommendations.

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-35

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT

WITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

●Every person who drives or rides in this

vehicle should use a seat belt at all

times.

●Do not ride in a moving vehicle when

the seatback is reclined. This can be

dangerous. The shoulder belt will not

be against your body. In an accident,

you could be thrown into it and receive

neck or other serious injuries. You

could also slide under the lap belt and

receive serious internal injuries.

●For the most effective protection when

the vehicle is in motion, the seat should

be upright. Always sit well back in the

seat and adjust the seat belt properly.

Fastening the seat belts

1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in this

section.

2Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor

and insert the tongue into the buckle until

you hear and feel the latch engage.

The retractor is designed to lock during a

sudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling

motion permits the seat belt to move, and

allows you some freedom of movement in

the seat.

3Position the lap belt portion low and snug

on the hips as shown.

4Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the

retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the

shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder

and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seating

positions three-point seat belts have a cinching

mechanism for child restraint installation. It is

referred to as the automatic locking mode or child

restraint mode.

When automatic locking mode is activated the

seat belt cannot be withdrawn again until the seat

belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully

WRS0137 WRS0138

1-36 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

retracted. Once retracted, the seat belt is in the

emergency locking mode. See “Child restraints”

later in this section for more information.

The automatic locking mode should be

used only for child restraint installation.

During normal seat belt use by a passen-

ger, the locking mode should not be acti-

vated. If it is activated it may cause uncom-

fortable seat belt tension. It can also

change the operation of the front passen-

ger air bag. See “Front passenger air bag

and status light” earlier in this section.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certain

that the seatbacks are completely se-

cured in the latched position. If they are

not completely secured, passengers may

be injured in an accident or sudden stop.

Unfastening the seat belts

1To unfasten the seat belt, press the button on

the buckle. The seat belt automatically re-

tracts.

Checking seat belt operation

Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt

movement by two separate methods:

●When the seat belt is pulled quickly from the

retractor.

●When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seat belts,

check the operation as follows.

●Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward

quickly. The retractor should lock and re-

strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check or

if you have any questions about seat belt opera-

tion, see a NISSAN dealer.

WRS0139

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-37

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Center of the 3rd row bench seat

The 3rd row center seat belt has a connector

tongue s

1and a seat belt tongue s

2. Both the

connector tongue and the seat belt tongue must

be securely latched for proper seat belt opera-

tion.

WARNING

●Always fasten the connector tongue

and the seat belt in the order shown.

●Always make sure both the connector

tongue and the seat belt tongue are

secured when using the seat belt. Do

not use it with only the seat belt tongue

attached. This could result in serious

personal injury in case of an accident or

a sudden stop.

SSS0240 SSS0241

LRS0432

1-38 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Stowing the 3rd row center seat belt

When folding down the 3rd row seat, the rear

center seat belt can be retracted into a stowed

position as follows:

1Release the connector tongue by inserting a

suitable tool such as key into the connector

buckle s

2Retract the seat belt up to the retractor base.

3Insert the seat belt tongue into the fabric

sleeve so it will lay flat. Then secure the

connector tongue into the retractor base.

WARNING

●Do not unfasten the rear center seat

belt connector except when folding

down the rear seat.

●When attaching the rear center seat

belt connector, be certain that the seat-

backs are completely secured in the

latched position and the rear center

seat belt connector is completely

secured.

●If the rear center seat belt connector

and the seatbacks are not secured in

the correct position, serious personal

injury may result in an accident or sud-

den stop.

Attaching the 3rd row center seat belt

Always be sure the 3rd row center seat belt

connector tongue and connector buckle are at-

tached. Disconnect only when folding down the

rear seat.

To connect the buckle:

1Pull out the connector tongue from the re-

tractor base.

2Pull out the seat belt tongue from the fabric

sleeve.

3Pull the seat belt and secure the receiver

buckle until it clicks.

The center seat belt connector tongue and re-

ceiver buckle are indicated by the > and < mark.

The center seat belt connector tongue can be

attached only into the rear center seat belt con-

nector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening the seat

belt” earlier in this section.

WARNING

●Do not unfasten the rear center seat

belt connector except when folding

down the rear seat.

LRS0433

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-39

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●When attaching the rear center seat

belt connector, be certain that the seat-

backs are completely secured in the

latched position and the rear center

seat belt connector is completely

secured.

●If the rear center seat belt connector

and the seatbacks are not secured in

the correct position, serious personal

injury may result in an accident or sud-

den stop.

Shoulder belt height adjustment (front

and 2nd row outboard seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should be ad-

justed to the position best for you. (See “Precau-

tions on seat belt usage” earlier in this section.)

To adjust, pull out s

1the adjustment button and

move the shoulder belt anchor s

2to the desired

position, so the belt passes over the center of the

shoulder. The belt should be away from your face

and neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Re-

lease the adjustment button to lock the shoulder

belt anchor into position.

WARNING

●After adjustment, release the adjust-

ment button and try to move the shoul-

der belt anchor up and down to make

sure it is securely fixed in position.

●The shoulder belt anchor height should

be adjusted to the position best for you.

Failure to do so may reduce the effec-

tiveness of the entire restraint system

and increase the chance or severity of

injury in an accident.

Front and 2nd row outboard seats

LRS0242

1-40 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, it is

not possible to properly fit the lap-shoulder belt

and fasten it, an extender is available which is

compatible with the installed seat belts. The ex-

tender adds approximately 8 inches (200 mm) of

length and may be used for either the driver or

front passenger seating position. See a NISSAN

dealer for assistance if an extender is required.

WARNING

●Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, made

by the same company which made the

original equipment seat belts, should

be used with NISSAN seat belts.

●Adults and children who can use the

standard seat belt should not use an

extender. Such unnecessary use could

result in serious personal injury in the

event of an accident.

●Never use seat belt extenders to install

child restraints. If the child restraint is

not secured properly, the child could be

seriously injured in a collision or a sud-

den stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

●To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a

mild soap solution or any solution recom-

mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet.

Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat

belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the

seat belts to retract until they are completely

dry.

●If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt

guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat

belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder

belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

●Periodically check to see that the seat

belt and the metal components, such as

buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires

and anchors, work properly. If loose parts,

deterioration, cuts or other damage on the

webbing is found, the entire seat belt as-

sembly should be replaced.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD

RESTRAINTS

WARNING

●Infants and small children should al-

ways be placed in an appropriate child

restraint while riding in the vehicle.

Failure to use a child restraint can re-

sult in serious injury or death.

ARS1098

CHILD RESTRAINTS

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-41

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Infants and small children should never

be carried on your lap. It is not possible

for even the strongest adult to resist the

forces of a severe accident. The child

could be crushed between the adult and

parts of the vehicle. Also, do not put the

same seat belt around both your child

and yourself.

●Never install a rear-facing child re-

straint in the front seat. An inflating

supplemental front air bag could seri-

ously injure or kill your child. A rear-

facing child restraint must only be used

in the rear seat.

●NISSAN recommends that the child re-

straint be installed in the rear seat. Ac-

cording to accident statistics, children

are safer when properly restrained in

the rear seat than in the front seat.

●An improperly installed child restraint

could lead to serious injury or death in

an accident.

In general, child restraints are designed to be

installed with the lap portion of a three-point type

seat belt. In addition, this vehicle is equipped with

a universal child restraint lower anchor system,

referred to as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and

Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child re-

straints include two rigid or webbing-mounted

attachments that can be connected to these

lower anchors. For details, see the “LATCH

(Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) sys-

tem” later in this section.

Child restraints for infants and small children of

various sizes are offered by several manufactur-

ers. When selecting any child restraint, keep the

following points in mind:

●Choose only a restraint with a label certifying

that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor

Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

●Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be

sure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seat

and seat belt system.

●If the child restraint is compatible with your

vehicle, place your child in the child restraint

and check the various adjustments to be

sure the child restraint is compatible with

your child. Always follow all recommended

procedures.

All U.S. states and provinces of Canada

require that infants and small children be

restrained in an approved child restraint at

all times while the vehicle is being oper-

ated.

WARNING

●Improper use of a child restraint can

increase the risk or severity of injury for

both the child and other occupants of

the vehicle.

WRS0256

1-42 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Follow all of the child restraint manu-

facturer’s instructions for installation

and use. When purchasing a child re-

straint, be sure to select one which will

fit your child and vehicle. It may not be

possible to properly install some types

of child restraints in your vehicle.

●If the child restraint is not anchored

properly, the risk of a child being in-

jured in a collision or a sudden stop

greatly increases.

●Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-

tioned to fit the child restraint, but as

upright as possible.

●After attaching the child restraint, test it

before you place the child in it. Tilt it

from side to side. Try to tug it forward

and check to see if the belt holds the

restraint in place. The child restraint

should not move more than 1 inch. If the

restraint is not secure, tighten the belt

as necessary, or put the restraint in an-

other seat and test it again.

●For a front-facing child restraint, check

to make sure the shoulder belt does not

go in front of the child’s face or neck. If

it does, put the shoulder belt behind the

child restraint. If you must install a front

facing child restraint in the front seat,

see “Installation on front passenger

seat” later in this section.

●When your child restraint is not in use,

keep it secured with a seat belt to pre-

vent it from being thrown around in

case of a sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in a

closed vehicle can become very hot.

Check the seating surface and buckles

before placing your child in the child

restraint.

INSTALLATION ON 2ND ROW

CAPTAIN’S CHAIRS (if so equipped)

WARNING

●The three-point seat belt in your vehicle

is equipped with an automatic locking

mode retractor which must be used

when installing a child restraint.

●Failure to use the retractor’s locking

mode will result in the child restraint

not being properly secured. The re-

straint could tip over or otherwise be

unsecured and cause injury to the child

in a sudden stop or collision.

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-43

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Front facing

When you install a child restraint on the 2nd row

captain’s chairs, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. It can

be placed in a front facing direction, de-

pending on the size of the child. Adjust the

head restraint to its highest position. Always

follow the restraint manufacturer’s instruc-

tions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child

restraint and insert it into the buckle until you

hear and feel the latch engage.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-

facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seat belt

retractor is in the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode). It reverts back to

emergency locking mode when the seat belt

is fully retracted.

Front Facing — step 1

LRS0347

Front Facing — step 2

LRS0348

Front Facing — step 3

LRS0349

1-44 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the

shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. 5. Before placing the child in the child restraint,

use force to tilt the child restraint from side

to side, and tug it forward to make sure that

it is securely held in place. It should not move

more than 1 inch (25 mm).

6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic

locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt

out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any

more belt webbing out of the retractor, the

retractor is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use. If the belt

is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat

belt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode) is canceled.

Front Facing — step 4

WRS0146

Front Facing — step 5

LRS0350

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-45

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Rear facing

When you install a child restraint on the 2nd row

captain’s chair, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. The

direction of the child restraint depends on

the type of the child restraint and the size of

the child. Always follow the restraint manu-

facturer’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child

restraint and insert it into the buckle until you

hear and feel the latch engage.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-

facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seat belt

retractor is in the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode). It reverts to emer-

gency locking mode when the seat belt is

fully retracted.

Rear Facing — step 1

LRS0352

Rear Facing — step 2

LRS0353

Rear Facing — step 3

LRS0354

1-46 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the

shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. 5. Before placing the child in the child restraint,

use force to tilt the child restraint from side

to side, and tug it forward to make sure that

it is securely held in place. It should not move

more than 1 inch (25 mm).

6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic

locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt

out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any

more seat belt webbing out of the retractor,

the retractor is in the automatic locking

mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use. If the belt

is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat

belt fully retracted, the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode) is canceled.

INSTALLATION ON 2ND ROW

BENCH SEATS (if so equipped)

WARNING

●The three-point seat belt in your vehicle

is equipped with an automatic locking

mode retractor which must be used

when installing a child restraint.

●Failure to use the retractor’s locking

mode will result in the child restraint

not being properly secured. The re-

straint could tip over or otherwise be

unsecured and cause injury to the child

in a sudden stop or collision.

Rear Facing — step 4

LRS0355

Rear Facing — step 5

LRS0356

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-47

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Front facing

When you install a child restraint on the 2nd row

bench seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. It can

be placed in a front facing direction, de-

pending on the size of the child. Adjust the

head restraint to its highest position. Always

follow the restraint manufacturer’s instruc-

tions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child

restraint and insert it into the buckle until you

hear and feel the latch engage.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-

facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

Front facing (outboard) — step 1

LRS0376

Front facing (center) — step 1

LRS0377

Front Facing — step 2

WRS0250

1-48 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seat belt

retractor is in the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode). It reverts back to

emergency locking mode when the seat belt

is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the

shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. 5. Before placing the child in the child restraint,

use force to tilt the child restraint from side

to side, and tug it forward to make sure that

it is securely held in place. It should not move

more than 1 inch (25mm).

6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic

locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt

out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any

more belt webbing out of the retractor, the

retractor is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use. If the belt

is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

Front Facing — step 3

WRS0251

Front Facing — step 4

WRS0146

Front Facing — step 5

WRS0252

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-49

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

After the child restraint is removed and the seat

belt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode) is canceled.

Rear facing

When you install a child restraint on the 2nd row

bench seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. The

direction of the child restraint depends on

the type of the child restraint and the size of

the child. Always follow the restraint manu-

facturer’s instructions.

Rear facing (outboard) — step 1

LRS0373

Rear facing (center) — step 1

LRS0375

1-50 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child

restraint and insert it into the buckle until you

hear and feel the latch engage.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-

facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seat belt

retractor is in the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode). It reverts to emer-

gency locking mode when the seat belt is

fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the

shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

Rear Facing — step 2

WRS0383

Rear Facing — step 3

WRS0385

Rear Facing — step 4

WRS0384

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-51

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

5. Before placing the child in the child restraint,

use force to tilt the child restraint from side

to side, and tug it forward to make sure that

it is securely held in place. It should not move

more than 1 inch (25mm).

6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic

locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt

out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any

more seat belt webbing out of the retractor,

the retractor is in the automatic locking

mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use. If the belt

is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat

belt fully retracted, the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode) is canceled.

INSTALLATION ON 3RD ROW

BENCH SEAT

WARNING

●The three-point seat belt in your vehicle

is equipped with an automatic locking

mode retractor which must be used

when installing a child restraint.

●Failure to use the retractor’s locking

mode will result in the child restraint

not being properly secured. The re-

straint could tip over or otherwise be

unsecured and cause injury to the child

in a sudden stop or collision.

●When installing a child restraint system

in the rear center position, both the

center seat belt connector tongue and

buckle tongue must be secured. See

“Attaching rear center seat belt” earlier

in this section.

Front facing

WARNING

Front facing child restraints can be in-

stalled in all 3rd row bench seat positions.

However, front facing child restraints that

require the use of a top tether strap can be

installed in the center 3rd row position

only. Do not install a child restraint requir-

ing a top tether strap in an outboard posi-

tion and attempt to angle the tether to the

3rd row center anchor.

Rear Facing — step 5

WRS0386

Front Facing (outboard) — step 1

LRS0357

1-52 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

When you install a child restraint on the 3rd row

bench seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. It can

be placed in a front facing direction, de-

pending on the size of the child. Adjust the

head restraint to its highest position. Always

follow the restraint manufacturer’s instruc-

tions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child

restraint and insert it into the buckle until you

hear and feel the latch engage.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-

facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seat belt

retractor is in the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode). It reverts back to

emergency locking mode when the seat belt

is fully retracted.

Front Facing (center) — step 1

LRS0358

Front Facing — step 2

WRS0250

Front Facing — step 3

WRS0251

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-53

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the

shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. 5. Before placing the child in the child restraint,

use force to tilt the child restraint from side

to side, and tug it forward to make sure that

it is securely held in place. It should not move

more than 1 inch (25mm).

6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic

locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt

out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any

more belt webbing out of the retractor, the

retractor is in the automatic locking mode.

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use. If the belt

is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat

belt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode) is canceled.

Front Facing — step 4

WRS0146

Front Facing — step 5

WRS0252

1-54 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Rear facing

When you install a child restraint on the 3rd row

bench seat, follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat. The

direction of the child restraint depends on

the type of the child restraint and the size of

the child. Always follow the restraint manu-

facturer’s instructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child

restraint and insert it into the buckle until you

hear and feel the latch engage.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-

facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

Rear Facing (outboard) — step 1

LRS0362

Rear Facing (center) — step 1

LRS0388

Rear Facing — step 2

WRS0383

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-55

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seat belt

retractor is in the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode). It reverts to emer-

gency locking mode when the seat belt is

fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the

shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt. 5. Before placing the child in the child restraint,

use force to tilt the child restraint from side

to side, and tug it forward to make sure that

it is securely held in place. It should not move

more than 1 inch (25mm).

6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic

locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt

out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any

more seat belt webbing out of the retractor,

the retractor is in the automatic locking

mode.

Rear Facing — step 3

WRS0385

Rear Facing — step 4

WRS0384

Rear Facing — step 5

WRS0386

1-56 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use. If the belt

is not locked, repeat steps 3 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat

belt fully retracted, the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode) is canceled.

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers

for CHildren) SYSTEM

LATCH system anchor point locations 2nd

row captain’s chairs (if so equipped)

WRS0364

LATCH anchor point labels 2nd row cap-

tain’s chairs (if so equipped)

LRS0344

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-57

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Attach LATCH system compatible child

restraints only at the locations shown. If

a child restraint is not secured properly,

your child could be seriously injured or

killed in an accident.

●The LATCH system anchors are de-

signed to withstand only those loads

imposed by correctly fitted child re-

straints. Under no circumstance are

they to be used for adult seat belts or

harnesses.

Some child restraints include two rigid or

webbing-mounted attachments that can be con-

nected to two anchors located at certain seating

positions in your vehicle. This system is known as

the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-

dren) system. This system may also be referred to

as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system.

With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle

seat belt to secure the child restraint. Your vehicle

is equipped with special anchor points that are

used with LATCH system compatible child re-

straints. Check your child restraint for a label

stating that it is compatible with the LATCH sys-

tem. This information may also be in the child

restraint owner’s manual. If you have such a child

restraint, refer to the illustration for the seating

positions equipped with LATCH system anchors

which can be used to secure the child restraint.

The LATCH system anchors are located at the

rear of the seat cushion near the seatback. A

label is attached to the seatback to help you

locate the LATCH system anchors.

LATCH child restraints generally require the use

of a top tether strap. See “Top tether strap child

restraint” later in this section for installation in-

structions.

When installing a child restraint, carefully read

and follow the instructions in this manual and

those supplied with the child restraint.

LATCH system anchor point locations 2nd

row bench seat (if so equipped)

WRS0416

LATCH anchor point labels 2nd row bench

seat (if so equipped)

LRS0382

1-58 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

When you install a LATCH system compatible

child restraint to the lower anchor attachments,

follow these steps:

WARNING

Inspect the lower anchors by inserting

your fingers into the lower anchor area

and feeling to make sure there are no

obstructions over the LATCH system an-

chors, such as seat belt webbing or seat

cushion material. The child restraint will

not be secured properly if the LATCH sys-

tem anchors are obstructed.

1. To install the LATCH system compatible

child restraint, insert the child restraint

LATCH system anchor attachments into the

anchor points on the seat. If the child re-

straint is equipped with a top tether, see

“Top tether strap child restraint” later in this

section for installation instructions.

2. After attaching the child restraint and before

placing the child in it, use force to tilt the

child restraint from side to side and tug it

forward to make sure that the child restraint

is securely held in place. It should not move

more than 1 inch.

3. Check to make sure that the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use.

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD

RESTRAINT

If your child restraint has a top tether strap, it must

be secured to the anchor point provided behind

its position.

WARNING

Child restraint anchor points are designed

to withstand only those loads imposed by

correctly fitted child restraints. Under no

circumstances are they to be used for

adult seat belts or harnesses.

First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt

or the LATCH system (2nd row outboard seat

positions only), as applicable.

For the 2nd row bench seats (if so equipped)

outboard seating positions only, adjust the head

restraint to its highest position and route the top

tether strap between the head restraint and the

top of the seatback. Secure the tether strap to the

tether anchor point on the floor directly behind

the seat. The center position of the 2nd row

bench seat is not equipped with a top tether

anchor point.

For the 2nd row captain’s chairs (if so equipped),

adjust the head restraint to its highest position

and route the top tether strap between the head

restraint and the top of the seatback. Secure the

tether strap to the tether anchor point on the floor

directly behind the seat.

The center position of the 3rd row bench seat is

the seating position that can use a top tether

strap. The center 3rd row seat position does not

have a head restraint. Position the top tether

strap over the top of the seatback and secure it to

the tether anchor bracket as shown later in this

section. Tighten the tether strap according to the

manufacturer’s instructions to remove any slack.

WARNING

In the 3rd row bench seat, a child restraint

with a top tether strap can only be used in

the center position. Do not place in an

outboard seating position and attempt to

angle the tether strap to the center

position.

For best child restraint fit, see the child restraint

installation instructions in this section and the

child restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

Anchor point locations

Anchor points are located on the floor behind the

outboard seating positions only for the 2nd row

bench seat (if so equipped), on the floor behind

the 2nd row captain’s chairs (if so equipped) and

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-59

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

on the floor of the cargo area behind the center

seat position on the 3rd row bench seat as

shown.

If you have any questions when installing a

top strap child restraint on the rear seat,

consult your NISSAN dealer for details.

Flaps are provided in the carpet for easy access

to the anchor points for the 2nd row captain’s

chairs or 2nd row bench seats and are marked

with the label shown.

1. Top tether strap

2. Anchor point

Label

WRS0210

2nd row captain’s chairs (if so equipped)

LRS0340

1-60 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Top tether strap

2. Anchor point

1. Top tether strap

2. Anchor point

2nd row bench seat (if so equipped)

LRS0361

3rd row bench seat label

LRS0343

3rd row bench seat

LRS0370

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-61

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

INSTALLATION ON FRONT

PASSENGER SEAT

WARNING

●Never install a rear-facing child re-

straint in the front passenger seat.

Supplemental front air bags inflate with

great force. A rear-facing child restraint

could be struck by the supplemental

front air bag in a crash and could seri-

ously injure or kill your child.

●NISSAN recommends that child re-

straints be installed in the rear seat.

However, if you must install a forward-

facing child restraint in the front pas-

senger seat, move the passenger seat

to the rearmost position. Also, be sure

the front passenger air bag status light

is illuminated to indicate the passenger

air bag is OFF. See “Front passenger air

bag and status light” earlier in this sec-

tion for details.

●A child restraint with a top tether strap

should not be used in the front passen-

ger seat.

WRS0417 WRS0256 WRS0378

1-62 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●The three-point seat belt in your vehicle

is equipped with an automatic locking

mode retractor which must be used

when installing a child restraint.

●Failure to use the retractor’s locking

mode will result in the child restraint

not being properly secured. The re-

straint could tip over or otherwise be

unsecured and cause injury to the child

in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can

change the operation of the front pas-

senger air bag. See “Front passenger

air bag and status light” earlier in this

section.

If you must install a child restraint in the front seat,

follow these steps:

1. Position the child restraint on the front pas-

senger seat. It should be placed in a

front-facing direction only. Move the

seat to the rearmost position. Adjust the

head restraint to its highest position. Always

follow the child restraint manufacturer’s in-

structions. Child restraints for infants

must be used in the rear-facing direc-

tion and therefore must not be used in

the front seat.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child

restraint and insert it into the buckle until you

hear and feel the latch engage.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-

facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

Front Facing — step 1 WRS0379

Front Facing — step 2

WRS0159

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-63

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

3. Pull on the shoulder belt until all of the belt is

fully extended. At this time, the seat belt

retractor is in the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode). It reverts to emer-

gency locking mode when the seat belt is

fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract slightly. Pull up

on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in

the belt.

5. Before placing the child in the child restraint,

use force to tilt the child restraint from side

to side, and tug it forward to make sure that

it is securely held in place. It should not move

more than 1 inch.

6. Check that the retractor is in the automatic

locking mode by trying to pull more seat belt

out of the retractor. If you cannot pull any

more belt webbing out of the retractor, the

retractor is in the automatic locking mode.

Front Facing — step 3

WRS0160

Front Facing — step 4

WRS0161

Front Facing — step 5

WRS0380

1-64 Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

7. Check to make sure the child restraint is

properly secured prior to each use. If the

seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 3

through 6.

8. Turn the ignition to the ON position. The

passenger air bag status light should say

“OFF” or . If this light is not illu-

minated it may indicate a malfunction. Move

the child restraint to another seating

position. Have the system checked by a

NISSAN dealer.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat

belt is fully retracted, the automatic locking mode

(child restraint mode) is canceled.

Safety—Seats, seat belts and supplemental air bags 1-65

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel...................................2-2

Meters and gauges ................................2-3

Speedometer and odometer .....................2-4

Tachometer ....................................2-5

Engine coolant temperature gauge ...............2-5

Fuel gauge ....................................2-6

Engine oil pressure gauge .......................2-6

Voltmeter ......................................2-7

Automatic transmission fluid temperature

gauge (if so equipped) ..........................2-7

Compass and outside temperature display ...........2-8

Outside temperature display .....................2-8

Compass display ...............................2-9

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders ......2-12

Checking bulbs ...............................2-12

Warning lights ................................2-13

Indicator lights ................................2-17

Audible reminders .............................2-19

Security systems .................................2-20

Vehicle security system.........................2-20

Nissan vehicle immobilizer system (NVIS) ........2-21

Windshield wiper and washer switch ...............2-22

Switch operation ..............................2-22

Rear window wiper and washer switch..............2-23

Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch.....2-24

Headlight and turn signal switch....................2-25

Headlight control switch........................2-25

Daytime running light system (Canada only) ......2-27

Instrument brightness control ...................2-27

Turn signal switch .............................2-28

Fog light switch (if so equipped) ................2-28

Hazard warning flasher switch .....................2-28

Horn ............................................2-29

Heated seat (if so equipped).......................2-29

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch

(if so equipped) ..................................2-30

Rear sonar system off switch (if so equipped)........2-31

Tow mode switch.................................2-31

Power outlet .....................................2-32

Cigarette lighter ..................................2-33

Storage .........................................2-34

Instrument panel storage trays ..................2-34

Console box ..................................2-34

Glove box ....................................2-36

Sunglasses holder.............................2-36

Map pockets..................................2-37

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/21/04—tbrooks

Seatback pocket ..............................2-37

Overhead console .............................2-37

Cup holders ..................................2-38

2nd row center console (if so equipped) .........2-41

Cargo area storage bin.........................2-42

Luggage hooks................................2-42

Cargo net (if so equipped)......................2-44

Roof rack (if so equipped) ......................2-45

Windows ........................................2-46

Power windows ...............................2-46

Power vent windows (if so equipped) ............2-48

Manual vent windows (if so equipped) ...........2-49

Sunroof (if so equipped)...........................2-49

Automatic sunroof .............................2-49

Interior light ......................................2-51

Console light..................................2-52

Personal lights ...................................2-52

Map lights .......................................2-53

Cargo light ......................................2-53

HomeLinkTuniversal transceiver (if so equipped).....2-53

Programming HomeLinkT.......................2-54

Programming HomeLinkTfor Canadian

customers ....................................2-55

Operating the HomeLinkTuniversal

transceiver....................................2-55

Programming trouble-diagnosis .................2-56

Clearing the programmed information ............2-56

Reprogramming a single HomeLinkTbutton ......2-56

If your vehicle is stolen .........................2-56

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/21/04—tbrooks

1. Driver, center and passenger ventila-

tors (P. 4-11)

2. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-27)

3. Headlight and turn signal switch

(P. 2-25)

4. Steering wheel switch for audio control

(if so equipped) (P. 4-38)

5. Driver supplemental air bag/horn

(P. 1-14, P. 2-29)

6. Meters, gauges and warning/indicator

lights (P. 2-3, 2-12)

7. Cruise control main/set switches

(P. 5-14)

8. Windshield wiper/washer switch and

rear window wiper/washer switch

(P. 2-22, P. 2-23)

9. Ignition switch (P. 5-7)

10. Navigation system* (if so equipped)

(P. 4-2)

11. Navigation system* controls (if so

equipped) (P. 4-2)

12. Audio system controls (P. 4-27, 4-32)

13. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-14)

14. Glove box (P. 2-36)

15. Climate controls (P. 4-12, 4-21)

16. Aux jack (P. 4-37)

WIC0646

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

17. Heated seat switch (if so equipped)

(P. 2-29)

18. Power outlet (P. 2-32)

19. Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off

switch (P. 2-30)

20. Tow mode switch (P. 2-31)

21. Shift selector lever (P. 5-9)

22. Passenger air bag status light (P. 1-24)

23. Hazard lights (P. 2-28)

24. 4WD shift switch (if so equipped)

(P. 5-17)

25. Tilt steering wheel control (P. 3-16)

26. Rear sonar system off switch

(if so equipped) (P. 2-31)

27. Pedal position adjustment switch

(P. 3-17)

28. Back door open/close switch

(if so equipped) (P. 3-10)

*: Refer to the separate Navigation System Own-

er’s Manual (if so equipped).

See the page number indicated in paren-

theses for operating details. 1. Warning/indicator lights

2. Tachometer

3. Speedometer

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Fuel gauge

6. Engine oil pressure gauge

7. Automatic transmission fluid tempera-

ture gauge (if so equipped)

8. Odometer/Twin trip odometer

9. Voltmeter

LIC0540

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Speedometer

2. Odometer/twin trip display

3. Change button

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in

miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers per hour

(km/h).

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer/twin trip odometer is displayed

when the ignition key is in the ON position.

The odometer records the total distance the ve-

hicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distance of

individual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the change button changes the display

as follows:

Trip →Trip →Odometer only

Resetting the trip odometer:

Pushing the change button for more than 1 sec-

ond resets the trip odometer to zero.

LIC0541 LIC0542

2-4 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed in revo-

lutions per minute (r/min). Do not rev engine into

the red zone s

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the red

zone, shift to a higher gear. Operating the

engine in the red zone may cause serious

engine damage.

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

GAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tempera-

ture. The engine coolant temperature is within the

normal range s

1when the gauge needle points

within the zone shown in the illustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies with the

outside air temperature and driving conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates engine coolant tem-

perature over the normal range, stop the

vehicle as soon as safely possible. If the

engine is overheated, continued opera-

tion of the vehicle may seriously damage

the engine. See “If your vehicle over-

heats” in the “In case of emergency” sec-

tion for immediate action required.

LIC0543 LIC0544

Instruments and controls 2-5

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level

in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,

turning, acceleration, or going up or down hills.

The gauge needle returns to E (Empty) after the

ignition key is turned to OFF.

The low fuel warning light comes on when the

amount of fuel in the tank is getting low.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-

ters E (Empty).

The indicates that the fuel filler lid is

located on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

●If the vehicle runs out of fuel,

the malfunction indicator lamp

(MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon as

possible. After a few driving trips,

the lamp should turn off. If the

lamp remains on after a few driving

trips, have the vehicle inspected by a

NISSAN dealer.

●For additional information, see “Mal-

function indicator lamp (MIL)” later in

this section. ENGINE OIL PRESSURE GAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine lubrication sys-

tem oil pressure while the engine is running.

When the engine speed is high, the engine oil

pressure is also high. When it is low, the gauge

indicates the low oil pressure.

CAUTION

●This gauge is not designed to indicate

low engine oil level. Use the dipstick to

check the oil level. (See “Engine oil” in

the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself”

section.)

LIC0545 LIC0546

2-6 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●If the gauge needle does not move with

the proper amount of engine oil, have

the vehicle checked by a NISSAN

dealer. Continued vehicle operation in

such a condition could cause serious

damage to the engine.

VOLTMETER

When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi-

tion, the voltmeter indicates the battery voltage.

When the engine is running, it indicates the gen-

erator voltage.

While cranking the engine, the volts drop below

the normal range. If the needle is not in the normal

range (11 - 15 volts) s

1while the engine is

running, it may indicate that the charging system

is not functioning properly. Have the system

checked by a NISSAN dealer.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID

TEMPERATURE GAUGE (if so

equipped)

This gauge indicates the temperature of the au-

tomatic transmission fluid. The automatic trans-

mission fluid temperature is in the normal range

1when the gauge needle points within the zone

shown in the illustration.

LIC0547 LIC0548

Instruments and controls 2-7

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CAUTION

●This gauge is not designed to indicate

low automatic transmission fluid level.

Use the dipstick to check the fluid level.

(See “5-speed automatic transmission

fluid” in the “Maintenance and do-it-

yourself” section.)

●If the gauge indicates automatic trans-

mission fluid temperature over the nor-

mal range, stop the vehicle as soon as

safely possible. Have the vehicle

checked by a NISSAN dealer. Contin-

ued operation of the vehicle may seri-

ously damage the transmission.

This unit has the following functions:

●Measures terrestrial magnetism and indi-

cates heading direction of vehicle

●Indicates outside air temperature

OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE DISPLAY

Push the button when the ignition key is in

the ACC or ON position. The outside tempera-

ture will be displayed s

●To change from °F to °C, push and hold

the button for about 3 seconds until

the display begins to flash. Press the button

again to toggle between °F and °C. Once

you have selected °F or °C, the display will

continue to flash for about 5 seconds, then

the temperature will display.

LIC0583

COMPASS AND OUTSIDE

TEMPERATURE DISPLAY

2-8 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●When the outside temperature is between

140°F (60°C) and 194°F (90°C), the display

will read 140°F (60°C). When the tempera-

ture is above 194°F (90°C), the display will

read “SC”.

●When the outside temperature is between

than -40°F (-40°C) and -60°F (-51°C), the

display will read -40°F (-40°C). When the

temperature is below -60°F (-51°C), the dis-

play will read “OC”.

●The outside temperature sensor is located in

front of the radiator. The sensor may be

affected by road or engine heat, wind direc-

tion and other driving conditions. The display

may differ from the actual outside tempera-

ture or the temperature displayed on various

signs or billboards.

●Temperature display will not update unless

the vehicle is moving faster than 12 MPH

(20 km/h), or the ignition switch has been

OFF for 4 hours.

COMPASS DISPLAY

Push the button when the ignition key is in

the ACC or ON position to display the direction

N: north

E: east

S: south

W: west

If the display reads “CAL”, calibrate the compass

by driving the vehicle in three complete circles at

less than 5 MPH (8 km/h).

You can also calibrate the compass by driving

your vehicle on your everyday route. The com-

pass will be calibrated once it has tracked three

complete circles.

Instruments and controls 2-9

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Zone variation change procedure

The difference between magnetic north and geo-

graphical north is known as variance. In some

areas, this difference can sometimes be great

enough to cause false compass readings. Follow

these instructions to set the variance for your

particular location if this happens:

1. Press and hold the button for about 8

seconds. The current zone number will ap-

pear in the display.

2. Find your current location on the zone map.

Refer to the illustration. Record the zone

number.

3. Press and hold the button until the

new zone number appears in the display.

After you stop pressing the switch in, the

display will show a compass direction within

a few seconds.

Inaccurate compass direction:

1. With the display turned on, push the

button about 8 seconds, until the zone se-

lection comes up (a number will be dis-

played in the mirror compass window).

2. Toggle until correct zone is found and re-

lease button.

WIC0355

2-10 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

3. The display will return to the normal com-

pass mode within 5 seconds of no button

activity.

4. If the vehicle changes zone, repeat steps 1

through 3. See map.

●If the compass deviates from the correct

indication soon after repeated adjustment,

have the compass checked at an authorized

dealer.

●The compass may not indicate the correct

compass point in tunnels or while driving up

or down a steep hill. (The compass returns

to the correct compass point when the ve-

hicle moves to an area where the geomag-

netism is stabilized.)

CAUTION

●Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.,

which are attached to the vehicle by

means of a magnet. They affect the op-

eration of the compass.

●When cleaning the mirror, use a paper

towel or similar material dampened

with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass

cleaner directly on the mirror as it may

cause the liquid cleaner to enter the

mirror housing.

Instruments and controls 2-11

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

or Anti-lock brake warning light Low fuel warning light or Front passenger air bag status

light

Automatic transmission check warning light Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light (Blue)

Automatic transmission park warning light

(model)

Low windshield washer fluid warning light Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)

or Brake warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Security indicator light (NVIS)

Charge warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light

Check suspension warning light (if so

equipped)

Automatic transmission position indicator light Transfer 4LO position indicator light

(model)

Door open warning light Cruise main switch indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Engine oil pressure low/engine coolant tem-

perature high warning light

Cruise set switch indicator light Vehicle dynamic control off indicator light

4WD warning light ( model) 4WD shift indicator light ( model)

CHECKING BULBS

With all doors closed, apply the parking brake

and turn the ignition key to the ON position

without starting the engine. The following lights

will come on:

, or , , , ,

The following lights come on briefly and then go

off:

or , , , , ,

, ,

If any light fails to come on, it may indicate

a burned-out bulb or an open circuit in the

electrical system. Have the system repaired

promptly.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS AND

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

2-12 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/20/04—tmchalpi

WARNING LIGHTS

or Anti-lock brake

warning light

If the light comes on while the engine is running,

it may indicate the anti-lock brake system is not

functioning properly. Have the system checked

by a NISSAN dealer.

Turn off the engine, and start it again by

slowly turning the ignition key (quickly do-

ing so may cause the ABS light to stay on

when there is nothing wrong). If the light

stays on, have the system checked by a

NISSAN dealer.

If an abnormality occurs in the system, the anti-

lock function ceases, but the regular braking

system continues to operate.

If the light comes on while you are driving,

contact a NISSAN dealer for repair.

Automatic transmission check

warning light

When the ignition switch is turned ON, the light

comes on for about 2 seconds. If the light blinks

for approximately 8 seconds, it may indicate the

automatic transmission system is not functioning

properly. Have your NISSAN dealer check and

repair the transmission, if necessary.

Automatic transmission park

warning light ( model)

WARNING

●If the ATP light is ON, this indicates that

the automatic transmission P (Park) po-

sition will not function and the transfer

case is in neutral.

●When parking, always make sure that

the 4WD shift indicator light illuminates

and the parking brake is set. Failure to

engage the 4WD shift switch in 2WD,

AUTO, 4H or 4LO could result in the

vehicle moving unexpectedly, resulting

in serious personal injury or property

damage.

●All mode 4WD: The warning light may

come on when the ignition switch is ON

and the automatic transmission lever is

shifted to the P position while shifting

the transfer case between 4H and 4LO.

Shift the 4WD shift switch to the 2WD,

AUTO, 4H, or 4LO position again to turn

off the ATP warning light when the

warning light comes on. (Before shift-

ing the 4WD switch into the 4LO posi-

tion or out of 4LO in the 4H position,

move the automatic transmission se-

lector lever into the N position.) Shift

the selector lever into the P position

and make sure that the 4WD shift indi-

cator light is ON and the ATP warning

light is OFF.)

This light indicates that the automatic transmis-

sion parking function is not engaged. If the trans-

fer control is not secured in any drive position

while the automatic transmission selector lever is

in the P (Park) position, the transmission will

disengage and the drive wheels will not lock.

or Brake warning light

This light functions for both the parking brake and

the foot brake systems.

When the ignition key is in the ON position, the

light comes on when the parking brake is applied,

Instruments and controls 2-13

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

and also warns of a low brake fluid level. If the

light comes on while the engine is running with

the parking brake not applied, stop the vehicle

and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluid

as necessary. See “Brake and clutch fluid”in

the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-

tion of this manual.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the

brake system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

WARNING

●Your brake system may not be working

properly if the warning light is on. Driv-

ing could be dangerous. If you judge it

to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest

service station for repairs. Otherwise,

have your vehicle towed because driv-

ing it could be dangerous.

●Pressing the brake pedal with the en-

gine stopped and/or a low brake fluid

level may increase your stopping dis-

tance and braking will require greater

pedal effort as well as pedal travel.

●If the brake fluid level is below the

MINIMUM or MIN mark on the brake

fluid reservoir, do not drive until the

brake system has been checked at a

NISSAN dealer.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine is running,

it may indicate the charging system is not func-

tioning properly. Turn the engine off and check

the generator belt. If the belt is loose, broken,

missing, or if the light remains on, see a NISSAN

dealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the generator

belt is loose, broken or missing.

Check suspension warning

light (if so equipped)

This light may indicate a malfunction in the auto-

matic load leveling suspension.

For additional information, refer to “Jacking up

and removing the damaged tire” in the “In case of

emergency” section of this manual.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of the doors are not

closed securely while the ignition key is in the ON

position.

Engine oil pressure

low/Engine coolant tempera-

ture high warning light

This light warns of low engine oil pressure or high

engine coolant temperature.

If the light flickers or comes on during normal

driving, pull off the road in a safe area, stop the

engine and allow it to cool. If the light remains on

after checking the oil and coolant, stop the en-

gine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or

other authorized repair shop.

This light is not designed to indicate a low

oil or low coolant level. Check the oil level

with the dipstick and check the coolant level on

the reservoir. See “Engine oil” and “Checking

engine coolant level” in the “Maintenance and

do-it-yourself” section of this manual. Also see “If

your vehicle overheats” in the “In case of emer-

gency” section of this manual.

2-14 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CAUTION

●Running the engine with the engine oil

pressure warning light on could cause

serious damage to the engine almost

immediately. Such damage is not cov-

ered by warranty. Turn off the engine as

soon as it is safe to do so.

●If the gauge indicates engine coolant

temperature over the normal range,

stop the vehicle as soon as safely pos-

sible. If the engine is overheated, con-

tinued operation of the vehicle may se-

riously damage the engine. See “If your

vehicle overheats” in the “In case of

emergency” section for immediate ac-

tion required.

4WD warning light (

model)

The 4WD warning light comes on when the key

switch is turned to ON. It turns off soon after the

engine is started.

If the engine or vehicle is not functioning properly,

the warning light will either remain illuminated or

blink. See “4WD warning light” in the “Starting

and driving” section.

CAUTION

●If the warning light comes on or blinks

during operation, have your vehicle

checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible.

●Do not drive on dry hard surface roads

in the 4H or 4LO position. If the 4WD

warning light turns on when you are

driving on dry hard surface roads:

– in the AUTO or 4H position, shift the

4WD shift switch to 2WD.

–

in the 4LO position, stop the vehicle,

move the automatic transmission shift

selector lever to the N position and

shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD.

●If the warning light is still on after the

above operation, have your vehicle

checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible.

Low fuel warning light

This light comes on when the fuel level in the fuel

tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is conve-

nient, preferably before the fuel gauge reaches E

(Empty). There will be a small reserve of fuel

in the tank when the fuel gauge needle

reaches E (Empty).

Low tire pressure warning

light

This light warns of low tire pressure.

NISSAN’s low tire pressure warning system is a

tire pressure monitoring system. It monitors tire

pressure of all tires except the spare. When the

tire pressure monitoring system warning light is

lit, one or more of your tires is significantly under-

inflated. You should stop and check your tires as

soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper

pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s tire infor-

mation placard. Driving on a significantly under-

inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can

lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces

fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect

the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Each

tire, including the spare, should be checked

monthly when cold and set to the recommended

inflation pressure as specified in the vehicle plac-

ard and owner’s manual.

The recommended inflation pressure may also be

found on the Tire and Loading Information Label.

Low tire pressure warning:

If the vehicle is being driven with very low tire

pressure (lower than 28 psi, 193 kPa), the light

will illuminate and the chime will sound for about

10 seconds.

Instruments and controls 2-15

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

For additional information, see “Low tire pressure

warning system” in the “Starting and driving”

section and “Low tire pressure warning system”

in the “In case of emergency” section.

WARNING

●If the light does not come on with the

key switch turned ON, have the vehicle

checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible.

●If the light comes on while driving,

avoid sudden steering maneuvers or

abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,

pull off the road to a safe location and

stop the vehicle as soon as possible.

Serious vehicle damage could occur

and may lead to an accident and could

result in serious personal injury. Check

the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust

the tire pressure to the recommended

COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire

and Loading Information label to turn

the low tire pressure warning light OFF.

If the light still comes on while driving

after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire

may be flat. If you have a flat tire, re-

place it with a spare tire as soon as

possible.

●When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel

is replaced, tire pressure will not be

indicated and the low tire pressure

warning system will not function. Con-

tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible for tire replacement and/or

system resetting.

CAUTION

●The low tire pressure warning system is

not a substitute for the regular tire pres-

sure check. Be sure to check the tire

pressure regularly.

●If the vehicle is being driven at speeds

of less than 20 MPH (32 km/h), the low

tire pressure warning system may not

operate correctly.

●Be sure to install the specified size of

tires to the 4 wheels correctly.

Low windshield washer fluid

warning light

This light comes on when the windshield washer

fluid is at a low level. Add windshield washer fluid

as necessary. See the “Maintenance and do-it-

yourself” section of this manual.

Seat belt warning light and

chime

The light and chime remind you to fasten your

seat belts. The light illuminates whenever the

ignition key is turned to the ON or START position

and remains illuminated until the driver’s seat belt

is fastened. At the same time, the chime sounds

for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt

is securely fastened.

Refer to “Seat belts” in the “Safety—Seats, seat

belts and supplemental air bags” section for pre-

cautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warning

light

When the ignition key is in the ON or START

position, the supplemental air bag warning light

illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns

off. This means the system is operational.

If any of the following conditions occur, the

supplemental front air bags, supplemental side

air bags (if so equipped), curtain side-impact and

rollover air bags, and pre-tensioner seat belt sys-

tems need servicing and your vehicle must be

taken to a NISSAN dealer:

●The supplemental air bag warning light re-

mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

2-16 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●The supplemental air bag warning light

flashes intermittently.

●The supplemental air bag warning light does

not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplemental

restraint system (air bag system) and/or the pre-

tensioner seat belts may not function properly.

For additional details see “Supplemental restraint

system” in the “Safety—Seats, seat belts and

supplemental air bags” section of this manual.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light

is on, it could mean that the supplemental

front air bag, supplemental side air bag,

curtain side-impact and rollover air bag

systems (if so equipped) and/or pre-

tensioner seat belt systems will not oper-

ate in an accident.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Automatic transmission posi-

tion indicator light

When the ignition key is turned to the ON posi-

tion, this indicator light shows the automatic

transmission selector lever position. See “Driving

the vehicle” in the “Starting and driving” section

of this manual.

Cruise main switch indicator

light

The light comes on when the cruise control main

switch is pushed. The light goes out when the

main switch is pushed again. When the cruise

main switch indicator light comes on, the cruise

control system is operational.

Cruise set switch indicator

light

The light comes on while the vehicle speed is

controlled by the cruise control system. If the light

blinks while the engine is running, it may indicate

the cruise control system is not functioning prop-

erly. Have the system checked by a NISSAN

dealer.

4WD shift indicator light

(model)

The light should turn off within 1 second after

turning the ignition switch to ON.

While the engine is running, the 4WD shift indi-

cator light will illuminate the position selected by

the 4WD shift switch.

The 4WD shift indicator light may blink

while shifting from one drive mode to the

other.

or Front passenger

air bag status light

The front passenger air bag status light (

or ) will be lit and the passenger front air

bag will be OFF depending on how the front

passenger seat is being used.

For front passenger air bag status light operation,

see “Front passenger air bag and status light” in

the “Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental

air bags” section of this manual.

High beam indicator light

(Blue)

This blue light comes on when the headlight high

beams are on and goes out when the low beams

are selected.

The high beam indicator light also comes on

when the passing signal is activated.

Malfunction indicator lamp

(MIL)

If this indicator lamp comes on steady or blinks

while the engine is running, it may indicate a

potential emission control malfunction.

The malfunction indicator lamp may also come on

steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing, or if

the vehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make sure

Instruments and controls 2-17

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly,

and that the vehicle has at least 3 gallons of fuel

in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lamp should

turn off if no other potential emission control

system malfunction exists.

Operation

The malfunction indicator lamp will come on in

one of two ways:

●Malfunction indicator lamp on steady — An

emission control system malfunction has

been detected. Check the fuel filler cap. If

the fuel filler cap is loose or missing, tighten

or install the cap and continue to drive the

vehicle. The lamp should turn off after

a few driving trips. If the lamp does

not turn off after a few driving trips, have the

vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer. You

do not need to have your vehicle towed to

the dealer.

●Malfunction indicator lamp blinking — An

engine misfire has been detected which may

damage the emission control system. To re-

duce or avoid emission control system dam-

age:

– do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH

(72 km/h).

– avoid hard acceleration or deceleration.

– avoid steep uphill grades.

– if possible, reduce the amount of cargo

being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator lamp may stop blinking

and come on steady. Have the vehicle inspected by

a NISSAN dealer. You do not need to have your

vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without hav-

ing the emission control system checked

and repaired as necessary could lead to

poor driveability, reduced fuel economy,

and possible damage to the emission con-

trol system.

Security indicator light (NVIS)

This light blinks whenever the ignition switch is in

the LOCK, OFF or ACC position. This function

indicates the security system equipped on the

vehicle is operational.

For additional information, see “Security system”

later in this section.

Slip indicator light

This indicator light will blink when the traction

control system is limiting wheel spin. Slippery

road conditions may exist if the slip indicator

blinks on. If this happens, adjust your driving

accordingly.

The slip indicator light also comes on when you

turn the ignition key to the ON position. The light

will turn off after about 2 seconds if the system is

operational. If the light does not come on or go

off, have the traction control system checked by a

NISSAN dealer.

The system operates in all transmission shift lever

positions, but the system can upshift the trans-

mission only as high as the indicated shift lever

position.

Transfer 4LO position indica-

tor light ( model)

The light should turn off within 1 second after

turning the ignition switch to ON.

This light comes on when the 4WD shift switch is

set in the 4LO position with the ignition key in the

ON position.

If the 4WD shift switch is set in the 4LO position

and the light blinks, stop the vehicle, drive slowly

forward and the light will turn on.

When you shift between 4H and 4LO, stop the

vehicle, move the automatic transmission selec-

tor lever to the N (Neutral) position, then push the

4WD shift switch and move it to 4LO or 4H.

2-18 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

The transfer case may be damaged if you shift the

switch while driving.

You cannot move the transfer 4WD shift switch

between 4H and 4LO unless you have first

stopped the vehicle and moved the automatic

transmission shift selector lever to N (Neutral).

Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator

light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch

to 4LO.

The indicator light may blink while shifting

from one drive mode to the other.

Turn signal/hazard indicator

lights

The appropriate light flashes when the turn signal

switch is activated.

Both lights flash when the hazard switch is turned

on.

Vehicle dynamic control off

indicator light

This indicator light comes on when the vehicle

dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF. This

indicates the vehicle dynamic control system is

not operating.

Push the vehicle dynamic control off switch again

or restart the engine and the system will operate

normally. See “Vehicle dynamic control (VDC)

system” in the “Starting and driving” section of

this manual.

The vehicle dynamic control light also comes on

when you turn the ignition key to the ON position.

The light will turn off after about 2 seconds if the

system is operational. If the light stays on or

comes on along with the SLIP indicator light

while you are driving, have the vehicle dynamic

control system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

While the vehicle dynamic control system is op-

erating, you might feel slight vibration or hear the

system working when starting the vehicle or ac-

celerating, but this is normal.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warning

The front disc brake pads have audible wear

warnings. When a front brake pad requires re-

placement, it makes a high pitched scraping

sound when the vehicle is in motion, whether or

not the brake pedal is depressed. Have the

brakes checked as soon as possible if the warn-

ing sound is heard.

Key reminder chime

A chime sounds if the driver’s door is opened

while the key is left in the ignition switch. Remove

the key and take it with you when leaving the

vehicle.

Light reminder chime

With the ignition switch in the OFF position, a

chime sounds when the driver’s door is opened if

the headlights or parking lights are on.

Turn the headlight control switch off before leav-

ing the vehicle.

Instruments and controls 2-19

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Your vehicle has two types of security systems:

●Vehicle security system

●NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System—NVIS

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visual and

audio alarm signals if parts of the vehicle are

disturbed.

How to arm the vehicle security sys-

tem

1. Close all windows. (The system can be

armed even if the windows are open.)

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doors

can be locked with the key, power door lock

switch or with the keyfob.

Keyfob operation:

●Push the button on the keyfob.

All doors lock. The hazard lights flash

twice and the horn beeps once to indicate

all doors are locked.

●When the button is pushed with

all doors locked, the hazard lights flash

twice and the horn beeps once as a re-

minder that the doors are already locked.

The horn may or may not beep. Refer to

“Silencing the horn beep feature” (vehicles

without navigation system) in the “Pre-

driving checks and adjustments” section or

“Vehicle electronic systems” (vehicles with

navigation system) in the “Display screen,

heater, air conditioner and audio systems”

section.

4. Confirm that the indicator light comes

on. The light stays on for about 30

seconds. The vehicle security system is now

pre-armed. After about 30 seconds the ve-

hicle security system automatically shifts

into the armed phase. The light begins

to flash once every 3 seconds. If, during the

30-second pre-arm time period, the door is

unlocked by the key or the keyfob, or the

ignition key is turned to ACC or ON, the

system will not arm.

●If the key is turned slowly when locking

the door, the system may not arm. Fur-

thermore, if the key is turned beyond

the vertical position toward the unlock

position to remove the key, the system

may be disarmed when the key is re-

moved. If the indicator light fails to

glow for 30 seconds, unlock the door

once and lock it again.

●Even when the driver and/or passen-

gers are in the vehicle, the system will

arm with all doors closed and locked

with the ignition key in the OFF posi-

tion.

LIC0559

SECURITY SYSTEMS

2-20 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Vehicle security system activation

The vehicle security system will give the following

alarm:

●The headlights blink and the horn sounds

intermittently.

●The alarm automatically turns off after ap-

proximately 50 seconds. However, the alarm

reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with

again. The alarm can be shut off by unlocking

a door with the key, or by pressing the

button on the keyfob.

The alarm is activated by:

●opening a door without using the key or

keyfob (even if the door is unlocked by using

the inside lock knob or the power door lock

switch).

How to stop an activated alarm

The alarm stops only by unlocking a door with the

key, or by pressing the button on the key-

fob.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEM (NVIS)

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS)

will not allow the engine to start without the use of

a registered NVIS key.

If the engine fails to start using a registered NVIS

key (for example, when interference is caused by

another NVIS key, an automated toll road device

or automatic payment device on the key ring),

restart the engine using the following proce-

dures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position

for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK

position, and wait approximately 5 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device

(which may have caused the interference)

separate from the registered NVIS key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, NISSAN rec-

ommends placing the registered NVIS key on a

separate key ring to avoid interference from other

devices.

Statement related to Section 15 of FCC

Rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-

tem (CONT ASSY — IMMOBILIZER, ANT

ASSY — IMMOBILIZER)

This device complies with part 15 of the

FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry

Canada. Operation is subject to the follow-

ing two conditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmful in-

terference, and (2) this device must accept

any interference received, including inter-

ference that may cause undesired opera-

tion of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-

PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE MANUFAC-

TURER FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID

THE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPERATE

THE EQUIPMENT.

Instruments and controls 2-21

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Security indicator light

The security indicator light blinks whenever the

ignition switch is in the LOCK, OFF or ACC

position. This function indicates the NISSAN Ve-

hicle Immobilizer System (NVIS) is operational.

If the NVIS is malfunctioning, the light will remain

on while the ignition key is in the ON position.

If the light still remains on and/or the en-

gine will not start, see a NISSAN dealer for

NVIS service as soon as possible. Please

bring all NVIS keys that you have when

visiting your NISSAN dealer for service.

SWITCH OPERATION

The windshield wiper and washer operates when

the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the

following speed:

1Intermittent — intermittent operation can be

adjusted by turning the knob toward s

(Slower) or s

B(Faster). Also, the intermit-

tent operation speed varies in accordance

with the vehicle speed. (For example, when

the vehicle speed is high, the intermittent

operation speed will be faster.)

NOTE:

You can turn on or turn off the driving

speed dependent intermittent wiper func-

tion. Refer to “Personalized settings

menu” (vehicles without navigation sys-

tem) or “Vehicle electronic systems” (ve-

hicles with navigation system) in the “Dis-

play screen, heater, air conditioner and

audio systems”section later in this manual.

2Low — continuous low speed operation

3High — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up s

4to have one sweep opera-

tion of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you s

5to operate the

washer. The wiper will also operate several times.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-

tion may freeze on the windshield and

obscure your vision which may lead to an

accident. Warm the windshield with the

defroster before you wash the windshield.

LIC0474 LIC0592

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER

SWITCH

2-22 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CAUTION

●Do not operate the washer continu-

ously for more than 30 seconds.

●Do not operate the washer if the reser-

voir tank is empty.

●Do not fill the window washer reservoir

tank with washer fluid concentrates at

full strength. Some methyl alcohol

based washer fluid concentrates may

permanently stain the grille if spilled

while filling the window washer reser-

voir tank.

●Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with

water to the manufacturer’s recom-

mended levels before pouring the fluid

into the window washer reservoir tank.

Do not use the window washer reservoir

tank to mix the washer fluid concen-

trate and water.

The rear window wiper and washer operate when

the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position

to operate the wiper.

1Intermittent – intermittent operation (not ad-

justable)

2Low – continuous low speed operation

Push the switch forward s

3to operate the

washer. The wiper will also operate several times.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-

tion may freeze on the window and ob-

scure your vision. Warm the rear window

with the defroster before you wash the

rear window.

CAUTION

●Do not operate the washer continu-

ously for more than 30 seconds.

●Do not operate the washer if the reser-

voir tank is empty.

●Do not fill the window washer reservoir

tank with washer fluid concentrates at

full strength. Some methyl alcohol

based washer fluid concentrates may

permanently stain the grille if spilled

while filling the window washer reser-

voir tank.

●Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with

water to the manufacturer’s recom-

mended levels before pouring the fluid

into the window washer reservoir tank.

Do not use the window washer reservoir

tank to mix the washer fluid concen-

trate and water.

LIC0468

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND

WASHER SWITCH

Instruments and controls 2-23

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

To defrost the rear window glass and outside

mirrors:

Type A

Start the engine and turn the rear window de-

froster switch clockwise. The rear window de-

froster indicator light on the display screen

comes on. Turn the switch clockwise again to

turn the defroster off.

Type B

Start the engine and push the rear window de-

froster switch. The indicator light on the switch

comes on. Press the switch again to turn the

defroster off.

The rear window defroster automatically turns off

after approximately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rear

window, be careful not to scratch or dam-

age the rear window defroster.

Type A

LIC0487

Type B

LIC0488

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE

MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

2-24 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

Lighting

1When turning the switch to the posi-

tion, the front parking, tail, license plate and

instrument panel lights come on.

2When turning the switch to the posi-

tion, the headlights come on and all the other

lights remain on.

Autolight system

The autolight system allows the headlights to be

set so they turn on and off automatically. The

autolight system can:

●Turn on the headlights, front parking, tail,

license plate and instrument panel lights au-

tomatically when it is dark.

●Turn off all the lights when it is light.

●Keep all the lights on for 45 seconds after

you turn the key to OFF and all doors are

closed.

Type A

LIC0560

Type B

LIC0687 LIC0561

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL

SWITCH

Instruments and controls 2-25

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

NOTE:

Autolight activation sensitivity and the

time delay for autolight shutoff is adjust-

able for vehicles with navigation system.

See “Vehicle electronic systems” in the

“Display screen, heater, air conditioner and

audio systems”section later in this manual.

To turn on the autolight system:

1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi-

tion s

2. Turn the ignition key to ON.

3. The autolight system automatically turns the

headlights on and off.

Initially, if the ignition switch is turned OFF and a

door is opened and left open, the headlights

remain ON for 5 minutes. If another door is

opened during the 5 minutes, then the 5 minute

timer is reset.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to

the OFF, ,or position.

Be sure you do not put anything on top of

the autolight sensor located in the top side

of the instrument panel. The autolight sen-

sor controls the autolight; if it is covered,

the autolight sensor reacts as if it is dark

out and the headlights will illuminate. If

this occurs while parked with the engine

off and the key in the ON position, your

vehicle’s battery could become discharged.

Headlight beam select

1To select the high beam function, push the

lever forward. The high beam lights come on

and the light illuminates.

2Pull the lever back to select the low beam.

3Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the

headlight high beams on and off.

Battery saver system

If the ignition switch is turned OFF while the

headlight switch is in the or posi-

tion, the headlights will turn off after 5 minutes.

LIC0562

2-26 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

After the headlights automatically turn off with the

headlight switch in the or position,

the headlights will illuminate again for 5 minutes if

the headlight switch is moved to the OFF position

and then turned to the or position.

CAUTION

●Be sure to turn the light switch to the

OFF position when you leave the ve-

hicle for extended periods of time, oth-

erwise the battery will go dead.

●Never leave the light switch on when

the engine is not running for extended

periods of time even if the headlights

turn off automatically.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM

(Canada only)

The headlights automatically illuminate at a re-

duced intensity when the engine is started with

the parking brake released. The daytime running

lights operate with the headlight switch in the

OFF position or in the position. Turn the

headlight switch to the position for full

illumination when driving at night.

If the parking brake is applied before the engine is

started, the daytime running lights do not illumi-

nate. The daytime running lights illuminate when

the parking brake is released. The daytime run-

ning lights will remain on until the ignition switch

is turned off.

WARNING

When the daytime running light system is

active, tail lights on your vehicle are not

on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on your

headlights. Failure to do so could cause

an accident injuring yourself and others.

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS

CONTROL

The instrument brightness control operates when

the headlight control switch is in

the , or AUTO position (with auto-

lights activated).

Turn the control to adjust the brightness of instru-

ment panel lights when driving at night.

LIC0392

Instruments and controls 2-27

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

1Move the lever up or down to signal the

turning direction. When the turn is com-

pleted, the turn signals cancel automatically.

Lane change signal

2To signal a lane change, move the lever up or

down to the point where the indicator light

begins to flash, but the lever does not latch.

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped)

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlight switch

to the position, then turn the fog light

switch to the position. To turn them off,

turn the fog light switch to the OFF position.

The headlights must be on for the fog lights to

operate.

Push the switch on to warn other drivers when

you must stop or park under emergency condi-

tions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING

●If stopping for an emergency, be sure to

move the vehicle well off the road.

●Do not use the hazard warning flashers

while moving on the highway unless

unusual circumstances force you to

drive so slowly that your vehicle might

become a hazard to other traffic.

LIC0563 LIC0564 LIC0394

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

SWITCH

2-28 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Turn signals do not work when the haz-

ard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers will operate with the ignition switch

in any position.

Some state laws may prohibit the use of

the hazard warning flasher switch while

driving.

To sound the horn, push the center pad area of

the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so

could affect proper operation of the

supplemental front air bag system. Tam-

pering with the supplemental front air bag

system may result in serious personal

injury.

The front seats are warmed by built-in heaters (if

so equipped).

1. Start the engine.

2. Push the (low) or (high) posi-

tion of the switch, as desired, depending on

the temperature. The indicator light in the

switch will illuminate.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat,

automatically turning the heater on and off.

The indicator light will remain on as long as

the switch is on.

LIC0604 LIC0469

HORN HEATED SEAT (if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 2-29

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

3. When the seat is warmed or before you

leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switch

off.

CAUTION

●Do not use the seat heater for extended

periods or when no one is using the

seat.

●Do not put anything on the seat which

insulates heat, such as a blanket, cush-

ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat

may become overheated.

●Do not place anything hard or heavy on

the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar

object. This may result in damage to the

heater.

●Any liquid spilled on the heated seat

should be removed immediately with a

dry cloth.

●When cleaning the seat, never use

gasoline, benzine, thinner, or any simi-

lar materials.

●If any abnormalities are found or the

heated seat does not operate, turn the

switch off and have the system checked

by your NISSAN dealer.

●The battery could run down if the seat

heater is operated while the engine is

not running.

The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle

Dynamic Control (VDC) system on for most driv-

ing conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the VDC

system reduces the engine output to reduce

wheel spin. The engine speed will be reduced

even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor. If

maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck

vehicle, turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF

switch. The indicator will come on.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the

engine and the system will operate normally. See

“Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system” in the

“Starting and driving” section.

WIC0534

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)

OFF SWITCH (if so equipped)

2-30 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

The rear sonar system is a convenience

but it is not a substitute for proper back-

ing. Always turn and check that it is safe to

do so before backing up. Always back up

slowly.

The rear sonar system is active when the ignition

is in the ON position and the shift selector lever is

in R (Reverse).

When sensors detect obstacles within 6 ft (1.8

m) of the rear bumper, a beeping tone is emitted.

The rear sonar system can be disabled by push-

ing the OFF switch. When the system is disabled,

the indicator light on the switch will illuminate.

Push the switch again to enable the system. The

indicator light will go off.

The system will automatically reset the next time

the ignition switch is turned on.

See “Rear sonar system” in the “Starting and

driving” section.

Tow mode should be used when pulling a heavy

trailer or hauling a heavy load. Using tow mode at

other times may cause unnecessary transmission

shifting and reduced fuel economy.

Press the tow mode switch to activate tow mode.

The indicator light on the tow mode switch illumi-

nates when tow mode is selected. Press the tow

mode switch again to turn tow mode OFF.

Tow mode is automatically canceled when the

key is turned OFF.

For additional information, refer to “Tow mode” in

the “Technical and consumer information” sec-

tion later in this manual.

LIC0471 LIC0594

REAR SONAR SYSTEM OFF SWITCH

(if so equipped) TOW MODE SWITCH

Instruments and controls 2-31

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

The power outlets are for powering electrical

accessories such as cellular telephones.

The power outlets located on the driver’s side of

the instrument panel and in the luggage area are

powered directly by the vehicle’s battery.

The power outlets located on the passenger’s

side of the instrument panel and in the 2nd row

are powered only when the ignition key is in the

ACC or ON position.

Open the cap to use a power outlet.

CAUTION

●The outlet and plug may be hot during

or immediately after use.

●Only certain power outlets are designed

for use with a cigarette lighter unit. Do

not use any other power outlet for an

accessory lighter. See your NISSAN

dealer for additional information.

●Do not use with accessories that ex-

ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

Do not use double adapters or more

than one electrical accessory.

●Use power outlets with the engine run-

ning to avoid discharging the vehicle

battery.

●Avoid using power outlets when the air

conditioner, headlights or rear window

defroster is on.

●Before inserting or disconnecting a

plug, be sure the electrical accessory

being used is turned OFF.

Front row

LIC0549

2nd row

LIC0550

Luggage area

LIC0551

POWER OUTLET

2-32 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Push the plug in as far as it will go. If

good contact is not made, the plug may

overheat or the internal temperature

fuse may blow.

●When not in use, be sure to close the

cap. Do not allow water to contact the

outlet.

This power outlet s

Acan be used with an acces-

sory cigarette lighter element. Contact your

NISSAN dealer for information.

This power outlet can also be used for powering

electrical accessories such as cellular tele-

phones.

CAUTION

●The cigarette lighter should not be used

while driving so full attention may be

given to vehicle operation.

●The outlet and plug may be hot during

or immediately after use.

●Do not use any other power outlet for an

accessory lighter.

●Do not use with accessories that ex-

ceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

Do not use double adapters or more

than one electrical accessory.

●Use power outlets with the engine run-

ning to avoid discharging the vehicle

battery.

●Avoid using power outlets when the air

conditioner, headlights or rear window

defroster is on.

●Before inserting or disconnecting a

plug, be sure the electrical accessory

being used is turned OFF.

●Push the plug in as far as it will go. If

good contact is not made, the plug may

overheat or the internal temperature

fuse may blow.

●When not in use, be sure to close the

cap. Do not allow water to contact the

outlet.

WIC0726

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

Instruments and controls 2-33

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

INSTRUMENT PANEL STORAGE

TRAYS

WARNING

Do not place sharp objects in the trays to

help prevent injury in an accident or sud-

den stop.

The rubber mats can be removed for cleaning.

CONSOLE BOX

WARNING

The center console box should not be

used while driving so full attention may be

given to vehicle operation.

Side tray

LIC0565

Center tray (if so equipped)

LIC0566

STORAGE

2-34 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Console box storage trays Console box storage

Pull up on the lever s

1to open the console box lid

Console box lock

Use the master key to lock s

1or unlock s

2the

console box.

LIC0574 WIC0642 LIC0591

Instruments and controls 2-35

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

GLOVE BOX

Open the glove box by pulling the handle.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving to

help prevent injury in an accident or a

sudden stop.

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

To open the sunglasses holder, push and release.

WARNING

The sunglasses case should not be used

while driving so full attention may be

given to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

●Do not use for anything other than

sunglasses.

●Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-

glasses holder while parking in direct

sunlight. The heat may damage the

sunglasses.

LIC0578 LIC0567

2-36 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

MAP POCKETS SEATBACK POCKET

The seatback pocket is located on the back of the

driver seat. The pocket can be used to store

maps.

OVERHEAD CONSOLE

Storage bins

WARNING

Keep storage bins closed while driving to

help prevent injury in an accident or a

sudden stop.

Push the button to open a storage bin.

Push the lid up to close.

LIC0589 LIC0575 Small bin

LIC0568

Instruments and controls 2-37

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/21/04—tbrooks

CUP HOLDERS

To open the front cup holders, lift the cup holder

lid.

To close, lower the lid.

WARNING

The cup holder should not be used while

driving so full attention may be given to

vehicle operation.

Medium bin

LIC0569

Large bin

LIC0570

Front

LIC0552

2-38 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/21/04—tbrooks

CAUTION

●Avoid abrupt starting and braking when

the cup holder is being used to prevent

spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it

can scald you or your passenger.

●Use only soft cups in the cup holder.

Hard objects can injure you in an

accident.

Position the arm on the adjustable cup holder so

that the cup is held securely. To open the 2nd row cup holders (rear of the front

console), lower the lid. To close, raise the lid.

Adjustable

LIC0553

2nd row (rear of front console)

LIC0554

Instruments and controls 2-39

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Rear console (if so equipped)

LIC0555

2nd row bench (if so equipped)

LIC0556

3rd row

LIC0557

2-40 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CAUTION

Do not use bottle holder for any other

objects that could be thrown about in the

vehicle and possibly injure people during

sudden braking or an accident.

2ND ROW CENTER CONSOLE (if so

equipped)

Pull up on the lever to open the console box lid.

Removing the 2nd row center console

box

To remove the 2nd row center console box:

1Lift out the cup holder tray.

2Pull up on the handle to tilt the console box

up.

3Move the console box toward the front of the

vehicle and lift it out.

Bottle holder

LIC0558 LIC0576 LIC0577

Instruments and controls 2-41

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

To reinstall the 2nd row center console box:

1. Slide the console box over the base toward

the rear of the vehicle.

2. Push down to lock the console box in place.

3. Replace the cup holder tray.

CARGO AREA STORAGE BIN

To open the cargo area storage bin, pull down on

the tab and pull the lid off.

To access the floor storage area, push down s

to raise the handle, then pull up on the handle s

to lift the luggage board.

LUGGAGE HOOKS

The luggage hooks can be used to secure cargo

with ropes or other types of straps.

LIC0571 LIC0572

2-42 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Properly secure all cargo with ropes or

straps to help prevent it from sliding or

shifting. Do not place cargo higher than

the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-

lision, unsecured cargo could cause

personal injury.

●Use suitable ropes and hooks to secure

cargo.

●Never allow anyone to ride in the lug-

gage area. It is extremely dangerous to

ride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle.

In a collision, people riding in these

areas are more likely to be seriously

injured or killed.

●Do not allow people to ride in any area

of your vehicle that is not equipped with

seats and seat belts.

●Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a

seat and using a seat belt properly.

Side finisher

When hooking on ropes, do not apply a load of

more than 55 lb (245 N) to a single s

Ahook or 44

lb (196 N) to a single s

Bhook.

Floor hooks

Do not apply a load of more than 110 lb (490 N)

to a single hook.

LTI0089 LTI0090

Instruments and controls 2-43

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CARGO NET (if so equipped)

The cargo net helps keep packages in the cargo

area from moving around while the vehicle is in

motion.

To install the cargo net, attach the hooks to the

retainers.

To remove the cargo net, detach the hooks from

the cargo net retainers.

WARNING

●Properly secure all cargo to help pre-

vent it from sliding or shifting. Do not

place cargo higher than the seatbacks.

In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured

cargo could cause personal injury.

●Be sure to secure all four hooks into the

retainers. The cargo restrained in the

net must not exceed 30 lbs. (13.6 kg) or

the net may not stay secured.

LIC0628

2-44 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

ROOF RACK (if so equipped)

Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roof

rack. Do not load more than 200 lbs (91 kg) on

the entire roof rack s

A. If an additional rear cross-

bar (if so equipped) is installed, the maximum

load capacity for the rear roof rack s

Bis 125 lbs

(56 kg). Be careful that your vehicle does not

exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

(GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating

(GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and GAWR

are located on the Safety Compliance Certifica-

tion Label (located on the driver’s door pillar). For

more information regarding GVWR and GAWR,

refer to the “Technical and consumer information”

section later in this manual.

The rear crossbar can be adjusted forward and

backward. Raise the lock levers s

1and adjust

the crossbar to the desired position. Lower the

lock levers. Place your luggage on the bars and

secure the luggage with rope to the utility loops

2. Do not place luggage on the side rails or tie

rope directly to the side rails. Always be sure the

lock levers are lowered to keep the crossbar in

place. Do not use utility loops for any purpose

other than securing luggage.

LIC0593

Rear roof rack with additional crossbar

(if so equipped)

LIC0629

Instruments and controls 2-45

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

Properly secure all cargo with ropes or

straps to help prevent it from sliding or

shifting. In a sudden stop or collision, un-

secured cargo could cause personal

injury.

CAUTION

Use care when placing or removing items

from the roof rack. If you cannot comfort-

ably lift the items onto the roof rack from

the ground, use a ladder or stool.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

●Make sure that all passengers have

their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while

it is in motion and before closing the

windows. Use the window lock switch

to prevent unexpected use of the power

windows.

●Do not leave children unattended inside

the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-

tivate switches or controls and become

trapped in a window. Unattended chil-

dren could become involved in serious

accidents. 1. Window lock button

2. Door lock/unlock button

3. Front passenger side automatic switch

4. Right rear passenger window switch

5. Left rear passenger window switch

6. Driver side automatic switch

Driver’s side power window switch

The driver’s side control panel is equipped with

switches to open or close the front and rear

passenger windows.

The power windows operate when the ignition

switch is in the ON position, or for about 45

seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the

LIC0579

WINDOWS

2-46 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

OFF position. If the driver’s or passenger’s door

is opened during this period of about 45 sec-

onds, power to the windows is canceled. To open

a window, push the switch and hold it down. To

close a window, pull the switch and hold it up. To

stop the opening or closing function at any time,

simply release the switch.

Front passenger power window switch

The passenger window switch operates only the

corresponding passenger window. To open the

window, push the switch and hold it down s

1.To

close the window, pull the switch up s

Locking passengers’ windows

When the window lock button is depressed, only

the driver side window can be opened or closed.

Push it again to cancel the window lock function.

Rear power window switch

The rear passenger window switches open or

close only the corresponding passenger window.

To open the window, push the switch and hold it

down s

1. To close the window, pull the switch up

LIC0580 LIC0581

Instruments and controls 2-47

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Automatic operation

To fully open a window equipped with automatic

operation, press the window switch down (only

driver’s side shown) to the second detent and

release it; it need not be held. The window auto-

matically opens all the way. To stop the window,

lift the switch up while the window is opening.

To fully close a window equipped with automatic

operation, pull the switch up to the second detent

and release it; it need not be held.

Auto-reverse function

The auto-reverse function can be activated when

a window is closed by automatic operation.

Depending on the environment or driving

conditions, the auto-reverse function may

be activated if an impact or load similar to

something being caught in the window oc-

curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-

ately before the closed position which

cannot be detected. Make sure that all

passengers have their hands, etc., inside

the vehicle before closing the window.

If the control unit detects something caught in a

window equipped with automatic operation as it

is closing, the window will be immediately low-

ered. POWER VENT WINDOWS (if so

equipped)

Use the vent window switch located on the over-

head console to open and close the power vent

windows. The windows cannot be operated

separately.

To open the power vent windows, press and hold

the switch toward OPEN.

To close the windows, press and hold the switch

toward CLOSE.

The power vent windows operate when the igni-

tion key is in the ON position, or for about 45

seconds after the ignition key is turned to the

LIC0410 LIC0582

2-48 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

OFF position. If the driver’s or passenger’s door

is opened during this 45 second period, power to

the vent windows is cancelled.

MANUAL VENT WINDOWS (if so

equipped)

To open a manual vent window, pull the latch

handle toward you until it releases.

To lock the window in the open position, push the

latch handle rearward until it locks.

To close a manual vent window, pull the latch

handle toward you and push the rear portion of

the latch toward the rear of the vehicle until it

locks.

AUTOMATIC SUNROOF

The sunroof will only operate when the ignition

key is in the ON position. The automatic sunroof

is operational for about 45 seconds, even if the

ignition key is turned to the ACC or OFF position.

If the driver’s door or the front passenger’s door

is opened during this period of about 45 sec-

onds, power to the sunroof is canceled.

Sliding the sunroof

To fully open the sunroof, push the switch toward

the open position s

To fully close the sunroof, push the switch toward

the close position s

LIC0524 LIC0584

SUNROOF (if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 2-49

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

To open or close the sunroof part way, push the

switch in any direction s

5while the roof is sliding

open or closed to stop it in the desired position.

Tilting the sunroof

To tilt the sunroof up, push the tilt switch toward

the up position s

1. When the sunroof is open, it

will automatically close and then tilt up.

To tilt the sunroof down, push the tilt switch

toward the down position s

Restarting the sunroof sliding switch

The sliding switch will become inoperable after

the battery terminal is disconnected, the electri-

cal supply interrupted and/or some abnormality

detected. Use the following reset procedure to

return sunroof operation to normal.

1. If the sunroof lid is open, push the tilting

switch repeatedly toward the down position

2to fully close the lid.

2. Finally, push and hold the tilting switch for

more than 2 seconds toward the down po-

sition s

2to reestablish the lid’s home posi-

tion.

The sunroof should now operate normally.

Auto reverse function (when closing or

tilting down the sunroof)

The auto reverse function can be activated when

the sunroof is closed or tilted down by automatic

operation when the ignition key is in the ON

position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition

key is turned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or driving

conditions, the auto reverse function may

be activated if an impact or load similar to

something being caught in the sunroof oc-

curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-

ately before the closed position which

cannot be detected. Make sure that all

passengers have their hands, etc., inside

the vehicle before closing the sunroof.

When closing:

If the control unit detects something caught in the

sunroof as it moves to the front, the sunroof will

immediately open backward.

When tilting down:

If the control unit detects something caught in the

sunroof as it tilts down, the sunroof will immedi-

ately tilt up.

If the auto reverse function malfunctions and re-

peats opening or tilting up the sunroof, keep

pushing the tilt down switch within 5 seconds

after it happens, then the sunroof will fully close

gradually. In this case, make sure nothing is

caught in the sunroof.

WARNING

●In an accident you could be thrown from

the vehicle through an open sunroof.

Always use seat belts and child

restraints.

●Do not allow anyone to stand up or

extend any portion of their body out of

the sunroof opening while the vehicle is

in motion or while the sunroof is

closing.

CAUTION

●Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand

from the sunroof before opening.

●Do not place heavy objects on the sun-

roof or surrounding area.

Sun shade

Open and close the sun shade by sliding it for-

ward or backward.

2-50 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

If the sunroof does not close

Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the

sunroof.

The interior light has a three-position switch and

operates regardless of ignition switch position.

When the switch is in the ON position

, the

interior lights illuminate, regardless of door position.

The lights will go off after about 30 minutes unless

the ignition key is in the ACC or ON position.

When the switch is in the DOOR position s

2, the

interior lights and puddle lamps (if so equipped)

will stay on for about 30 seconds when:

●The doors are unlocked by the keyfob, a key

or the power door lock switch while all doors

are closed and the ignition switch is in the

OFF position.

●The driver’s door is opened and then closed

while the key is removed from the ignition

switch.

●The key is removed from the ignition switch

while all doors are closed.

The lights will turn off while the 30 second timer is

activated when:

●The driver’s door is locked by the keyfob, a

key, or the power door lock switch.

●The ignition switch is turned ON.

When the switch is in the OFF position s

3, the

interior lights do not illuminate, regardless of door

position. The puddle lamps (if so equipped) come

on when any front or rear passenger door is

opened.

The lights will turn off automatically after 30 min-

utes while doors are open to prevent the battery

from becoming discharged.

LIC0585

INTERIOR LIGHT

Instruments and controls 2-51

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

NOTE:

The footwell and door step lights illuminate

when the driver and passenger doors are

open regardless of the interior light switch

position. These lights will turn off auto-

matically after about 30 minutes while

doors are open to prevent the battery from

becoming discharged.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of time

with the engine stopped. This could result

in a discharged battery.

CONSOLE LIGHT

The console light s

1will turn on whenever the

parking lights or headlights are illuminated.

The console light brightness can be adjusted

with the illumination brightness control.

The personal lights on the overhead console can

be swiveled 360 degrees. To turn on the light,

press the button. Press the button again to turn

off the light.

LIC0587 LIC0588

PERSONAL LIGHTS

2-52 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

To turn the map lights on, press the switches. To

turn them off, press the switches again.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of time

with the engine stopped. This could result

in a discharged battery.

The cargo light on the overhead trim has a three-

position switch. To operate, push the switch to

the desired position.

ON: The light is illuminated.

Normal (center) position: The light illuminates

when any door is opened or unlocked by the

keyfob. The light turns off after 30 seconds when

all doors are closed.

OFF: The light does not illuminate regardless of

door position or lock status.

The HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver provides a

convenient way to consolidate the functions of up

to three individual hand-held transmitters into

one built-in device.

HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver:

●Will operate most Radio Frequency (RF)

devices such as garage doors, gates, home

and office lighting, entry door locks and se-

curity systems.

●Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. No

separate batteries are required. If the vehi-

cle’s battery is discharged or is discon-

nected, HomeLinkTwill retain all program-

ming.

Once the HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver

is programmed, retain the original trans-

mitter for future programming procedures

(i.e., new vehicle purchases). Upon sale of

the vehicle, the programmed HomeLinkT

Universal Transceiver buttons should be

erased for security purposes. For addi-

tional information refer to “Programming

HomeLinkT” later in this section.

LIC0586 LIC0590

MAP LIGHTS CARGO LIGHT HOMELINKTUNIVERSAL

TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 2-53

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Do not use the HomeLinkTUniversal

Transceiver with any garage door

opener that lacks safety stop and re-

verse features as required by federal

safety standards. (These standards be-

came effective for opener models

manufactured after April 1, 1982). A ga-

rage door opener which cannot detect

an object in the path of a closing garage

door and then automatically stop and

reverse, does not meet current federal

safety standards. Using a garage door

opener without these features in-

creases the risk of serious injury or

death.

●During the programming procedure

your garage door or security gate will

open and close (if the transmitter is

within range). Make sure that people or

objects are clear of the garage door,

gate, etc. that you are programming.

●Your vehicle’s engine should be turned

off while programming the HomeLinkT

Universal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINKT

1. To begin, press and hold the two outer

HomeLinkTbuttons (to clear the memory)

until the indicator light s

1blinks slowly (after

20 seconds). Release both buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-held transmitter

1 - 3 inches (26 - 76 mm) away from the

HomeLinkTsurface.

3. Using both hands, simultaneously press and

hold both the HomeLinkTbutton you want to

program and the hand-held transmitter but-

ton.

DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has

been completed.

LIC0526 LIC0527

2-54 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

4. Hold down both buttons until the indicator

light on the HomeLinkTflashes, changing

from a “slow blink” to a “rapidly flashing

blink”. This could take up to 90 seconds.

When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both

buttons may be released. The rapidly flash-

ing light indicates successful programming.

To activate the garage door or other pro-

grammed device, press and hold the pro-

grammed HomeLinkTbutton — releasing

when the device begins to activate.

5. If the indicator light on the HomeLinkTblinks

rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns solid,

HomeLinkThas picked up a “rolling code”

garage door opener signal. You will need to

proceed with the next steps to train the

HomeLinkTto complete the programming

which may require a ladder and another per-

son for convenience.

6. Press and release the “smart” or “learn” pro-

gram button located on the garage door

opener’s motor to activate the “training

mode”. This button is usually located near

the antenna wire that hangs down from the

motor. If the wire originates from under a

light lens, you will need to remove the lens to

access the program button.

NOTE:

Once you have pressed and released the

program button on the garage door open-

er’s motor and the “training light” is lit, you

have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7.

Use the help of a second person for conve-

nience to assist when performing this step.

7. Within 30 seconds of pressing and releas-

ing the garage door opener program button,

quickly and firmly press and release the

HomeLinkTbutton you’ve just programmed.

Press and release the HomeLinkTbutton up

to 3 times to complete the training.

8. Your HomeLinkTbutton should now be pro-

grammed. (To program the remaining

HomeLinkTbuttons for additional door or

gate openers, follow steps 2-8 only.)

NOTE:

Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to

“clear” all previously programmed

HomeLinkTbuttons.

If you have any questions or are having difficulty

programming your HomeLinkTbuttons, please

refer to the HomeLinkTweb site at:

www.homelink.com or call 1-800-NISSAN-1

(1-800-647-7261).

PROGRAMMING HOMELINKTFOR

CANADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations required hand-

held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 sec-

onds. To program your hand-held transmitter to

HomeLinkT, continue to press and hold the

HomeLinkTbutton (note steps2-4under “Pro-

gramming HomeLinkT”) while you press and re-

press (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitters every

2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly

(indicating successful programming).

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,

etc., it is advised to unplug the device dur-

ing the “cycling” process to prevent pos-

sible damage to the garage door opener

components.

OPERATING THE HOMELINKT

UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

The HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver (once pro-

grammed) may now be used to activate the ga-

rage door, etc. To operate, simply press the ap-

propriate programmed HomeLinkTUniversal

Transceiver button. The red indicator light will

illuminate while the signal is being transmitted.

Instruments and controls 2-55

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-

DIAGNOSIS

If the HomeLinkTdoes not quickly learn the hand-

held transmitter information:

●replace the hand-held transmitter batteries

with new batteries.

●position the hand-held transmitter with its

battery area facing away from the

HomeLinkTsurface.

●press and hold both the HomeLinkTand

hand-held transmitter buttons without inter-

ruption.

●position the hand-held transmitter1-3

inches (26 - 76 mm) away from the

HomeLinkTsurface. Hold the transmitter in

that position for up to 15 seconds. If

HomeLinkTis not programmed within that

time, try holding the transmitter in another

position – keeping the indicator light in view

at all times.

If you continue to have programming difficulties,

please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs

Department. The phone numbers are located in

the Foreword of this manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED

INFORMATION

Individual buttons cannot be cleared. However,

to clear all programming, press and hold the two

outside buttons and release when the indicator

light begins to flash (approximately 20 seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE

HOMELINKTBUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver

button, complete the following.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkTbut-

ton. Do not release the button until step 4

has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins to flash

slowly (after 20 seconds), position the

hand-held transmitter1-3inches (26 - 76

mm) away from the HomeLinkTsurface.

3. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter

button.

4. The HomeLinkTindicator light will flash, first

slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator

light begins to flash rapidly, release both

buttons.

The HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver button has

now been reprogrammed. The new device can be

activated by pushing the HomeLinkTbutton that

was just programmed. This procedure will not af-

fect any other programmed HomeLinkTbuttons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the

codes of any non-rolling code device that has

been programmed into HomeLinkT. Consult the

Owner’s Manual of each device or call the manu-

facturer or dealer of those devices for additional

information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you will

need to reprogram the HomeLinkTUniver-

sal Transceiver with your new transmitter

information.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part

15. Operation is subject to the following

two conditions: (1) This device may not

cause harmful interference and (2) This de-

vice must accept any interference that may

be received, including interference that

may cause undesired operation.

This transmitter has been tested and com-

plies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-

proved by the party responsible for compli-

ance could void the user’s authority to op-

erate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D. CV2V67690

2-56 Instruments and controls

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys.............................................3-2

Nissan vehicle immobilizer system (NVIS)

keys ..........................................3-2

Doors ............................................3-3

Locking with key................................3-3

Locking with inside lock knob ....................3-4

Locking with power door lock switch .............3-4

Child safety rear door lock.......................3-5

Remote keyless entry system .......................3-5

How to use remote keyless entry system ..........3-6

Battery replacement ............................3-9

Hood ...........................................3-10

Back door .......................................3-10

Operating the manual back door ................3-11

Operating the power back door

(if so equipped) ...............................3-11

Cancel switch.................................3-13

Back door release .............................3-14

Glass hatch......................................3-15

Fuel filler lid......................................3-15

Fuel filler cap..................................3-15

Steering wheel ...................................3-16

Tilt operation..................................3-16

Pedal position adjustment .........................3-17

Sun visors .......................................3-17

Vanity mirrors .................................3-18

Mirrors ..........................................3-18

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror................3-18

Outside mirrors ...............................3-19

Automatic drive positioner (if so equipped) ..........3-20

Memory storage function .......................3-20

Entry/exit function .............................3-21

System operation..............................3-22

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Two master keys (black) with transpon-

der chip and chrome NISSAN brand

symbol on one side

2. Valet key (black) with transponder chip

3. Key number plate

4. Transponder chip

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.

Record the key number and keep it in a safe place

(such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose

your keys, see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by

using the key number. NISSAN does not record

key numbers so it is very important to keep track

of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when you have

lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate

from. If you still have a key, your NISSAN dealer

can duplicate it.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEM (NVIS) KEYS

You can only drive your vehicle using the master

or valet keys which are registered to the NISSAN

Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your

vehicle. These keys have a transponder chip in

the key head.

The master key can be used for all the locks.

The valet key cannot be used for the console box

lock.

To protect belongings when you leave a key with

someone, give them the valet key only.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is not

necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle

Immobilizer System keys. Your dealer can dupli-

cate your existing key. As many as five NVIS keys

can be used with one vehicle. You should bring all

NVIS keys that you have to your NISSAN dealer

for registration. This is because the registration

process will erase the memory of all key codes

previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle

Immobilizer System. After the registration pro-

cess, these components will only recognize keys

coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer Sys-

tem (NVIS) during registration. Any key that is not

given to your dealer at the time of registration will

no longer be able to start your vehicle.

Do not allow the immobilizer system key, which

contains an electrical transponder, to come into

contact with salt water. This could affect system

function.

WPD0128

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Always have the doors locked while

driving. Along with the use of seat belts,

this provides greater safety in the event

of an accident by helping to prevent

persons from being thrown from the

vehicle. This also helps keep children

and others from unintentionally open-

ing the doors, and will help keep out

intruders.

●Before opening any door, always look

for and avoid oncoming traffic.

●Do not leave children unattended inside

the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-

tivate switches or controls. Unattended

children could become involved in seri-

ous accidents.

LOCKING WITH KEY

The power door lock system allows you to lock or

unlock all doors at the same time.

Turning the key toward the front s

1of the vehicle

locks all doors.

Turning the key one time toward the rear s

2of the

vehicle unlocks that door. From that position,

returning the key to neutral s

3(where the key can

only be removed and inserted) and turning it

toward the rear again within 5 seconds unlocks

all doors s

Opening and closing windows

The driver’s door key operation allows you to

open and close windows equipped with auto-

matic operation at the same time.

●To open the windows, turn the driver’s door

key toward the rear of the vehicle for longer

than 1 second after the door is unlocked.

●To close the windows, turn the driver’s door

key to the front of the vehicle for longer

than 1 second after the door is locked.

Windows stop when the key cylinder is released.

Driver’s side

LPD0240

DOORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK

KNOB

To lock the door without the key, move the inside

lock knob to the lock position s

1, then close the

door.

To unlock the door without the key, move the

inside lock knob to the unlock position s

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR

LOCK SWITCH

To lock all the doors without a key, push the door

lock switch (driver or front passenger side), to the

lock position s

1. When locking the door this way,

be certain not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

To unlock all the doors without a key, push the

door lock switch (driver or front passenger side)

to the unlock position s

Lockout protection

When the power door lock switch (driver or front

passenger) is moved to the lock position with the

key in the ignition and any door open, all doors

will lock and unlock automatically. This helps to

prevent the keys from being accidently locked

inside the vehicle.

Inside lock

LPD0241

Door lock switch

LPD0183

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK

Child safety locks help prevent the rear doors

from being opened accidentally, especially when

small children are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock levers are located on the

edge of the rear doors.

When the lever is in the lock position, the

door can be opened only from the outside.

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors, turn on the

interior lights and puddle lamps (if so equipped),

and activate the panic alarm by using the keyfob

from outside the vehicle.

Some settings for the keyfob, such as horn beep,

can be adjusted. For vehicles without navigation

system, refer to “Silencing the horn beep feature”

later in this section. For vehicles with navigation

system, refer to “Vehicle electronic systems” in

the “Display screen, heater, air conditioner and

audio systems” section later in this manual.

Be sure to remove the key from the vehicle

before locking the doors.

The keyfob can operate at a maximum distance of

approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. The

effective distance depends upon the conditions

around the vehicle.

As many as 5 keyfobs can be used with one

vehicle. For information concerning the purchase

and use of additional keyfobs, contact a NISSAN

dealer.

The keyfob will not function when:

●the battery is discharged.

●the distance between the vehicle and the

keyfob is over 33 ft (10 m).

The panic alarm will not activate when the

key is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or occur-

rences which will damage the keyfob:

●Do not allow the keyfob to become wet.

●Do not drop the keyfob.

●Do not strike the keyfob sharply against

another object.

●Do not place the keyfob for an extended

period in an area where temperatures

exceed 140°F (60°C).

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, NISSAN rec-

ommends erasing the ID code of that key-

fob. This will prevent the keyfob from un-

authorized use to unlock the vehicle. For

information regarding the erasing proce-

dure, please contact a NISSAN dealer.

LPD0242

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEM

Locking doors

1. Close all windows.

2. Remove the key from the ignition switch.

3. Close the hood and all doors.

4. Push the button on the keyfob. All

the doors lock. The hazard warning lights

flash twice and the horn beeps once to

indicate all doors are locked.

●When the button is pushed with all

doors locked, the hazard warning lights flash

twice and the horn beeps once as a re-

minder that the doors are already locked.

●If a door is open and you push the

button, the doors will lock but the horn will

not beep and the hazard warning lights will

not flash.

The horn may or may not beep. For vehicles

without navigation system, refer to “Silencing the

horn beep feature” later in this section. For ve-

hicles with navigation system, refer to “Vehicle

electronic systems” in the “Display screen,

heater, air conditioner and audio systems” sec-

tion later in this manual.

Unlocking doors

Push the button on the keyfob once.

●Only the driver’s door unlocks.

●The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors

are completely closed with the ignition key in

any position except the ON position.

●The interior lights and puddle lamps (if so

equipped) turn on and the light timer acti-

vates for 30 seconds when the interior light

switch is in the DOOR position with the

ignition key in any position except the ON

position.

LPD0209 LPD0210

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Push the button on the keyfob again within

5 seconds.

●All doors unlock.

●The hazard indicator flashes once if all doors

are completely closed.

The interior lights can be turned off without wait-

ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the

ignition and turning to the ON or START position,

locking the doors with the keyfob or pushing the

interior light switch to the off position.

Auto relock

When the button on the keyfob is pushed,

all doors will lock automatically within 1 minute

unless one of the following operations is per-

formed:

●Any door is opened.

●A key is inserted into the ignition switch and

the key is turned from OFF to ON.

Opening windows

The keyfob allows you to open windows

equipped with automatic operation simulta-

neously.

●To open the windows, press the but-

ton on the keyfob for longer than 3 sec-

onds after all doors are unlocked.

The door windows will open while pressing

the button on the keyfob.

The door windows cannot be closed by

using the keyfob.

Linking the keyfob to automatic drive

positioner memory

If the vehicle is equipped with automatic drive

positioner, the keyfob can be linked to a memory

setting.

See “Automatic driver positioner” later in this

section.

Operating the power back door (if so

equipped)

Push and hold the button on the keyfob for about

0.5 second to open or close the back door. The

hazard warning lights flash and a chime sounds

to indicate the power open or power close se-

quence has started.

The door will reverse direction immediately dur-

ing power open or power close if the keyfob

button is pressed. A chime will sound to an-

nounce the reversal.

For more information, see “Back door”later in this

section.

LPD0243

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Using the panic alarm

If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened,

you may activate the panic alarm to call attention

by pushing and holding the button on the

keyfob for longer than 0.5 second.

The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for 25

seconds.

The panic alarm stops when:

●it has run for 25 seconds, or

●any button is pushed on the keyfob.

Silencing the horn beep feature

If desired, the horn beep feature can be deacti-

vated using the keyfob.

To deactivate: Press and hold the

and buttons for at least 2 seconds.

The hazard lights will flash three times to confirm

that the horn beep feature has been deactivated.

To activate: Press and hold the

and buttons for at least 2 seconds

once more.

The hazard lights will flash once and the horn will

sound once to confirm that the horn beep feature

has been reactivated.

Deactivating the horn beep feature does not si-

lence the horn if the alarm is triggered.

Using the interior lights

Push the button on the keyfob once to turn

on the interior lights and puddle lamps (if so

equipped).

The interior lights can be turned off without wait-

ing 30 seconds by inserting the key into the

ignition, locking the doors with the keyfob or

pushing the interior light switch to off position.

LPD0211 LPD0262

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows:

1Open the lid using a coin.

2Remove the battery.

3Install a new battery with the “+” facing

down.

Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 or

equivalent.

4Close the lid securely.

5. Press the button, then the

button two or three times to check the key-

fob operation.

If the battery is removed for any reason

other than replacement, perform step 5.

●An improperly disposed battery can

hurt the environment. Always confirm

local regulations for battery disposal.

●The keyfob is water-resistant; how-

ever, if it does get wet, immediately

wipe completely dry.

●The operational range of the keyfob

extends to approximately 33 ft (10 m)

from the vehicle. This range may vary

with conditions.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-

proved by the manufacturer for compliance

could void the user’s authority to operate

the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC

Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Canada.

Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) This device may not cause

harmful interference, and (2) this device

must accept any interference received, in-

cluding interference that may cause undes-

ired operation of the device.

LPD0214

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1Pull the hood lock release handle located

below the driver side instrument panel. The

hood will spring up slightly.

2Push the lever at the front of the hood to the

side as illustrated with your fingertips and

raise the hood.

When closing the hood, lower it slowly and make

sure it locks into place.

WARNING

●Make sure the hood is completely

closed and latched before driving. Fail-

ure to do so could cause the hood to fly

open and result in an accident.

●If you see steam or smoke coming from

the engine compartment, to avoid injury

do not open the hood.

WARNING

●Always be sure the back door has been

closed securely to prevent it from open-

ing while driving.

●Do not drive with the back door open.

This could allow dangerous exhaust

gases to be drawn into the vehicle. See

“Exhaust gas” in the “Starting and driv-

ing” section of this manual.

LPD0244

HOOD BACK DOOR

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

OPERATING THE MANUAL BACK

DOOR

WARNING

Make sure that all passengers have their

hands, etc. inside the vehicle before clos-

ing the back door.

The power door lock system allows you to lock or

unlock all doors including the back door simulta-

neously.

To open the back door, pull up on the handle.

To close, lower and push the back door down

securely.

OPERATING THE POWER BACK

DOOR (if so equipped)

WARNING

●Make sure that all passengers have

their hands, etc. inside the vehicle be-

fore closing the back door.

●Do not leave children unattended inside

the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-

tivate switches or controls. Unattended

children could become involved in seri-

ous accidents.

NOTE:

To open, close or reverse the power back

door, the shift selector lever must be in P

(Park). Also, the power back door will not

operate if battery voltage is low.

Power Open:

The power back door automatically moves from

the fully closed position to the fully open position

in approximately 6 seconds. The power open

feature can be activated by the switch on the

keyfob, the instrument panel switch and by the

outside opener handle. The hazard lights flash

LPD0245 Rear pillar switch

LPD0247

Instrument panel switch

LPD0283

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

and a chime sounds to indicate the power open

sequence has been started.

●The back door can be opened by the instru-

ment panel switch and the keyfob even if the

vehicle is locked. The door will individually

unlock and open. Once the back door is

closed, its lock will align to the vehicle’s lock

or unlock status.

●The keyfob button must be held for 0.5 sec-

ond before the door opens.

●The back door must be unlocked to open it

with the outside opener handle.

●The switch on the rear pillar cannot be used

to open the back door.

A warning chime will sound if the shift selector

lever is moved out of P (Park) during a power

open operation.

Power Close:

The power back door automatically moves from

the fully open position to the secondary position.

When the door reaches the secondary position,

the cinching motor engages and pulls the door to

its primary latch position. Power close takes ap-

proximately 8 seconds. The power close feature

can be activated by the switch on the keyfob, the

instrument panel and the rear pillar. The hazard

lights flash and a chime sounds to indicate the

power close sequence has been started.

●If the outside opener handle is activated

while the cinching motor is engaged, the

cinching motor will disengage and release

the latch.

●The keyfob button must be held for 0.5 sec-

ond before the door closes.

●The switch on the rear pillar can only be used

to close the back door if the cancel switch is

not in the on position.

Reverse:

The power back door will reverse direction imme-

diately during power open or power close if the

keyfob, instrument panel or rear pillar switch is

pressed or if the outside handle is lifted. A chime

will sound to announce the reversal.

Auto Reverse:

If an obstacle is detected during power open or

power close, a warning chime will sound and the

door will reverse direction and return to the full

open or full close position. If a second obstacle is

detected, the door motion will stop and the drive

motor will disengage. The back door will enter

manual mode.

A pinch strip is mounted on each side of the back

door. If an obstacle is detected by a pinch strip

during power close, the door will reverse direc-

tion and return to the full open position.

NOTE:

If the pinch strip is damaged or removed,

the power close function will not operate.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-

ately before the closed position which

cannot be detected. Make sure that all

passengers have their hands, etc., inside

the vehicle before closing the door.

Manual Mode:

If power operation is not available, the back door

may be operated manually. Power operation may

not be available if the cancel switch is in the on

position, if multiple obstacles have been de-

tected in a single power cycle, or if battery volt-

age is low.

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Safe Mode:

If the back door gas stays s

1lose pressure, the

power back door safe mode is activated. When

the safe mode is activated, the back door slowly

closes. A continuous warning chime sounds until

the door is in the fully down position. Then the

door will be pulled to the closed and latched

position by a motor.

The power back door cannot be opened using

the switches at any time in the safe mode.

The auto reverse function remains active while

the door is closing in the safe mode.

Do not operate the back door again until it is

checked by your NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

●If the power back door does not stay

open or if the door unexpectedly closes

at any time while a continuous warning

chime sounds, do not operate the back

door. There may be a pressure loss in

one or both of the back door gas stays.

Have the back door inspected by a

NISSAN dealer.

●Do not activate the power back door if

one or both of the back door gas stays

are removed. Damage to the back door

or power back door mechanisms may

occur. CANCEL SWITCH

Press the switch toward the CANCEL position to

disable the rear pillar switch and the outside

handle. The back door can still be opened and

closed using the switch on the instrument panel

and keyfob.

LPD0250 LPD0248

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

BACK DOOR RELEASE

WARNING

●Always be sure the back door has been

closed securely to prevent it from open-

ing while driving.

●Do not drive with the back door open.

This could allow dangerous exhaust

gases to be drawn into the vehicle. See

“Exhaust gas” in the “Starting and driv-

ing” section of this manual.

CAUTION

●If the power back door does not stay

open or if the door unexpectedly closes

at any time while a continuous warning

chime sounds, do not operate the back

door. There may be a pressure loss in

one or both of the back door gas stays.

Have the back door inspected by a

NISSAN dealer.

●Do not activate the power back door if

one or both of the back door gas stays

are removed. Damage to the back door

or power back door mechanisms may

occur.

Manual back door (if so equipped)

If the back door cannot be locked or unlocked

with the door lock switch or the keyfob due to a

discharged battery, follow these steps:

1. Remove the cover on the inside of the back

door.

2. Move the lever up to lock or down to unlock.

Power back door (if so equipped)

If the back door cannot be opened with the door

lock switch or keyfob due to a discharged battery,

follow these steps:

1. Remove the cover on the inside of the back

door.

2. Move the lever up to open the door.

Manual release

LPD0251

Power release

LPD0252

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

To open, pull up on the smaller outside handle to

release the glass hatch, then pull up on the glass

hatch. To close, lower and push the glass hatch

down securely.

NOTE:

The back door must be unlocked in order to

open the glass hatch.

FUEL FILLER CAP

The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type. Turn the

cap counterclockwise to remove. To tighten, turn

the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are

heard.

Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder s

1while

refueling.

WARNING

●Gasoline is extremely flammable and

highly explosive under certain condi-

tions. You could be burned or seriously

injured if it is misused or mishandled.

Always stop the engine and do not

smoke or allow open flames or sparks

near the vehicle when refueling.

●Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the

cap a third of a turn, and wait for any

“hissing” sound to stop to prevent fuel

from spraying out and possibly causing

personal injury. Then remove the cap.

●Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank

after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off

automatically. Continued refueling may

cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel

spray and possibly a fire.

●Use only an original equipment type

fuel filler cap as a replacement. It has a

built-in safety valve needed for proper

operation of the fuel system and emis-

sion control system. An incorrect cap

can result in a serious malfunction and

possible injury. It could also cause the

malfunction indicator lamp to come on.

●Never pour fuel into the throttle body to

attempt to start your vehicle.

LPD0246 LPD0253

GLASS HATCH FUEL FILLER LID

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Do not fill a portable fuel container in

the vehicle or trailer. Static electricity

can cause an explosion of flammable

liquid, vapor or gas in any vehicle or

trailer. To reduce the risk of serious

injury or death when filling portable fuel

containers:

– Always place the container on the

ground when filling.

– Do not use electronic devices when

filling.

– Keep the pump nozzle in contact with

the container while you are filling it.

– Use only approved portable fuel con-

tainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

●If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,

flush it away with water to avoid paint

damage.

●Tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks.

Failure to tighten the fuel filler cap

properly may cause the mal-

function indicator lamp (MIL) to illumi-

nate. If the lamp illuminates be-

cause the fuel filler cap is loose or

missing, tighten or install the cap and

continue to drive the vehicle.

The lamp should turn off after a

few driving trips. If the lamp

does not turn off after a few driving

trips, have the vehicle inspected by a

NISSAN dealer.

●For additional information, see the

“Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)” in

the “Instruments and Controls” section

earlier in this manual.

TILT OPERATION

Pull the lock lever forward and hold it to adjust the

steering wheel up or down to the desired posi-

tion.

Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel

in place.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel while

driving. You could lose control of your

vehicle and cause an accident.

LPD0254

STEERING WHEEL

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

The accelerator and brake pedals can be ad-

justed for driving comfort.

Use the pedal adjusting switch to adjust the

brake and accelerator pedal position forward s

or backward s

2. Pedal adjustment can only be

performed when:

●Ignition switch is in the OFF or ACC position

●Ignition switch is ON and the selector lever

is in the P (Park) position

The brake and accelerator pedals cannot be ad-

justed separately.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the pedal position with your

foot on the pedal.

LPD0255

LPD0256

PEDAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT SUN VISORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1To block glare from the front, swing down the

main sun visor.

2To block glare from the side, remove the

main sun visor from the center mount and

swing the visor to the side.

3To block glare from the side and front, swing

down the sub-sun visor.

4Slide the extension sun visor in or out as

needed.

CAUTION

●Do not store the sun visor before return-

ing it to its original position.

●Store the main sun visor after storing

the extension sun visor and sub-sun

visor.

●Do not pull the extension sun visor forc-

edly downward.

VANITY MIRRORS

To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visor

down and flip open the mirror cover. The vanity

mirror will illuminate when the mirror cover is

open.

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE INSIDE

MIRROR

The inside mirror is designed so that it automati-

cally changes reflection according to the intensity

of the headlights of the vehicle following you.

When the switch is in the ON position, the

indicator light s

1will illuminate and excessive

glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind

you will be reduced. When the switch of the

inside mirror is in the OFF position, the inside

mirror will operate normally.

LPD0257 LPD0258

MIRRORS

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

For information on HomeLinkTUniversal Trans-

ceiver operation, see the “HomeLinkTUniversal

Transceiver” in the “Instrument and controls”sec-

tion of this manual.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

The outside mirror remote control will operate

only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON

position.

Move the small switch s

1to select the right or left

mirror. Adjust each mirror to the desired position

using the large switch s

WARNING

●Objects viewed in the outside mirror on

the passenger side are closer than they

appear. Be careful when moving to the

right. Using only this mirror could cause

an accident. Use the inside mirror or

glance over your shoulder to properly

judge distances to other objects.

●Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.

You could lose control of your vehicle

and cause an accident.

LPD0237

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Foldable outside mirrors

Pull the outside mirror toward the door to fold it.

The automatic drive positioner system has two

features:

●Memory storage function

●Entry/exit function

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

Two positions for the driver’s seat, accelerator

and brake pedals, and outside mirrors can be

stored in the automatic drive positioner memory.

Follow these procedures to use the memory sys-

tem.

1. Set the automatic transmission selector le-

ver to the P (Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

LPD0259 LPD0260

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER (if

so equipped)

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

3. Adjust the driver’s seat, accelerator and

brake pedals, and outside mirrors to the

desired positions by manually operating

each adjusting switch. For additional infor-

mation, see “Seats” in the “Safety—Seats,

seat belts and supplemental air bags” sec-

tion and “Pedal position adjustment” and

“Outside mirrors” earlier in this section.

During this step, do not turn the ignition to

any position other than ON.

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 seconds,

push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for at

least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed memory

switch will come on and stay on for approxi-

mately 5 seconds after pushing the switch.

After the indicator light goes off, the se-

lected positions are stored in the selected

memory (1 or 2).

If memory is stored in the same memory switch,

the previous memory will be deleted.

Linking a keyfob to a stored memory

position

A keyfob can be linked to a stored memory posi-

tion with the following procedure.

1. Follow the steps for storing a memory posi-

tion.

2. While the indicator light for the memory

switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec-

onds, press the button on the keyfob.

The indicator light will blink. After the indica-

tor light goes off, the keyfob is linked to that

memory setting.

With the key removed from the ignition switch,

press the button on the keyfob. The driv-

er’s seat, accelerator and brake pedals, and out-

side mirrors will move to the memorized position.

Confirming memory storage

●Turn the ignition ON and push the SET

switch. If the main memory has not been

stored, the indicator light will come on for

approximately 0.5 seconds. When the

memory has stored the position, the indica-

tor light will stay on for approximately 5 sec-

onds.

●If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the

fuse blows, the memory will be canceled. In

such a case, reset the desired positions

using the following procedures.

1. Open and close the driver’s door more than

two times with the ignition key in the LOCK

position.

2. Reset the desired position using the previ-

ous procedure.

Selecting the memorized position

1. Set the automatic transmission selector le-

ver to the P (Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Push the memory switch (1 or 2) fully for at

least 1 second.

The driver’s seat, accelerator and brake

pedals, and outside mirrors will move to the

memorized position with the indicator light

blinking, and then the light will stay on for

approximately 5 seconds.

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION

This system is designed so that the driver’s seat

will automatically move when the automatic

transmission selector lever is in the P (Park)

position. This allows the driver to get into and out

of the driver’s seat more easily.

The driver’s seat will slide backward:

●When the driver’s door is opened with the

ignition key turned to LOCK.

●When the ignition key is turned from ACC to

LOCK with the driver’s door open while the

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

automatic transmission selector lever is in

the P (Park) position.

The driver’s seat will return to previous position:

●When the key is inserted into the ignition

switch.

●When the driver’s door is closed with the key

turned to LOCK.

●When the key is turned from ACC to ON

while the automatic transmission selector

lever is in the P (Park) position.

The entry/exit function can be adjusted or can-

celed. For vehicles with navigation system, see

“Vehicle electronic systems” in the “Display

screen, heater, air conditioner and audio sys-

tems” section of this manual. For vehicles without

navigation system, see your NISSAN dealer.

SYSTEM OPERATION

The automatic drive positioner system will not

work or will stop operating under the following

conditions:

●when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH (7

km/h).

●when any two or more of the memory

switches are simultaneously pushed while

the automatic drive positioner is operating.

●when the adjusting switch for the driver’s

seat is turned on while the automatic drive

positioner is operating.

●when the memory switch (1 or 2) is not

pushed for at least 1 second.

●when the seat has been already moved to

the memorized position.

●when no seat position is stored in the

memory switch.

The automatic drive positioner system can be

adjusted and canceled. For vehicles with naviga-

tion system, see “Vehicle electronic systems” in

the “Display screen, heater, air conditioner and

audio systems” section of this manual. For ve-

hicles without navigation system, see your

NISSAN dealer.

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner

and audio systems

Control panel buttons (if so equipped) ...............4-2

Names of the components.......................4-3

How to use joystick and “ENTER” button ..........4-3

How to use “PREV” button ......................4-3

Setting up the start-up screen ...................4-3

How to use the “TRIP” button ....................4-4

How to use the “SETTING” button................4-6

button..................................4-11

Ventilators .......................................4-11

Heater and air conditioner (manual).................4-12

Controls......................................4-12

Heater operation ..............................4-13

Air conditioner operation .......................4-15

Air flow charts.................................4-16

Heater and air conditioner (automatic)

(if so equipped) ..................................4-21

Automatic operation ...........................4-21

Manual operation ..............................4-22

Rear control button ............................4-23

Operating tips.................................4-23

Rear seat air conditioner ..........................4-23

Controls......................................4-24

Servicing air conditioner...........................4-24

Audio system ....................................4-24

Radio ........................................4-24

FM radio reception ............................4-25

AM radio reception ............................4-25

Satellite radio reception (if so equipped) .........4-25

Audio operation precautions ....................4-26

FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD) player

(if so equipped) ...............................4-27

FM-AM-SAT radio with compact disc

changer (Type A and B) (if so equipped) .........4-32

CD care and cleaning..........................4-38

Steering wheel switch for audio control

(if so equipped) ...............................4-38

Rear audio controls (if so equipped) .............4-40

Antenna ......................................4-41

NISSAN mobile entertainment system (MES)

(if so equipped) ..................................4-41

Digital video disc (DVD) player controls ..........4-42

Remote control................................4-43

Flip-down screen..............................4-43

Playing a digital video disc (DVD) ...............4-45

Care and maintenance .........................4-48

How to handle the DVD ........................4-49

Car phone or CB radio............................4-50

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Positioning of the heating or air condi-

tioning controls and display controls

should not be done while driving in or-

der that full attention may be given to

the driving operation.

●Do not disassemble or modify this sys-

tem. If you do, it may result in accidents,

fire, or electrical shock.

●Do not use this system if you notice any

abnormality, such as a frozen screen or

lack of sound. Continued use of the

system may result in accident, fire or

electric shock.

●In case you notice any foreign object in

the system hardware, spill liquid on it,

or notice smoke or smell coming from

it, stop using the system immediately

and contact your nearest NISSAN

dealer. Ignoring such conditions may

lead to accidents, fire or electrical

shock.

When you use this system, make sure the engine

is running.

If you use the system with the engine not

running (ignition ON or ACC) for a long

time, it will use up all the battery power,

and the engine will not start.

Reference symbols:

“ENTER” button — This is a button on the con-

trol panel.

LHA0388

CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS (if so

equipped)

4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

“Display” key — This is a select key on the

screen. By selecting this key you can proceed to

the next function.

NAMES OF THE COMPONENTS

1. brightness control button (P. 4-11)

2. PREV (previous) button (P. 4-3)

3. Joystick and ENTER push button (P. 4-3)

4. SETTING button (P. 4-6)

5. TRIP drive computer button (P. 4-4)

6. DEST button*

7. ROUTE button*

8. MAP button*

9. GUIDE VOICE button*

10. zoom out button*

11. zoom in button*

*For Navigation system control buttons, refer to

the separate Navigation System Owner’s

Manual.

HOW TO USE JOYSTICK AND

“ENTER” BUTTON

Choose an item on the display using the joystick

and push the “ENTER” button for operation.

HOW TO USE “PREV” BUTTON

This button has two functions.

●Go back to the previous display (cancel).

If you touch “PREV” button during setup, the

setup will be canceled and/or the display will

return to the previous screen.

●Finish setup.

If you touch this button after the setup is com-

pleted, the setup will start over, and the display

will return to the climate control or audio mode

and Navigation screen.

SETTING UP THE START-UP

SCREEN

When you turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, the

SYSTEM START-UP warning is displayed on the

screen. Read the warning and select the “I

AGREE” (English) or “ENTER” (Français) key

then push the “ENTER” button.

If you do not push the “ENTER” button, the

Navigation system will not proceed to the next

step display.

If you do not touch the button or screen key for

more than 1 minute on the TRIP, SETTING or

START-UP screen, the screen will change to

TRIP screen automatically.

To proceed to the next step, refer to the separate

Navigation System Owner’s Manual.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

HOW TO USE THE “TRIP” BUTTON

When the “TRIP” button is pushed, the following

modes will display on the screen.

Warning message (if there are any) →TRIP 1

(Elapsed Time, Driving Distance, Average

Speed) →TRIP 2 →FUEL ECONOMY (Average

Fuel Economy, Distance to Empty) →MAINTE-

NANCE (Engine Oil, Tire Rotation) →OFF.

Trip 1, trip 2 and fuel economy items

To reset the TRIP 1, TRIP 2 and FUEL

ECONOMY, select the “RESET” key using the

joystick and push the “ENTER” button or push

the “TRIP” button for more than approximately

1.5 seconds.

Maintenance items

You can set the engine oil and the tire rotation

interval.

To display the setting of the maintenance interval,

select the “Engine Oil” or “Tire Rotation” key

using the joystick and push the “ENTER” button.

LHA0398 LHA0399 LHA0402

4-4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

To set the maintenance interval, select the

“Maintenance Schedule” key by using the joy-

stick and push the joystick to right or left.

To reset the maintenance interval, select the “Re-

set” key using the joystick and push the “EN-

TER” button.

To display the MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

automatically when set trip distance is reached,

select the “Display Maintenance Notifica-

tion” key and push the “ENTER” button.

Tire pressure information

Pressure indication in ** psi on the screen indi-

cates that the pressure is being measured. After

a few driving trips, the pressure for each tire will

be displayed randomly.

The order of tire pressure figures displayed on

the screen does not correspond with the actual

order of the tire position.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the

heat caused by the vehicle’s operation and the

outside temperature.

LHA0400 LHA0401 LHA0403

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-5

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

In case of low tire pressure, a message is dis-

played on the screen:

FLAT TIRE — low tire air pressure.

WARNING

When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is

replaced, tire pressure will not be indi-

cated and the low tire pressure warning

system will not function. Contact your

NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire

replacement and/or system resetting.

HOW TO USE THE “SETTING”

BUTTON

The SETTING screen will appear when the

“SETTING” button is pushed.

Display settings

The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appear af-

ter pushing the “SETTING” button, selecting

“Display” key and pushing the “ENTER” but-

ton.

Brightness/Contrast/Map Background:

To adjust the brightness and contrast of the

screen, select the “Brightness/contrast” key

and push the “ENTER” button. You can then use

the joystick to adjust the brightness to Darker or

Brighter and the contrast to Lower or Higher. For

information on Map Background, please refer to

the separate Navigation System Owner’s

Manual.

Display Off:

To turn off the screen, push the “SETTING”

button and select the “Display” key and “Dis-

play Off” key. The indicator of the “Display

Off” will turn to amber. When any mode button is

pushed with the screen off, the screen turns on

for further operation. The screen will turn off

automatically 5 seconds after the operation is

finished on the map display in the Audio, HVAC

(Heater and air conditioner), SETTING or VE-

HICLE INFO modes.

To turn on the screen, push the “SETTING”

button and select the “Display” key and “Dis-

play Off” key, then set the screen to on by

pushing the “ENTER” button.

Setting Audio or HVAC display:

Choose the “Audio” or “HVAC” (Heater and air

conditioner) key to be displayed at the bottom, by

using the joystick. The audio or HVAC setting

condition will normally appear on the screen. To

return to the setting screen, push the “SET-

TING” button or “PREV” button.

LHA0268

4-6 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Vehicle electronic systems

The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screen

will appear when selecting the “Vehicle Elec-

tronic Systems” key with the joystick and push-

ing the “ENTER” button.

To set the various electronic systems operating

conditions, select the applicable item using the

joystick, and push the “ENTER” button. The

indicator light, box at left of selected item, alter-

nately turns on and off each time the “ENTER”

button is pressed.

Indicator light is illuminated — ON

Indicator light is not illuminated — OFF

LHA0382 LHA0381 LHA0261

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-7

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle:

With this option ON, the driver’s seat automati-

cally moves back and returns to the original po-

sition for ease of exit and entry.

Remote unlock driver’s door first:

This option allows you to select which doors will

unlock first during an unlocking operation:

Only the driver’s door ←→ All the doors

Keyless remote response — horn:

This key allows you to change the horn chirp

mode that occurs when pressing the LOCK or

UNLOCK button on the keyfob.

NOTE:

If you change the horn beep or the lamp

flash feature with the keyfob, the mode will

not be changed with the display. Use the

keyfob to return to the previous mode and

re-enable the display control.

Keyless remote response — lights:

This key allows you to change the hazard indica-

tor flash mode that occurs when pressing the

LOCK or UNLOCK button on the keyfob.

NOTE:

If you change the horn beep or the lamp

flash feature with the keyfob, the mode will

not be changed with the display. Use the

keyfob to return to the previous mode and

re-enable the display control.

Auto re-lock time:

This key allows you to set the length of time

before doors auto re-lock.

Sensitivity of automatic headlights:

This key allows you to set the sensitivity of the

automatic headlights:

●Lower- less sensitive, automatic headlights

will take longer to come on when the head-

light sensor senses less ambient light.

●Higher- more sensitive, automatic head-

lights will come on quicker when the head-

light sensor senses less ambient light.

Automatic headlights off delay:

This key allows you to set the length of time

before the automatic headlights turn off after

exiting the vehicle.

Speed dependent wiper:

This key allows you to turn on or turn off the

driving speed dependent intermittent wiper func-

tion.

Return all settings to default:

When this key is selected and turned on using

the “ENTER” button, all settings made by VE-

HICLE ELECTRONICS will return to the default

settings.

4-8 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

System settings

Language/Unit

The LANGUAGE/UNIT screen will appear when

selecting the “Language/Unit” key and push-

ing the “ENTER” button.

Language: English or French

Unit: US — mile, °F, MPG

Metric — km, °C, L/100 km

You can select the language and unit using the

joystick and “ENTER” button.

Clock

Adjusting the time:

Select the “Hours” or “Minutes” key and move

the joystick to the right or left to adjust the time.

The time will change step by step.

After completion of the setting, press the

“PREV” button.

Setting daylight savings time:

Use the “Daylight Saving Time” key to adjust

the clock to daylight savings time.

ON: The displayed time advances by 1 hour.

OFF: The current time is displayed.

LHA0262 LHA0270 LHA0271

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-9

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Adjusting the time to the GPS:

Select the “Auto Adjust” key.

The time will be reset to the GPS time.

Selecting the time zone:

1. Select the “Select Time Zone” key.

The [TIME ZONE] screen will appear.

2. Select one of the following zones depending

on the current location.

●Pacific zone

●Mountain zone

●Central zone

●Eastern zone

●Atlantic zone

●Newfoundland zone

After selection, the [CLOCK SETTINGS] screen

will appear.

LHA0272 LHA0273 LHA0274

4-10 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

The GPS time (manual time) corresponding to

the selected zone will be displayed. Pacific zone

has been set as the initial (default) setting.

Beep setting

With this option ON, a beep will sound if any

audio button is pushed.

BUTTON

To change the display brightness, push

the button. Pushing the button again will

change the display to DAY or NIGHT display.

Then, adjust the brightness moving the joystick

right or left.

If no operation is done within 10 seconds, or if the

“PREV” button is pushed, the display will return

to the previous display.

Adjust air flow direction for the driver and pas-

senger side s

1, center s

2, and rear passenger

3and s

4ventilators by moving the ventilator

slide and/or ventilator assemblies.

LHA0386

VENTILATORS

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-11

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●The air conditioner cooling function op-

erates only when the engine is running.

●On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a

closed vehicle could quickly become

high enough to cause severe or possi-

bly fatal injuries to people or animals.

Do not leave children or adults who

would normally require the support of

others in your vehicle. Unattended pets

should not be left alone either.

●Do not use the recirculation mode for

long periods as it may cause the interior

air to become stale and the windows to

fog up.

●Positioning of the heater and/or air

conditioner controls should not be

done while driving so full attention may

be given to vehicle operation.

1. Fan speed control dial

2. Air recirculation button

3. Temperature control dial

4. Air conditioner button

5. Air flow control dial

6. Rear window defroster switch

7. Rear fan speed dial

8. Rear mode control and temperature dial

CONTROLS

Fan control dial

The fan control dial turns the fan on and off, and

controls fan speed.

Air flow control dial

The air flow control dial allows you to select the

air flow outlets.

MAX

A/C

— Air flows from center and side

vents with maximum cooling (air

conditioning).

— Air flows from center and side

ventilators.

LHA0407

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

(manual)

4-12 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

— Air flows from center and side

ventilators and the front and rear

floor outlets.

— Air flows mainly from the front and

rear floor outlets.

— Air flows from defroster outlets

and the front and rear floor

outlets.

— Air flows mainly from defroster

outlets.

The air flow control dial also has intermediate

positions which allow the air flow to be distrib-

uted between 2 of the icon positions on the air

flow control dial.

Temperature control dial

The temperature control dial allows you to adjust

the temperature of the outlet air.

Air recirculation button

ON position:

Push the air recirculation button to recir-

culate air inside the vehicle. The indicator light on

the button will come on. ( will appear

on the display, if so equipped.)

Push the button to the on position:

●when driving on a dusty road.

●to prevent traffic fumes from entering pas-

senger compartment.

●for maximum cooling when using the air con-

ditioner.

OFF position:

Push the air recirculation button again to

turn air recirculation off. The indicator light on

the button will turn off. ( will appear

on the display, if so equipped.) Outside air is

drawn into the passenger compartment and dis-

tributed through the selected outlet.

Use the off position for normal heater or air con-

ditioner operation.

Air conditioner button

Start the engine, turn the fan control dial to the

desired (1 to 4) position and push the

button to turn on the air conditioner. The indicator

light on the button will come on. (A/C will

appear on the display, if so equipped.) Push

the button again to turn off the air condi-

tioner. The indicator light on the button will

go off. (A/C OFF will appear on the display, if so

equipped.)

The air conditioner cooling function oper-

ates only when the engine is running.

Rear window defroster switch

For more information about the rear window de-

froster switch, see “Rear window defroster

switch” in the “Instruments and controls” section

of this manual.

HEATER OPERATION

Heating

This mode is used to direct heated air to the foot

outlets. Some air also flows from the defrost

outlets.

1. Push the button to the OFF position

for normal heating. The indicator light on

the button will go off. ( will ap-

pear on the display, if so equipped.)

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.

3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-

tion.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-

sired position between the middle and the

hot position.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-13

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Ventilation

This mode directs outside air to the side and

center ventilators.

1. Push the button to the OFF position.

The indicator light on the button will

go off. ( will appear on the display, if so

equipped.)

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.

Turn the fan control dial to the desired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-

sired position.

Defrosting or defogging

This mode directs the air to the defrost outlets to

defrost/defog the windows.

1. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.

Turn the fan control dial to the desired position.

3. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-

sired position between the middle and the

hot position.

●To quickly remove ice or fog from the win-

dows, turn the fan control dial to 4 and the

temperature control lever to the full HOT

position.

●When the position is selected, the air

conditioner automatically turns on (however,

the indicator light on the button will

not come on and A/C will not appear on the

display, if so equipped) if the outside tem-

perature is more than 36°F (2°C). If in de-

frost mode for more than one minute, the air

conditioning system will continue to operate

until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or

the vehicle is shut off, even if the air flow

control dial is turned to a position other than

the position. This dehumidifies the air

which helps defog the windshield.

The mode automatically turns off, al-

lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas-

senger compartment to further improve the

defogging performance.

Bi-level heating

The bi-level mode directs warmed air to the side

and center vents and to the front and rear floor

outlets.

1. Push the button to the OFF position.

The indicator light on the button will

go off. ( will appear on the display, if so

equipped.)

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.

Turn the fan control dial to the desired position.

4. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-

sired position.

Heating and defogging

This mode heats the interior and defogs the wind-

shield.

1. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.

Turn the fan control dial to the desired position.

3. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-

sired position between the middle and the

hot position.

●When the position is selected, the air

conditioner automatically turns on (however,

the indicator light on the button will

not come on and A/C will not appear on the

display, if so equipped) if the outside tem-

perature is more than 36°F (2°C). If in de-

frost mode for more than one minute, the air

conditioning system will continue to operate

until the fan control dial is turned to OFF or

the vehicle is shut off, even if the air flow

control dial is turned to a position other than

the position. This dehumidifies the air

which helps defog the windshield.

The mode automatically turns off, al-

lowing outside air to be drawn into the pas-

senger compartment to further improve the

defogging performance.

4-14 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Operating tips

Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades

and air inlet in front of the windshield. This

improves heater operation.

AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION

Start the engine, turn the fan control dial to the

desired (1 to 4) position, and push in the

button to activate the air conditioner. When the

air conditioner is on, cooling and dehumidifying

functions are added to the heater operation.

The air conditioner cooling function oper-

ates only when the engine is running.

Cooling

This mode is used to cool and dehumidify the air.

1. Push the button to the OFF position.

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.

3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-

tion.

4. Push the button. The indicator light

on the button will come on. (A/C will

appear on the display, if so equipped.)

5. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-

sired position.

●For quick cooling when the outside tem-

perature is high, push the button to

the ON position. The indicator light on

the button will come on. ( will

appear on the display, if so equipped.) Be

sure to return the to the OFF position

for normal cooling The indicator light on

the button will go off. ( will ap-

pear on the display, if so equipped.) You may

also select MAX A/C for quick cooling.

Dehumidified heating

This mode is used to heat and dehumidify the air.

1. Push the button to the OFF position.

The indicator light on the button will

go off. ( will appear on the display, if so

equipped.)

2. Turn the air flow control dial to the

position.

3. Turn the fan control dial to the desired posi-

tion.

4. Push the button on. The indicator

light on the button will come on. (A/C

will appear on the display, if so equipped.)

The air conditioning system will continue to

operate until the fan control dial is turned to

OFF or the vehicle is shut off, even if the air

flow control dial is turned to a position other

than the position.

5. Turn the temperature control dial to the de-

sired position.

Operating tips

●Keep the windows and sunroof (if so

equipped) closed while the air conditioner is

in operation.

●After parking in the sun, drive for 2 or 3

minutes with the windows open to vent hot

air from the passenger compartment. Then,

close the windows. This allows the air con-

ditioner to cool the interior more quickly.

●The air conditioning system should be

operated for approximately 10 minutes

at least once a month. This helps pre-

vent damage to the system due to lack

of lubrication.

●If the engine coolant temperature

gauge indicates engine coolant tem-

perature over the normal range, turn

the air conditioner off. See “If your

vehicle overheats” in the “In case of

emergency” section of this manual.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-15

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

AIR FLOW CHARTS

The following charts show the button and dial

positions for MAXIMUM AND QUICK heating,

cooling or defrosting. For additional information

on heating and cooling see “Heating” on page

4-13 and “Cooling” on page 4-15. The air re-

circulation ( ) button should always

be in the OFF position for heating and

defrosting.

LHA0390

4-16 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

LHA0391 LHA0392

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-17

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

LHA0393 LHA0394

4-18 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

LHA0395

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-19

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

LHA0396

4-20 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Driver temperature control dial

2. Fan control buttons and system OFF

button

3. Rear window and front window de-

froster dial

4. MODE button and AUTO button

5. Passenger temperature control dial

6. A/C ON/OFF button and air recircula-

tion button

7. Rear control and fan speed dial

8. Rear mode and temperature control dial

WARNING

●The air conditioner cooling function op-

erates only when the engine is running.

●On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a

closed vehicle could quickly become

high enough to cause severe or possi-

bly fatal injuries to people or animals.

Do not leave children or adults who

would normally require the support of

others in your vehicle. Unattended pets

should not be left alone either.

●Do not use the recirculation mode for

long periods as it may cause the interior

air to become stale and the windows to

fog up.

●Positioning of the heater and/or air

conditioner controls should not be

done while driving so full attention may

be given to vehicle operation.

Start the engine and operate the controls to

activate the air conditioner.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling or heating (auto)

This mode may be normally used all year round as

the system automatically works to keep a con-

stant temperature. Air flow distribution and fan

speed are also controlled automatically.

1. Push the AUTO button on. (AUTO will be

displayed.)

2. Turn the temperature dial to the left or right

to set the desired temperature. Driver and

passenger temperatures can be set inde-

pendently.

●Adjust the temperature dial to about 75°F

(24°C) for normal operation.

LHA0418

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

(automatic) (if so equipped)

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-21

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●The temperature of the passenger compart-

ment will be maintained automatically. Air

flow distribution, fan speed and A/C on/off

are also controlled automatically.

Dehumidified defrosting or defogging

1. Turn the defroster control dial to the

left. The display will show the defrost icon.

2. Turn the temperature dial to the left or right

to set the desired temperature.

●To quickly remove ice from the outside of the

windows, push the manual fan control

button and set to the maximum posi-

tion.

●As soon as possible after the windshield is

clean, push the AUTO button to return to the

auto mode.

●When the DEF control is activated,

the air conditioner will automatically be

turned on at outside temperatures above

36°F (2°C). If in defrost mode for more than

one minute, the air conditioning system will

continue to operate until the fan control is

turned OFF or the vehicle is shut off, even if

the air flow mode control button is used to

select a position other than the posi-

tion. This dehumidifies the air which helps

defog the windshield. The air recirculate

mode automatically turns off, allowing out-

side air to be drawn into the passenger

compartment to further improve the defog-

ging performance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Push the fan control button up or down

to manually control the fan speed.

Push the AUTO button to return to automatic

control of the fan speed.

Air recirculation

Push the air recirculation button to recir-

culate interior air inside the vehicle. Push the

AUTO button to return to automatic mode.

The air recirculation button will not be activated

when the air conditioner is in DEF mode.

Air flow control

Pushing the MODE button manually controls air

flow and selects the air outlet to:

— Air flows from center and side

ventilators.

— Air flows from center and side

ventilators and foot outlets.

— Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

— Air flows from defroster and foot

outlets.

To turn system off

Push and hold the fan down button until the

system turns off.

4-22 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

REAR CONTROL BUTTON

You can adjust the climate control system for rear

seat passengers using the buttons on the main

control panel. Front passengers can control the

rear functions by placing the controls on any

setting other than the “R”.

OPERATING TIPS

●When the engine coolant temperature and

outside air temperature are low, the air flow

from the foot outlets may not operate for a

maximum of 150 seconds. However, this is

not a malfunction. After the coolant tempera-

ture warms up, air flow from the foot outlets

will operate normally.

The sunload sensor s

1, located on the top center

of the instrument panel, helps the system main-

tain a constant temperature. Do not put anything

on or around this sensor.

To operate the rear air conditioner, the engine

must be running and the front air conditioner

system must be on.

The rear seat air conditioner can be turned on

and off from the front controls. If the rear seat fan

control dial is set to (0), the air conditioner is

turned off. If it is set to any of the fan speed

positions, air is discharged from the rear vents at

the corresponding speed. When the rear seat fan

control dial is set to (R), the rear seat passengers

control their own fan speed.

The rear seat air conditioner only works when the

front seat air conditioner is operating.

LHA0356 LHA0387

REAR SEAT AIR CONDITIONER

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-23

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CONTROLS

Fan control dial

The fan control dial s

1turns the rear vent fan on

and off, and controls fan speed.

Temperature control dial

The temperature control dial s

2allows rear pas-

sengers to adjust the temperature and mode of

the outlet air.

The air conditioner system in your NISSAN ve-

hicle is charged with a refrigerant designed with

the environment in mind.

This refrigerant does not harm the earth’s

ozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricant is re-

quired when servicing your NISSAN air condi-

tioner. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants

will cause severe damage to your air conditioner

system. See “Air conditioner system refrigerant

and lubricant recommendations” in the “Techni-

cal and consumer information” section of this

manual.

A NISSAN dealer is able to service your “environ-

mentally friendly” air conditioning system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains re-

frigerant under high pressure. To avoid

personal injury, any air conditioner ser-

vice should be done only by an experi-

enced technician with proper equipment.

RADIO

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position

and press the PWR (power)/VOL (volume) knob

to turn the radio on. If you listen to the radio with

the engine not running, the key should be turned

to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station signal

strength, distance from radio transmitter, build-

ings, bridges, mountains and other external influ-

ences. Intermittent changes in reception quality

normally are caused by these external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-

hicle may influence radio reception quality.

Radio reception

Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with

state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhance ra-

dio reception. These circuits are designed to

extend reception range, and to enhance the qual-

ity of that reception.

However there are some general characteristics

of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect

radio reception quality in a moving vehicle, even

when the finest equipment is used. These char-

acteristics are completely normal in a given re-

ception area, and do not indicate any malfunction

in your NISSAN radio system.

LHA0310

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER AUDIO SYSTEM

4-24 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Reception conditions will constantly change be-

cause of vehicle movement. Buildings, terrain,

signal distance and interference from other ve-

hicles can work against ideal reception. De-

scribed below are some of the factors that can

affect your radio reception.

FM RADIO RECEPTION

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25 - 30

miles (40 - 48 km), with monaural (single chan-

nel) FM having slightly more range than stereo

FM. External influences may sometimes interfere

with FM station reception even if the FM station is

within 25 miles (40 km). The strength of the FM

signal is directly related to the distance between

the transmitter and receiver. FM signals follow a

line-of-sight path, exhibiting many of the same

characteristics as light. For example they will

reflect off objects.

Fade and drift: As your vehicle moves away from

a station transmitter, the signals will tend to fade

and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interference from

buildings, large hills or due to antenna position

(usually in conjunction with increased distance

from the station transmitter) static or flutter can

be heard. This can be reduced by adjusting the

treble control to reduce treble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the reflective

characteristics of FM signals, direct and reflected

signals reach the receiver at the same time. The

signals may cancel each other, resulting in mo-

mentary flutter or loss of sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTION

AM signals, because of their low frequency, can

bend around objects and skip along the ground.

In addition, the signals can be bounced off the

ionosphere and bent back to earth. Because of

these characteristics, AM signals are also sub-

ject to interference as they travel from transmitter

to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle is passing

through freeway underpasses or in areas with

many tall buildings. It can also occur for several

seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in

areas where no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, electrical

power lines, electric signs and even traffic lights.

SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION (if so

equipped)

When the satellite radio is first installed or the

battery has been replaced, the satellite radio may

not work properly. This is not a malfunction. Wait

more than 10 minutes with satellite radio ON and

the vehicle outside of any metal or large building

for satellite radio to receive all of the necessary

data.

No satellite radio reception is available and “NO

SAT” is displayed when the SAT band option is

selected unless optional satellite receiver and

antenna are installed (retrofit unavailable without

factory satellite radio pre-wiring), and an XMTor

SIRIUS™ satellite radio service subscription is

active.

Satellite radio performance may be affected if

cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio

signal.

If possible, do not put cargo over the satellite

antenna.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-25

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

Compact disc (CD) player

●Only use high quality 4.7 inches (12 cm)

round discs that have the “COMPACT

disc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the disc

or packaging.

●During cold weather or rainy days, the

player may malfunction due to the hu-

midity. If this occurs, remove the CD

and dehumidify or ventilate the player

completely.

●The player may skip while driving on

rough roads.

●The CD player sometimes cannot func-

tion when the compartment tempera-

ture is extremely high. Decrease the

temperature before use.

●Do not expose the CD to direct sun-

light.

●CDs that are in poor condition or are

dirty, scratched or covered with finger-

prints may not work properly.

●The following CDs may not work prop-

erly:

●Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

●Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

●Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

●Do not use the following CDs as they

may cause the CD player to malfunc-

tion:

●3.1 in (8 cm) discs with an adapter

●CDs that are not round

●CDs with a paper label

●CDs that are warped, scratched, or

have abnormal edges

LHA0099

4-26 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. PRESET ABC button

2. Display

3. CD button

4. CD eject button

5. CD insert slot

6. MENU button

7. AUDIO button

8. Station select buttons

9. SEEK/TRACK button

10. PWR/VOL control knob

11. BAND select button

FM-AM RADIO WITH COMPACT

DISC (CD) PLAYER (if so equipped)

PWR/VOL control knob

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position,

then push the PWR/VOL control knob. If you

listen to the radio with the engine not running,

turn the key to the ACC position. The mode (radio

or CD) that was playing immediately before the

system was turned off resumes playing.

When no CD is loaded, the radio comes on.

Pushing the PWR/VOL control knob again turns

the system off.

Turn the PWR/VOL control knob to the right to

increase volume or to the left to decrease volume.

LHA0117

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-27

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Adjusting tone quality and speaker balance

To adjust the audio levels for bass, treble, fader,

and balance, push the AUDIO button and adjust

the level with the SEEK/TRACK button. Press the

AUDIO button once for BASS (bass), twice for

TREB (treble), 3 times for FAD (fader) and 4

times for BAL (balance). Once the audio level is

set the display will return back to radio or CD

display mode after 7 seconds or the AUDIO

button can be pressed again within 7 seconds to

set the next audio level. Pressing the AUDIO

button a fifth time will return the display back to

radio or CD display mode.

Fader adjusts the sound level between the front

and rear speakers, balance adjusts the sound

level between the right and left speakers.

Clock set

1. Press and hold the MENU button until it

beeps (longer than 2 seconds).

2. The hours will start flashing. Press

SEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjust the

hours.

3. Press the MENU button until the radio beeps

to switch to the minute adjustment.

4. The minutes will start flashing. Press

SEEK/TRACK ( or ) to adjust the min-

utes.

5. Press the MENU button again to exit the

clock set mode.

The display will return to the regular clock display

after 7 seconds, or you may press the MENU

button again to return to the regular clock display.

FM-AM radio operation

FM-AM band select

Push the button to change from AM to FM

reception.

The FM stereo indicator, ST, illuminates during

FM stereo reception. When the stereo broadcast

signal is weak, the radio automatically changes

from stereo to monaural reception.

SEEK/manual/SCAN

tuning

When the button is pushed while the radio

is playing, tuning mode is cycled between:

SEEK tuning →manual tuning →SCAN mode

“TUNE” and “SCAN” are shown in the display for

each mode. No icon is displayed for SEEK mode.

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned while driv-

ing so full attention may be given to ve-

hicle operation.

SEEK tuning

Push the SEEK/TRACK tuning button (

or ) for less than 1.5 seconds. SEEK tuning

begins from low to high frequencies or high to

low frequencies, depending on which button is

LHA0118

4-28 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

pressed, and stops at the next broadcasting sta-

tion. If using the button, once the highest

broadcasting station is reached, the radio contin-

ues in the SEEK mode at the lowest broadcasting

station. If using the button, once the lowest

broadcasting station is reached, the radio contin-

ues in the SEEK mode at the highest broadcast-

ing station.

Manual tuning

Use the and buttons for manual

tuning. To move quickly through the channels,

hold either of the tuning buttons down.

SCAN tuning

Push and hold the SEEK/TRACK tuning button

(or ) for more than 1.5 seconds.

SCAN illuminates in the display window, and the

radio station blinks. SCAN tuning begins from

low to high frequencies or high to low frequen-

cies, depending on which button is pressed.

SCAN tuning stops at each broadcasting station

for 5 seconds. When scanning, SCAN is solid

and the radio station blinks. When temporarily

stopped on a station, SCAN blinks and the sta-

tion display is solid. Pushing the button again

during this 5 second period stops SCAN tuning

and the radio remains tuned to that station.

Station memory operations

Each preset mode (A, B or C) has 6 presets,

capable of storing any combination of AM and FM

stations.

Press the PRESET ABC button to change be-

tween the presets:

A→B→C

The radio displays icon A, B or C to indicate

which set of presets is active.

To store a radio station in a preset:

1. Select the desired preset by pressing PRE-

SET ABC.

2. Tune to the desired station.

3. Press the desired station select button for

more than 3 seconds. For example, in the

illustrations, ch2 is to be memorized. The

radio mutes when the select button is

pushed.

4. When the indicator illuminates in the display

and the sound resumes, memorizing is com-

plete.

5. Other station select buttons can be set in

the same manner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the radio

fuse opens, the radio memory is canceled. In that

case, reset the desired stations.

LHA0119

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-29

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Compact disc (CD) player operation

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position,

and carefully insert the compact disc into the slot

with the label side up. The compact disc is auto-

matically pulled into the slot and starts to play.

If the radio is already operating, it automatically

turns off and the compact disc begins to play.

CAUTION

Do not force a compact disc into the CD

insert slot. This could damage the CD

and/or CD changer/player.

CD button

When the CD button is pushed with a compact

disc loaded and the radio playing, the radio turns

off and the compact disc starts to play.

Track up/down, FF/REV

(rewind) buttons

Track up/down

When the button is pushed and released

while the compact disc is playing, the selection

following the present one starts to play from the

beginning. Push the button several times to

skip several selections. Each time the button is

pushed, the CD advances 1 additional selection.

The number appears in the display window.

(When the last selection on the compact disc is

skipped, the first selection is played.)

When the button is pushed and released, the

selection being played returns to the beginning.

Push the button several times to skip back

several selections. Each time the button is

pushed, the CD moves back 1 selection.

If the play pattern is in MIX mode when the

or button is pushed the next selection will be

chosen at random.

FF (Fast Forward)/REV (Reverse)

When the or button is pushed and held

while the compact disc is playing, the compact

disc plays at an increased speed while fast for-

warding or rewinding. When the button is re-

leased, the compact disc returns to normal play

speed.

When the button is pushed while the com-

pact disc is playing, the play pattern changes as

follows:

RPT: The current selection is repeated.

MIX: Selections are played at random, not fol-

lowing the sequence on the compact disc. The

same program may be repeated twice. If the

button is pushed in the MIX mode, selections will

be chosen at random.

Blank (no symbol): All selections are played

repeatedly in sequence.

When a new compact disc is inserted, the

play pattern automatically changes to ALL.

CD EJECT button

When the button is pushed with a com-

pact disc loaded, the compact disc ejects.

When the button is pushed while the com-

pact disc is playing, the compact disc ejects and

the system turns off.

DISC indicator light

This light comes on when a compact disc

is loaded into the player.

4-30 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. SEEK/TRACK change button

2. TUNE/REW/FF button

3. PAUSE/MUTE button

4. PROG/RPT button

5. PRESET A-B-C select button

6. CD play button

7. RADIO button

8. AUX button

9. REAR AV button

10. speaker control button

11. LOAD button

12. CD insert slot

13. CD eject button

14. POWER/VOLUME control knob

15. Station and CD select buttons (1 - 6)

16. Tuning and AUDIO control knob

(BASS, MID, TREBLE, FADE and BAL-

ANCE)

Type A LHA0384

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-31

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. SEEK/TRACK change button

2. TUNE/REW/FF button

3. Display

4. PAUSE/MUTE button

5. PROG/RPT button

6. H/M button (clock set buttons)

7. PRESET A-B-C select button

8. CD play button

9. RADIO button

10. AUX button

11. speaker control button

12. REAR AV button

13. LOAD button

14. CD insert slot

15. CD eject button

16. POWER/VOLUME control knob

17. Station and CD select buttons (1 - 6)

18. Tuning and AUDIO control knob

(BASS, MID, TREBLE, FADE and BAL-

ANCE)

FM-AM-SAT RADIO WITH

COMPACT DISC CHANGER (Type A

and B) (if so equipped)

No satellite radio reception is available and “NO

SAT” is displayed when the RADIO button is

pressed to access satellite radio stations unless

optional satellite receiver and antenna are in-

stalled (retrofit unavailable without factory satel-

lite radio pre-wiring), and an XMTor SIRIUS™

satellite radio service subscription is active.

Audio main operation

POWER/VOLUME control:

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON, and then

push the POWER/VOLUME control knob while

Type B LHA0385

4-32 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

the system is off to call up the mode (radio or CD)

which was playing immediately before the system

was turned off.

To turn the system off, press the

POWER/VOLUME control knob.

Turn the POWER/VOLUME control knob to ad-

just the volume.

This vehicle has speed sensitive control volume

(SSV) for audio. The audio volume changes as

the driving speed changes.

AUDIO knob (BASS, MIDRANGE, TREBLE,

FADE, BALANCE and SSV):

Press the AUDIO knob to change the mode as

follows:

BASS →MID →TREBLE →FADE →BALANCE

→SSV

To adjust Bass, Mid (Midrange), Treble, Fade and

Balance, press the AUDIO knob until the desired

mode appears in the display. Turn the Tuning

knob to adjust Bass and Treble to the desired

level. You can also use the Tuning knob to adjust

Fader and Balance modes. Fader adjusts the

sound level between the front and rear speakers

and Balance adjusts the sound between the right

and left speakers.

To change the SSV mode to OFF, LOW, MID or

HIGH, turn the Tuning knob to the right or left.

Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the

desired level, press the AUDIO knob repeatedly

until the radio or CD display reappears. Other-

wise, the radio or CD display will automatically

reappear after about 10 seconds.

Clock set (type B only)

1. Press and hold the H button to advance

hours.

2. Press and hold the M button to advance

minutes.

For setting the clock on type A audio systems see

“Adjusting the time” on page 4-9.

Display CD text:

To change the text displayed while playing a CD,

press the AUDIO knob until “Display Mode” ap-

pears.

Turn the Tuning knob within 2 seconds. The text

will change as follows:

Track number ←→ Track title ←→ Disc title ←→

Track number

Display satellite radio text (if so equipped):

To change the text displayed while listening to

satellite radio, press the AUDIO knob until “Dis-

play Mode” appears.

Turn the Tuning knob within 2 seconds. The text

will change as follows:

Channel number ←→ Channel name ←→ Artist

←→ Title ←→ Channel number

Pause/mute button:

To mute or pause the audio sound, push the

PAUSE/MUTE button.

To release the mute or pause, push the button

again.

FM/AM/SAT radio operation

FM/AM/SAT band select:

Pushing the RADIO button will change the band

as follows:

AM ←→ FM or SAT (Satellite)

When the RADIO button is pushed while the

ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position, the

radio will come on at the station last played.

The last station played will also come on when

the POWER/VOLUME control knob is de-

pressed to ON.

No satellite radio reception is available and “NO

SAT” is displayed when the RADIO button is

pressed to access satellite radio stations unless

optional satellite receiver and antenna are in-

stalled (retrofit unavailable without factory satel-

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-33

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

lite radio pre-wiring), and an XMTor SIRIUS™

satellite radio service subscription is active.

If a compact disc is playing when the RADIO

button is pushed, the compact disc will automati-

cally be turned off and the last radio station

played will come on.

The FM stereo indicator ST will glow during FM

stereo reception. When the stereo broadcast

signal is weak, the radio will automatically change

from stereo to monaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

WARNING

The radio should not be tuned while driv-

ing so full attention may be given to ve-

hicle operation.

To manually tune the radio, push the TUNE button

(or ) or turn the tuning knob to right

or left.

To move quickly through the channels, hold either

the or button down for more than

1.5 seconds.

SEEK tuning:

Push the SEEK/TRACK button ( or )

for less than 1.5 seconds to tune from high to low

or low to high frequencies and stop at the next

broadcasting station.

SCAN tuning:

Push the or button for more than

1.5 seconds to stop at each broadcasting station

for 5 seconds. Pushing the button again during

this 5 second period will stop SCAN tuning and

the radio will remain tuned to that station. If

the or button is not pushed within 5

seconds, SCAN tuning moves to the next station.

Station memory operations:

18 stations can be set for the FM, AM and SAT

(Satellite-if so equipped) radio to the A, B and C

preset button in any combination of AM or FM

stations.

1. Choose preset channel A, B or C using the

preset select button.

2. Tune to the desired station using manual,

SEEK or SCAN tuning. Push and hold any of

the desired station memory buttons (1 - 6)

until a beep sound is heard.

3. The channel indicator will then come on and

the sound will resume. Memorizing is now

complete.

4. Other buttons can be set in the same man-

ner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if the fuse

blows, the radio memory will be canceled. In that

case, reset the desired stations.

Radio data system (RDS):

RDS stands for Radio Data System, and is a data

information service transmitted by some radio

stations on the FM band (not AM band) and/or

SAT radio encoded within a regular radio broad-

cast. Currently, most RDS stations are in large

cities, but many stations are now considering

broadcasting RDS data.

RDS can display:

●Station call sign, such as “WHFR 98.3”.

●Station name, such as “The Groove”.

●Music or programming type such as “Clas-

sical”, “Country”, or “Rock”.

●Traffic reports about delays or construction.

If the station broadcasts RDS information, the

RDS icon is displayed.

Program type (PTY):

PTY can be used to search for a certain program

type. Certain areas have a limited number of

stations that transmit RDS. Many stations trans-

mit call letters and frequencies only.

Searching or scanning by program type may yield

a limited number of selections.

When PROG/RPT button is pressed for more

than 1.5 seconds during FM or SAT (if so

4-34 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

equipped) mode, the PTY name of the current

tuned station is displayed. During this time if the

PTY data code is zero or the data is unreadable,

the display will show NONE.

To change the PTY:

1. Press the PROG/RPT button.

2. Press the TUNE button ( or )to

chose a specific program type. Refer to the

illustration.

The display will show “SEEK, SCAN?”

SEEK tuning:

3. After selecting a program type, push the

SEEK button ( or ) for less than

1.5 seconds within 10 seconds. Tuning to

the PTY station will start. If you do not push

the SEEK button within the 10 second pe-

riod, the PTY mode will be canceled.

SCAN tuning:

4. Push the or button for more

than 1.5 seconds to scan the PTY name

stations and stop at each broadcasting sta-

tion for 5 seconds. Pushing the button again

during this 5 second period will stop SCAN

tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that

station. If the or button is not

pushed within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning

moves to the next station.

Compact disc (CD) changer operation

CAUTION

●Do not force a compact disc into the CD

insert slot. This could damage the CD

and/or CD changer/player.

●Trying to load a CD with the CD door

closed could damage the CD and/or CD

changer.

LHA0275

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-35

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Turn the ignition key to the ACC or ON position

and insert the compact disc into the slot with the

label side facing up. The compact disc will be

guided automatically into the slot and start play-

ing. To insert the disc, first push the LOAD button.

If the radio is already operating, it will automati-

cally turn off and the compact disc will play.

If the system has been turned off while the com-

pact disc was playing, pushing the

POWER/VOLUME control knob will start the

compact disc.

LOAD button:

To insert a CD in the CD changer, push the LOAD

button for less than 1.5 seconds. Select the

loading slot by pushing the CD insert select

button (1 - 6), then insert the CD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer, push the

LOAD button for more than 1.5 seconds.

The slot numbers (1 - 6) will illuminate on the

display when CDs are loaded into the changer.

CD button:

When the CD button is pushed with the system

off and the compact disc loaded, the system will

turn on and the compact disc will start to play.

When the CD button is pushed with the compact

disc loaded with the radio playing, the radio will

automatically be turned off and the compact disc

will start to play.

REW (Rewind), FF (Fast

Forward):

When the (rewind) or (fast forward)

button is pushed while a compact disc is playing,

the compact disc will play while rewinding or fast

forwarding . When the button is released, the

compact disc will return to normal play speed.

When the CD button is pushed with the system

off and the compact disc loaded, the system will

turn on and the compact disc will start to play.

When the CD button is pushed with the compact

disc loaded with the tape or the radio playing, the

tape or radio will automatically be turned off and

the compact disc will start to play.

SEEK/TRACK:

When the button is pushed for less than 1.5

seconds while a compact disc is playing, the

track being played returns to its beginning. Push

several times to skip back through tracks. The

compact disc will go back the number of times

the button is pushed.

When the button is pushed for less than 1.5

seconds while the compact disc is playing, the

next track will start to play from its beginning.

Push several times to skip through tracks. The

compact disc will advance the number of times

the button is pushed. (When the last track on the

compact disc is skipped through, the first track

will be played.)

When pushing the or button for more

than 1.5 seconds, each track will play for about

10 seconds. To stop playing, push

the button again.

CD select buttons:

To play another CD that has been loaded, push a

CD select button (1 - 6).

REPEAT (RPT):

When the PROG/RPT play button is pushed

while the compact disc is played, the play pattern

can be changed as follows:

ALL DISC RPT →1 DISC RPT→1 TRACK RPT

→ALL DISC RDM →1 DISC RDM →ALL DISC

RPT

ALL DISC RPT: All discs loaded will be repeated.

1 DISC RPT: The disc that is currently playing will

be repeated.

1 TRACK RPT: The track that is currently playing

will be repeated

ALL DISC RDM: Tracks from all discs will be

played randomly

4-36 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1 DISC RDM: Tracks from the disc that is cur-

rently playing will be played randomly

REAR AV:

Pushing the REAR AV button for less than 1.5

seconds turns the rear seat audio controller on.

REAR CONT ON will display. Pushing it again

will turn the rear seat audio controller off. REAR

CONT OFF will display. If the vehicle is not

equipped with a rear seat audio controller, the

display will show “REAR AV N/A”.

If a DVD is loaded in the DVD entertainment

system (if so equipped), pushing the REAR AV

button for more than 1.5 seconds will turn the

DVD player on.

When the REAR AV button is pushed for more

than 1.5 seconds with a DVD loaded and another

audio source playing, the other source will auto-

matically be turned off and the DVD will start to

play.

(SPEAKER CONTROL) button:

Push this button to turn the rear speakers off and

headphones on. Push this button again to turn

rear seat speakers back on and headphones off.

CD EJECT:

Current disc:

●Press the slot number (1 - 6) for the desired

disc, then press the button. The com-

pact disc will be ejected. If the disc is not

removed within 15 seconds, the disc will

reload (except 3.1 in [8 cm] diameter com-

pact discs).

All discs:

●Press and hold the button for more

than 1.5 seconds. The compact discs will be

ejected one by one. If a disc is not removed

within 15 seconds, or the button is

pressed again during the eject sequence,

the entire disc eject sequence will be can-

celed.

When this button is pushed while the compact

disc is being played, the compact disc will eject

and the last source will be played.

CD IN indicator:

The slot numbers (1 - 6) will illuminate if CDs

have been loaded into the changer.

AUX jack (if so equipped)

The AUX jack s

1is located below the air condi-

tioner controls. The AUX audio input jack accepts

any standard analog audio input such as from a

portable cassette tape player, MP3 player or

laptop computers.

Press the AUX button to play a compatible device

when it is plugged into the AUX jack.

LHA0408

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-37

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CD CARE AND CLEANING

●Handle a CD by its edges. Do not bend the

disc. Never touch the surface of the disc.

●Always place the discs in the storage case

when they are not being used.

●To clean a disc, wipe the surface from the

center to the outer edge using a clean, soft

cloth. Do not wipe the disc using a circular

motion.

●Do not use a conventional record cleaner or

alcohol intended for industrial use.

●A new disc may be rough on the inner and

outer edges. Remove the rough edges by

rubbing the inner and outer edges with the

side of a pen or pencil as illustrated.

1. Volume control switch

2. MODE select switch

3. POWER on/off switch

4. Tuning switch

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FOR

AUDIO CONTROL (if so equipped)

The audio system can be operated using the

controls on the steering wheel.

LHA0049 LHA0269

4-38 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

POWER on/off switch

With the ignition key turned to the ACC or ON

position, push the POWER switch to turn the

audio system on or off.

MODE select switch

Push the mode select switch to change the mode

in the following sequence: AM, FM, CD, DVD and

SAT.

Volume control switch

Push the volume control switch up or down to

increase or decrease the volume.

Tuning

Memory change (radio):

Push the tuning switch ( or ) for less

than 1.5 seconds to change the radio frequency.

Seek tuning (radio):

Push the tuning switch ( or ) for

more than 1.5 seconds to seek the next or previ-

ous radio station.

FF, REW:

Push the tuning switch ( or ) for less

1.5 seconds to return to the beginning of the

present program or skip to the next program.

Push several times to skip back or skip through

programs.

To stop the FF or REW function, press the

or button for less than 1.5 seconds again.

When playing a CD in the CD changer (if so

equipped), push the tuning switch (

or ) for more than 1.5 seconds to change

between discs when multiple CDs are loaded.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-39

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. VOL (volume) control button

2. MODE select button

3. speaker control button

4. NEXT button

5. SEEK button

6. Headphone jacks

7. Infrared headphone transmitter lens*

*Red transmitters will be visible when

infrared headphones are on.

REAR AUDIO CONTROLS (if so

equipped)

Push the REAR AV button on the front radio

control panel to turn the rear controls on. Push

the button again to turn rear controls off.

The headphones symbol illuminates on the front

display when the rear audio controls are on. Two

headphone jacks are provided so two rear seat

passengers may listen to the audio system pri-

vately.

The rear volume controls can only increase the

volume to the level at which the front radio volume

control is set.

One or two infrared headphones are included if

the vehicle is equipped with the DVD entertain-

ment system. Most portable radio headphones

work with the rear audio controls.

For vehicles equipped with the FM/AM/SAT radio

with compact disc player, if the rear passengers

turn off the rear speakers and are using head-

phones they may choose to listen to a different

media than the front passengers. The rear pas-

sengers can listen to the radio while the front

passengers can listen to the same thing, a CD or

SAT radio (if so equipped).

LHA0322

4-40 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

VOL (volume) button:

The VOL button allows the rear passengers to

adjust the headphone volume level.

(SPEAKER CONTROL) button:

Push this button to turn the rear speakers off and

headphones on. Push this button again to turn

rear seat speakers back on and headphones off.

MODE button:

The MODE button allows the rear passengers to

change between AM, FM, CD, DVD and AUX.

The media options are listed on the face plate of

the rear audio controls. When a source of media

is selected, the media label will be illuminated.

SEEK button:

In AM or FM mode the SEEK button allows the

rear seat passengers to find the next radio station

up or down the station band frequency.

In CD mode the SEEK button allows the rear

passengers to find the next or previous selection

on the CD.

NEXT button:

When the NEXT button is pushed while in AM or

FM mode, the radio will change to the next preset.

The NEXT button does not function while in SAT

radio mode or when playing a DVD or CD.

ANTENNA

Window antenna

The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear

passenger and driver side windows.

CAUTION

●Do not place metalized film near the

rear driver or passenger side window

glass or attach any metal parts to it. This

may cause poor reception or noise.

●When cleaning the inside of the rear

driver or passenger side window, be

careful not to scratch or damage the

window antenna. Lightly wipe along the

antenna with a dampened soft cloth. WARNING

●The Mobile Entertainment System is

designed for rear seat passenger view-

ing only.

●The driver must not attempt to operate

the Mobile Entertainment System while

the vehicle is in motion so that full at-

tention may be given to vehicle

operation.

LHA0389

NISSAN MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT

SYSTEM (MES) (if so equipped)

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-41

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CAUTION

●The glass screen on the liquid crystal

display may break if hit with a hard or

sharp object. If the glass breaks, do not

touch the liquid crystalline material,

which contains a small amount of mer-

cury. In case of contact with skin, wash

immediately with soap and water.

●Use a damp, soft cloth when cleaning

the Mobile Entertainment System com-

ponents. Do not use solvents or clean-

ing solutions.

●Do not attempt to use the system in

extreme temperature conditions [below

-4°F (-20°C) or above 158°F (70°C)].

●To avoid draining the vehicle battery, do

not operate the system more than 15

minutes without starting the engine.

1. EJECT button

2. DVD slot

3. ENTER button

4. POWER on/off button

5. MODE button

6. Input jacks

7. STOP button

8. PLAY/PAUSE button

9. MENU button

10. DISPLAY button

11. NAVIGATION keys

DIGITAL VIDEO DISC (DVD) PLAYER

CONTROLS

LHA0316

4-42 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. POWER button

2. STOP button

3. NEXT TRACK/CHAPTER and PREVI-

OUS TRACK/CHAPTER button

4. TITLE button

5. ENTER button

6. DISPLAY button

7. MODE button

8. SUBTITLE button

9. AUDIO button

10. ANGLE button

11. CLEAR button

12. PAUSE button

13. PLAY button

14. FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE

button

15. MENU button

16. NAVIGATION keys

17. BACK button

18. NUMERIC KEYPAD

REMOTE CONTROL FLIP-DOWN SCREEN

The flip-down screen has a wireless remote con-

trol receiver s

1located at the bottom of the

screen.

CAUTION

●The glass screen on the liquid crystal

display may break if hit with a hard or

sharp object. If the glass breaks, do not

touch the liquid crystalline material,

which contains a small amount of mer-

cury. In case of contact with skin, wash

immediately with soap and water.

LHA0317

LHA0315

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-43

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●The screen rotates down to view and up

into the housing to store when not in

use. Ensure that the screen is latched

securely into the housing when stored.

Headphones

SAA0720 SAA0721

4-44 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Power ON/OFF:

Push the power button to turn the headphones

on or off.

Volume control:

Turn the volume control knob to adjust the vol-

ume.

The headphones will automatically be turned off

in 30 seconds if there is no sound during that

period. To prevent the battery from being dis-

charged, keep the power suppy turned off when

not in use.

NOTE:

For optimum infrared headphone perfor-

mance, increase the volume on the rear

seat controller to the maximum level and

adjust the infrared headphone volume us-

ing the volume control on the headphones.

Using a lower volume setting on the rear

seat controller can cause static noise in the

infrared headphones.

PLAYING A DIGITAL VIDEO DISC

(DVD)

CAUTION

●Only operate the DVD while the vehicle

engine is running. Operating the DVD

for extended periods of time with the

engine OFF can discharge the vehicle

battery.

●Do not allow the system to get wet.

Excessive moisture such as spilled liq-

uids may cause the system to

malfunction.

●The driver must not attempt to wear the

headphones while the vehicle is in mo-

tion so that full attention may be given

to vehicle operation.

●While playing video CD media, this DVD

player does not guarantee complete

functionality of all video CD formats.

With the DVD player, you can hear DVD videos,

video CDs and CDs using headphones. Passen-

gers in the rear seat can enjoy the sound inde-

pendently of the front seat.

Press the REAR AV button located on the front

controls for more than 1.5 seconds to hear the

sound of the DVD player through the speakers.

Pushing the button on the front controls

turns the rear speakers on and off.

It is possible to operate the DVD player by remote

control.

Headphones are a wireless type and no cables

are necessary. You can use them in almost all the

ranges in the rear seat. (It is not possible to use

the headphones in the front seat.)

POWER on/off button:

With the ignition switch turned to the ACC or ON

position, push the POWER button to turn the

DVD player on or off.

Insert the DVD into the slot with the label side

facing up. The DVD will be guided automatically

into the slot.

If the DVD player is off and a DVD is inserted, the

DVD player will automatically turn on.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into the

slot. This could damage the player.

MODE select button:

Push the Mode button to select Audio/Video

source between DVD and AUX input (input jacks

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-45

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

on the faceplate, Red = right channel audio input,

White = left channel audio input, and Yellow =

Video input).

The display will show the “AUX” in the upper left

corner of the display for 4 seconds once the

Mode is changed to AUX.

To use the input jacks, refer to “Auxiliary input

jacks” in this section.

or PLAY:

When the PLAY/PAUSE button on the player or

the PLAY button on the remote control is pushed,

the player will play.

In play mode, the display will briefly show

on the upper left corner of the display.

FF (Fast Forward), REW

(Remote control only):

Push FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE but-

tons to carry out the fast forward or fast reverse

presentation at 5 times normal play speed.

Push FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE but-

tons again or PLAY button to resume the normal

play speed.

NEXT CHAPTER / PREVI-

OUS CHAPTER (Remote

control only):

When the (NEXT CHAPTER) button is

pushed while the DVD is being played, the pro-

gram next to the present one will start to play from

its beginning. Push several times to skip through

programs. The DVD will advance the number of

times the button is pushed. When

the (PREVIOUS CHAPTER) button is

pushed, the program being played returns to its

beginning. Push several times to skip back

through programs. The DVD will go back the

number of times the button is pushed.

or PAUSE:

When the PLAY/PAUSE button on the player or

the PAUSE button on the remote control is

pushed, the player will pause playing of the me-

dia. In pause mode, the player will show on

the upper left corner of the display until the player

is changed to another mode.

STOP:

Push the STOP button once to stop playing the

media. The display will show in the upper

left corner of the display for 4 seconds, and the

last disc position will be stored. When the PLAY

button is pushed again, it will resume at the

stored disc track and time position.

If the STOP button is pushed again when the

player is already in Stop mode, it will reinitialize

the pointer to the beginning of the disc. In effect it

will ignore the last stored disc position and upon

receipt of the next play message it will begin at

the Title Menu, or at “the beginning of the disc”.

EJECT:

When the EJECT button is pushed with the DVD

loaded, it will be ejected.

The display will show the EJECT symbol in

the upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds

once the EJECT button is pushed.

If the DVD is not loaded, the display will show

“NO DISC”.

If the DVD comes out and is not removed within

25 seconds, it will be pulled back into the slot to

protect it.

DISPLAY:

If the DISPLAY control is pushed for less than 2

seconds, the display menu will appear on the

screen.

●The display menu will remain on the screen

for 10 seconds if no subsequent control

activations occur.

4-46 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Use NAVIGATION KEYS to navigate within

the display menu, and use ENTER to select

the item.

●Holding the DISPLAY control on the face-

plate for longer than approximately 2 sec-

onds while in the display menu will reset the

display characteristics to their nominal val-

ues. (Faceplate feature only)

If the DISPLAY control button on the faceplate is

pushed for more than 2 seconds, the media

track/time information will be displayed along the

bottom of the display. Pushing the DISPLAY con-

trol for more than 2 seconds will remove the

media track/time information from the display.

(Faceplate feature only)

NAVIGATION KEYS:

If media is in PLAY mode, activation of the NAVI-

GATION KEYS (Up, Down, Left, and Right) will

perform the following functions: next

chapter/track, previous chapter/track, fast re-

verse and fast forward, and the display will

show , , and respec-

tively in the upper left corner of the display for 4

seconds. (Faceplate feature only)

If media is in PAUSE mode, activation of the

NAVIGATION KEYS (Up, Down and Right) will

perform the following functions: next

chapter/track, previous chapter/track and slow

forward, and the display will show ,

and a forward arrow symbol respectively in the

upper left corner of the display for 4 seconds.

(Faceplate feature only)

If media is in activated MENU mode, the NAVI-

GATION KEYS will be used to navigate Up,

Down, Left, and Right within the menu.

If display control menu is on, the NAVIGATION

KEYS will be used to navigate Up, Down, Left,

and Right within the menu.

ENTER:

In MENU mode, push the ENTER button to select

MENU items.

In the display menu, push the ENTER button to

select items for modification, as per the on-

screen instructions.

MENU:

If the media is in PLAY mode and the MENU

button is pressed, the DVD menu will appear on

the screen. Use Navigation Keys to navigate

within the menu, and use ENTER to select the

item.

Push the MENU button again to return to PLAY

mode.

TITLE (Remote control only):

Push TITLE button to return the DVD media to the

“title” of the DVD.

Push TITLE button again to return to the previous

stop point and play.

BACK (Remote control only):

Push the BACK button to exit the current active

menu and return to the previous menu.

SUBTITLE (Remote control only):

Push the SUBTITLE button to call up subtitle

selection menu.

Repeatedly press the SUBTITLE button to cycle

through each available subtitle.

AUDIO (Remote control only):

Push the AUDIO button to call up audio menu.

Repeatedly press the AUDIO button to cycle

through each available audio track.

ANGLE (Remote control only):

Push the ANGLE button to call up camera angle

menu.

Repeatedly press the ANGLE button to cycle

through each available angle.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-47

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CLEAR (Remote control only):

Push the CLEAR button to clear all numeric in-

puts, if actuated prior to expiration of the

3-second timer.

NUMERIC KEYPAD (0–9 & ≥10) (Remote

control only):

Push the NUMERIC KEYPAD to directly access

disc chapters, titles or tracks by inputting their

numeric value.

The “≥10” button input numbers greater than or

equal to 10, allowing up three digits to be input

for selecting chapter/title/track number.

The subsequent actuation of numeric buttons will

continuously shift the previously input number to

the “left”.

The chapter/title/track number will be automati-

cally selected (if valid, based on media content) if

3 seconds expire without any keypad inputs.

The operator can cancel the input

chapter/title/track number by actuating the

CLEAR control prior to the expiration of the

3-second timer.

These functions can be used only for the DVD

discs which correspond to them.

Auxiliary input jacks

The auxiliary input jacks are located on the control

panel. Compatible devices such as video games

camcorders and portable video players can be

connected to the auxiliary jacks.

The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica-

tion purposes.

●Yellow - video input

●White - left channel audio input

●Red - right channel audio input

CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Use a lightly dampened, lint free cloth to clean the

surfaces of your NISSAN mobile entertainment

system. (DVD player face, screen, remote con-

trol, etc.)

CAUTION

●Do not use any solvents or cleaning

solutions when cleaning the video

system.

●Do not use excessive force on the moni-

tor screen.

●Avoid touching or scratching the moni-

tor screen as it may become dirty or

damaged.

●Do not attempt to use the system in

extreme temperature conditions [below

-4°F (-20°C) or above 158°F (70°C)].

●Do not attempt to operate the system in

extreme humidity conditions (less than

10% or more than 75%).

4-48 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

HOW TO HANDLE THE DVD

CAUTION

●Handle a DVD by its edges. Never touch

the surface of the disc.

●To clean a disc, wipe the surface from

the center to the outer edge using a

clean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the disc

using a circular motion.

●Do not use a conventional record

cleaner, benzine, thinner or alcohol in-

tended for industrial use.

●A new disc may be rough on its inner

and outer edges. Remove the rough

edges using the side of a pen or pencil

as illustrated.

●Never attempt to use a DVD that has

been cracked, deformed, or repaired

using adhesive. Doing so may cause

damage to the equipment.

●Handle the DVD carefully to avoid contami-

nation or flaws. Otherwise, signals may not

be read properly.

●Do not write, draw or attach anything on any

side of the DVD.

●Do not store the DVD in locations with direct

sunlight or in high temperatures or humidity.

●Always place discs in the storage case when

they are not being used.

●Do not put on any sticker or write anything

on either surface of the DVD.

Remote control and headphones bat-

tery replacement

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid.

2. Replace batteries with new ones.

●Size AA (remote control)

●Size AAA (headphones)

Make sure that the and ends on

the batteries match the markings inside the

compartment.

3. Close the lid securely.

LHA0049 LHA0318

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-49

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

If the battery is removed for any reason

other than replacement close the lid se-

curely.

●If you will not be using the remote control for

long periods of time, remove the batteries.

●Replacement of the batteries is needed

when the remote control only functions at

extremely close distances to the DVD player

or not at all.

●Be careful not to touch the battery terminal.

●An improperly disposed battery can harm

the environment. Always confirm local regu-

lations for battery disposal.

●When changing batteries, do not let dust or

oil get on the remote control and head-

phones.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-

proved by the manufacturer compliance

could void the user’s authority to operate

the equipment. This device complies with

Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS-210 of

Industry Canada. Operation is subject to

the following two conditions: (1) This de-

vice may not cause harmful interference,

and (2) this device must accept any inter-

ference received, including interference

that may cause undesired operation of the

device.

When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone in

your NISSAN, be sure to observe the following

cautions, otherwise the new equipment may ad-

versely affect the MFI (Multiport Fuel Injection)

system and other electronic parts.

WARNING

●A cellular telephone should not be used

while driving so full attention may be

given to vehicle operation. Some juris-

dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele-

phones while driving.

●If you must make a call while your ve-

hicle is in motion, the hands free cellu-

lar phone operational mode (if so

equipped) is highly recommended. Ex-

ercise extreme caution at all times so

full attention may be given to vehicle

operation.

●If a conversation in a moving vehicle

requires you to take notes, pull off the

road to a safe location and stop your

vehicle before doing so.

CAUTION

●Keep the antenna as far away as pos-

sible from the Engine Control Module

(ECM).

SAA0723

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

4-50 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in

(20 cm) away from the Multiport Fuel

Injection harness. Do not route the an-

tenna wire next to any harness.

●Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio

as recommended by the manufacturer.

●Connect the ground wire from the CB

radio chassis to the body.

●For details, consult a NISSAN dealer.

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-51

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

4-52 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

MEMO

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving................5-2

Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ..................5-2

Three-way catalyst..............................5-2

On-pavement and off-road driving

precautions ....................................5-3

Low tire pressure warning system ................5-3

Avoiding collision and rollover....................5-5

Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving................5-5

Driving safety precautions .......................5-5

Ignition switch.....................................5-7

Automatic transmission..........................5-7

Key positions ..................................5-8

Nissan vehicle immobilizer system (NVIS) .........5-8

Before starting the engine ..........................5-8

Starting the engine ................................5-9

Driving the vehicle .................................5-9

Engine protection mode .........................5-9

Automatic transmission.........................5-10

Parking brake ....................................5-14

Cruise control....................................5-14

Precautions on cruise control ...................5-14

Cruise control operations.......................5-15

Break-in schedule ................................5-16

Increasing fuel economy...........................5-16

Using four wheel drive (4WD) .............5-17

Transfer case shifting procedures ...............5-17

Parking/parking on hills............................5-23

Power steering ...................................5-24

Brake system ....................................5-24

Brake precautions .............................5-24

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ...................5-25

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system

(if so equipped) ..................................5-26

Rear sonar system (if so equipped) .................5-27

Cold weather driving..............................5-28

Freeing a frozen door lock ......................5-28

Anti-freeze....................................5-28

Battery .......................................5-28

Draining of coolant water .......................5-28

Tire equipment ................................5-29

Special winter equipment.......................5-29

Driving on snow or ice .........................5-29

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a

closed vehicle could quickly become

high enough to cause severe or possi-

bly fatal injuries to people or animals.

Do not leave children or adults who

would normally require the support of

others in your vehicle. Unattended pets

should not be left alone either.

●Properly secure all cargo with ropes or

straps to help prevent it from sliding or

shifting. Do not place cargo higher than

the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-

lision, unsecured cargo could cause

personal injury.

EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

●Do not breathe exhaust gases; they

contain colorless and odorless carbon

monoxide. Carbon monoxide is danger-

ous. It can cause unconsciousness or

death.

●If you suspect that exhaust fumes are

entering the vehicle, drive with all win-

dows fully open, and have the vehicle

inspected immediately.

●Do not run the engine in closed spaces

such as a garage.

●Do not park the vehicle with the engine

running for any extended length of time.

●Keep the back door and rear vent win-

dows closed while driving, otherwise

exhaust gases could be drawn into the

passenger compartment. If you must

drive with the back door or rear vent

windows open, follow these

precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation but-

ton to off and the fan control dial to

high to circulate the air.

●If electrical wiring or other cable con-

nections must pass to a trailer through

the seal on the back door or the body,

follow the manufacturer’s recommen-

dation to prevent carbon monoxide en-

try into the vehicle.

●The exhaust system and body should be

inspected by a qualified mechanic

whenever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumes are

entering into the passenger

compartment.

c. You notice a change in the sound of

the exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involving

damage to the exhaust system, un-

derbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST

The three-way catalyst is an emission control

device installed in the exhaust system. Exhaust

gases in the three-way catalyst are burned at

high temperatures to help reduce pollutants.

WARNING

●The exhaust gas and the exhaust sys-

tem are very hot. Keep people, animals

or flammable materials away from the

exhaust system components.

●Do not stop or park the vehicle over

flammable materials such as dry grass,

waste paper or rags. They may ignite

and cause a fire.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING

AND DRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CAUTION

●Do not use leaded gasoline. Deposits

from leaded gasoline will seriously re-

duce the three-way catalyst’s ability to

help reduce exhaust pollutants.

●Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-

tions in the ignition, fuel injection, or

electrical systems can cause overrich

fuel flow into the three-way catalyst,

causing it to overheat. Do not keep driv-

ing if the engine misfires, or if notice-

able loss of performance or other un-

usual operating conditions are

detected. Have the vehicle inspected

promptly by a NISSAN dealer.

●Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel

level. Running out of fuel could cause

the engine to misfire, damaging the

three-way catalyst.

●Do not race the engine while warming it

up.

●Do not push or tow your vehicle to start

the engine.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD

DRIVING PRECAUTIONS

Utility vehicles have a significantly higher

rollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than passen-

ger cars to make them capable of performing in a

variety of on-pavement and off-road applications.

This gives them a higher center of gravity than

ordinary cars. An advantage of higher ground

clearance is a better view of the road, allowing

you to anticipate problems. However, they are not

designed for cornering at the same speeds as

conventional two-wheel drive vehicles any more

than low-slung sports cars are designed to per-

form satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If at

all possible, avoid sharp turns at high speeds. As

with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate

this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control

or vehicle rollover. In a rollover crash, an unbelted

person is significantly more likely to die than a

person wearing a seat belt.

Be sure to read the driving safety precautions

later in this section.

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING

SYSTEM

This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres-

sure warning system. It monitors tire pressure of

all tires except the spare. When the tire pressure

monitoring system warning light it lit, one or more

of your tires is significantly underinflated. If

equipped, the system also displays pressure of

all tires (except the spare tire) on the display

screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is

installed in each wheel.

The low tire pressure warning system will activate

only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above

20 MPH (32 km/h). Also, this system may not

detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for ex-

ample a flat tire while driving).

Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the

heat caused by the vehicle’s operation and the

outside temperature. Low outside temperature

can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire

which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure.

This may cause the low tire pressure warning

light to illuminate.

If the warning light illuminates in low ambient

temperature as described above, check the tire

pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure

to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown

Starting and driving 5-3

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn

the low tire pressure warning light OFF.

Frequently check the tire pressure information

display on the display screen (if so equipped) and

adjust pressure of each tire properly. (The order

of the tire pressure figures displayed on the

screen does not correspond with the actual order

of the tire position.) See “Tire pressure informa-

tion” in the “Display screen, heater, air condi-

tioner and audio systems” section for tire pres-

sure monitor. If you select the tire pressure

information in the display (if so equipped), the

FLAT TIRE warning message will be displayed.

Low tire pressure warning

If the vehicle is being driven with very low tire

pressure (lower than 28 psi, 193 kPa), the low

tire pressure warning light comes on and the

chime sounds for about 10 seconds.

For additional information regarding the above

warning, see “Warning/indicator lights and au-

dible reminders” in the “Instruments and con-

trols” section.

WARNING

●If the low tire pressure warning light

flashes while driving, avoid sudden

steering maneuvers or abrupt braking,

reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road

to a safe location and stop the vehicle

as soon as possible. Serious vehicle

damage could occur and may lead to an

accident and could result in serious

personal injury. Check the tire pressure

for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure

to the recommended COLD tire pres-

sure shown on the Tire and Loading

Information label to turn the low tire

pressure warning light OFF. If you have

a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as

soon as possible. (See “Flat tire” in the

“In case of emergency” section for

changing a flat tire.)

●When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel

is replaced, tire pressure will not be

indicated and the low tire pressure

warning system will not function. Con-

tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible for tire replacement and/or

system resetting.

●Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol

tire sealant into the tires, as this may

cause a malfunction of the tire pressure

sensors.

CAUTION

Do not place metalized film or any metal

parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This

may cause poor reception of the signals

from the tire pressure sensors, and the

low tire pressure warning system will not

function properly.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-

proved by the manufacturer compliance

could void the user’s authority to operate

the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of the

FCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry

Canada.

Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) This device may not cause

harmful interface, and (2) this device must

accept any interference received, including

interference that may cause undesired op-

eration of the device.

5-4 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

AVOIDING COLLISION AND

ROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe

and prudent manner may result in loss of

control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey

all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed,

high speed cornering, or sudden steering ma-

neuvers, because these driving practices could

cause you to lose control of your vehicle. As with

any vehicle, loss of control could result in a

collision with other vehicles or objects, or

cause the vehicle to roll over, particularly if

the loss of control causes the vehicle to

slide sideways. Be attentive at all times, and

avoid driving when tired. Never drive when under

the influence of alcohol or drugs (including pre-

scription or over-the-counter drugs which may

cause drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt

as outlined in the “Safety – Seats, seat belts and

supplemental air bags” section of this manual,

and also instruct your passengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in colli-

sions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an

unbelted or improperly belted person is

significantly more likely to be injured or

killed than a person wearing a seat belt.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND

DRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcohol

or drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream re-

duces coordination, delays reaction time

and impairs judgement. Driving after

drinking alcohol increases the likelihood

of being involved in an accident injuring

yourself and others. Additionally, if you

are injured in an accident, alcohol can

increase the severity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. However,

you must choose not to drive under the influence

of alcohol. Every year thousands of people are

injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Al-

though the local laws vary on what is considered

to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol

affects all people differently and most people

underestimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’t mix! And

that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, pre-

scription, and illegal drugs). Don’t drive if your

ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alco-

hol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and

off-road use. However, avoid driving in deep wa-

ter or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for

leisure use, unlike a conventional off-road ve-

hicle.

Remember that two-wheel drive models are less

capable than four-wheel drive models for rough

road driving and extrication when stuck in deep

snow or mud, or the like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

●Drive carefully when off the road and

avoid dangerous areas. Every person

who drives or rides in this vehicle

should be seated with their seat belt

fastened. This will keep you and your

passengers in position when driving

over rough terrain.

●Do not drive across steep slopes. In-

stead drive either straight up or straight

down the slopes. Off-road vehicles can

tip over sideways much more easily

than they can forward or backward.

Starting and driving 5-5

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Many hills are too steep for any vehicle.

If you drive up them, you may stall. If

you drive down them, you may not be

able to control your speed. If you drive

across them, you may roll over.

●Do not shift gears while driving on

downhill grades as this could cause

loss of control of the vehicle.

●Stay alert when driving to the top of a

hill. At the top there could be a drop-off

or other hazard that could cause an

accident.

●If your engine stalls or you cannot make

it to the top of a steep hill, never at-

tempt to turn around. Your vehicle

could tip or roll over. Always back

straight down in R (Reverse) gear and

apply brakes to control your speed.

●Heavy braking going down a hill could

cause your brakes to overheat and fade,

resulting in loss of control and an acci-

dent. Apply brakes lightly and use a low

gear to control your speed.

●Unsecured cargo can be thrown around

when driving over rough terrain. Prop-

erly secure all cargo so it will not be

thrown forward and cause injury to you

or your passengers.

●To avoid raising the center of gravity

excessively, do not exceed the rated

capacity of the roof rack and evenly

distribute the load. Secure heavy loads

in the cargo area as far forward and as

low as possible. Do not equip the ve-

hicle with tires larger than specified in

this manual. This could cause your ve-

hicle to roll over.

●Do not grip the inside or spokes of the

steering wheel when driving off-road.

The steering wheel could move sud-

denly and injure your hands. Instead

drive with your fingers and thumbs on

the outside of the rim.

●Before operating the vehicle, ensure

that the driver and all passengers have

their seat belts fastened.

●Lower your speed when encountering

strong crosswinds. With a higher center

of gravity, your NISSAN is more af-

fected by strong side winds. Slower

speeds ensure better vehicle control.

●Do not drive beyond the performance

capablity of the tires, even with 4WD

engaged.

●Accelerating quickly, sharp steering

maneuvers or sudden braking may

cause loss of control.

●If at all possible, avoid sharp turning

maneuvers, particularly at high speeds.

Your NISSAN four-wheel drive vehicle

has a higher center of gravity than a

two-wheel drive vehicle. The vehicle is

not designed for cornering at the same

speeds as conventional two-wheel

drive vehicles. Failure to operate this

vehicle correctly could result in loss of

control and/or a rollover accident.

●Always use tires of the same type, size,

brand, construction (bias, bias-belted,

or radial), and tread pattern on all four

wheels. Install tire chains on the rear

wheels when driving on slippery roads

and drive carefully.

●Be sure to check the brakes immedi-

ately after driving in mud or water. See

“Brake system” later in this section for

“Wet brakes”.

●Avoid parking your vehicle on steep

hills. If you get out of the vehicle and it

rolls forward, backward or sideways,

you could be injured.

5-6 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Whenever you drive off-road through

sand, mud or water as deep as the

wheel hub, more frequent maintenance

may be required. See “Periodic mainte-

nance” in the “NISSAN Service and

Maintenance Guide.”

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

The ignition lock is designed so the key cannot be

turned to LOCK position and removed until the

shift selector lever is moved to the P (Park) posi-

tion.

When removing the key from the ignition, make

sure the shift selector lever is in the P (Park)

position.

If the selector lever is not returned to P (Park)

position, the key cannot be moved to the LOCK

position.

When the key cannot be turned to the LOCK

position, proceed as follows to remove the key.

1. Move the shift selector lever into the P (Park)

position.

2. Turn the ignition key slightly toward the ON

position.

3. Turn the key to the LOCK position.

4. Remove the key.

The shift selector lever is designed so it cannot

moved out of P (Park) and into any of the other

gear positions if the ignition key is turned to OFF

position or if the key is removed from the switch.

The shift selector lever can be moved if the

ignition switch is in the ON position and the

foot brake pedal is depressed.

There is an OFF position between the

LOCK and ACC positions. The OFF position

is indicated by a “1” on the key cylinder.

When the ignition is in the OFF position,

the steering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to be locked, it

must be turned about 1/8 of a turn clockwise

from the straight up position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the key to

the LOCK position. Remove the key. To

unlock the steering wheel, insert the key

and turn it gently while rotating the steer-

ing wheel slightly right and left.

WSD0041

IGNITION SWITCH

Starting and driving 5-7

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK

position while driving. The steering wheel

will lock. This may cause the driver to lose

control of the vehicle and could result in

serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

KEY POSITIONS

LOCK: Normal parking position (0)

OFF: (Not used) (1)

ACC: (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accessories

such as the radio when the engine is not running.

ON: Normal operating position (3)

This position turns on the ignition system and the

electrical accessories.

START: (4)

This position starts the engine. As soon as the

engine has started, release the key. It automati-

cally returns to the ON position.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER

SYSTEM (NVIS)

The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System (NVIS)

will not allow the engine to start without the use of

the registered NVIS key.

If the engine fails to start using the registered

NVIS key, it may be due to interference caused by

another NVIS key, an automated toll road device

or automated payment device on the key ring.

Restart the engine using the following proce-

dures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position

for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK

position and wait approximately 5 seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Restart the engine while holding the device

(which may have caused the interference)

separate from the registered NVIS key.

If this procedure allows the engine to start,

NISSAN recommends placing the registered

NVIS key on a separate key ring to avoid interfer-

ence from other devices.

●Make sure the area around the vehicle is

clear.

●Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-

ant, brake fluid, and window washer fluid as

frequently as possible, or at least whenever

you refuel.

●Check that all windows and lights are clean.

●Visually inspect tires for their appearance

and condition. Also check tires for proper

inflation.

●Lock all doors.

●Position seat and adjust head restraints.

●Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

●Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to

do likewise.

●Check the operation of warning lights when

the key is turned to the ON (3) position. See

“Warning/indicator lights and audible re-

minders” in the “Instruments and controls”

section of this manual.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

5-8 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift selector lever to P (Park) or N

(Neutral). P (Park) is recommended.

The shift selector lever cannot be

moved out of P (Park) and into any of

the other gear positions if the ignition

key is turned to the OFF position or if

the key is removed from the ignition

switch.

The starter is designed not to operate if

the shift selector lever is in any of the

driving positions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off the

accelerator pedal by turning the ignition

key to START. Release the key when the

engine starts. If the engine starts, but fails to

run, repeat the above procedure.

●If the engine is very hard to start in ex-

tremely cold weather or when restarting,

depress the accelerator pedal a little (ap-

proximately 1/3 to the floor) and hold it

and then crank the engine. Release the

key and the accelerator pedal when the

engine starts.

●If the engine is very hard to start because

it is flooded, depress the accelerator

pedal all the way to the floor and hold it.

Crank the engine for 5-6 seconds. After

cranking the engine, release the accel-

erator pedal. Crank the engine with your

foot off the accelerator pedal by turn-

ing the ignition key to START. Release the

key when the engine starts. If the engine

starts, but fails to run, repeat the above

procedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than

15 seconds at a time. If the engine does

not start, turn the key off and wait 10

seconds before cranking again, otherwise

the starter could be damaged.

4. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 sec-

onds after starting. Do not race the engine

while warming it up. Drive at moderate

speed for a short distance first, especially in

cold weather.

In cold weather, keep the engine running for

a minimum of 2–3 minutes before shutting it

off. Starting and stopping the engine over a

short period of time may make the vehicle

more difficult to start.

ENGINE PROTECTION MODE

The engine has an engine protection mode to

reduce the chance of damage if the coolant tem-

perature becomes too high (for example, when

climbing steep grades in high temperature with

heavy loads, such as when towing a trailer).

When the engine temperature reaches a certain

level:

●The engine coolant temperature gauge will

move toward the H position.

●Engine power may be reduced.

●The air conditioning cooling function may be

automatically turned OFF for a short time

(the blower will continue to operate).

Engine power and, under some conditions, ve-

hicle speed will decrease. Vehicle speed can be

controlled with the accelerator pedal, but the

vehicle may not accelerate at the desired speed.

The transmission will downshift or upshift as it

reaches prescribed shift points. You can also

shift manually.

As driving conditions change and engine coolant

temperature is reduced, vehicle speed can be

increased using the accelerator pedal, and air

conditioning cooling function will automatically

be turned back ON.

STARTING THE ENGINE DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Starting and driving 5-9

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

If:

1. The engine coolant temperature is not re-

duced.

2. The air conditioning cooling function does

not turn back ON.

3. The engine oil pressure warning/engine

coolant temperature high indicator il-

luminates, this may indicate a malfunction.

Move the vehicle off the road in a safe area

and allow the engine to cool. If after check-

ing the oil and coolant, the remains

on, do not continue to drive and call a

NISSAN dealer.

The malfunction indicator lamp may also come

ON. If only it remains on, you do not need to have

your vehicle towed, but have it inspected soon by

a NISSAN dealer. See “Malfunction indicator

lamp” in the “Warning and indicator lights” sec-

tion of this manual.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced engine

power and vehicle speed. The reduced

speed may be lower than other traffic,

which could increase the chance of a col-

lision. Be especially careful when driving.

Pull to the side of the road to a safe area.

Allow the engine to cool and return to

normal operation. See “If your vehicle

overheats” in the “In case of emergency”

section of this manual.

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oil

pressure warning light on could cause se-

rious damage to the engine almost imme-

diately. Such damage is not covered by

warranty. Turn off the engine as soon as it

is safe to do so.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

WARNING

●Do not depress the accelerator pedal

while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-

tral) to R (Reverse), or L (Low). Always

depress the brake pedal until shifting is

completed. Failure to do so could cause

you to lose control and have an

accident.

●Cold engine idle speed is high, so use

caution when shifting into a forward or

reverse gear before the engine has

warmed up.

●Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)

while the vehicle is moving. This could

cause an accident.

CAUTION

●When stopping the vehicle on an uphill

grade, do not hold the vehicle by de-

pressing the accelerator pedal. The foot

brake should be used for this purpose.

●Do not downshift abruptly on slippery

roads. This may cause a loss of control.

The automatic transmission in your vehicle is

electronically controlled to produce maximum

power and smooth operation.

5-10 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

The recommended operating procedures for this

transmission are shown on the following pages.

Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle

performance and driving enjoyment.

Starting the vehicle

1. After starting the engine, fully depress the

foot brake pedal before attempting to move

the shift selector lever out of the P (Park)

position.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and

move the shift selector lever into a driving

gear.

3. Release the foot brake, then gradually start

the vehicle in motion.

The automatic transmission is designed so

the foot brake pedal MUST be depressed

before shifting from P (Park) to any drive

position while the ignition switch is in the

ON position.

The shift selector lever cannot be moved

out of P (Park) and into any of the other

gear positions if the ignition key is turned

to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position or if the

key is removed.

To move the selector lever:

: Shift while depressing the brake pedal

: Shift without depressing brake pedal

Shifting

After starting the engine, fully depress the brake

pedal and move the shift selector lever out of the

P (Park) position.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selector

lever is in any position while the engine is

not running. Failure to do so could cause

the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll

away and result in serious personal injury

or property damage.

If the key is turned to the OFF or ACC position for

any reason while the vehicle is in N (Neutral), or

any D (Drive) position, the key cannot be turned

to the LOCK position and be removed from the

ignition switch. Move the selector lever to the P

(Park) position, then the key can be turned to

LOCK.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicle is

parked or when starting the engine. Make sure

the vehicle is completely stopped. The brake

pedal must be depressed to move the se-

lector lever from N (Neutral) or any drive

position to P (Park). Apply the parking brake.

When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake

first, then move the shift selector lever into the P

(Park) position.

WSD0098

Starting and driving 5-11

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

R (Reverse):

CAUTION

Use this position only when the vehicle is

completely stopped.

Use this position to back up. Make sure the

vehicle is completely stopped before selecting

the R (Reverse) position. The brake pedal

must be depressed to move the selector

lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any drive

position to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged. The

engine can be started in this position. You may

shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalled engine

while the vehicle is moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forward driving.

4 (Fourth gear):

Use this position for driving up and down long

slopes where engine braking would be advanta-

geous.

Do not downshift into the 4 position at speeds

over the following and do not exceed the follow-

ing speeds in the 4 position.

4H:

62 MPH (100 km/h)

4LO:

31 MPH (50 km/h)

3 (Third gear):

Use this position for driving up and down long

slopes where engine braking would be advanta-

geous.

2 (Second gear):

Use this position for hill climbing or engine brak-

ing on downhill grades.

Do not downshift into the 2 position at speeds

over the following and do not exceed the follow-

ing speeds in the 2 position.

2WD and AUTO:

71 MPH (115 km/h) w/o tow mode

62 MPH (100 km/h) w/tow mode

4H:

62 MPH (100 km/h)

4LO:

31 MPH (50 km/h)

1 (Low gear):

Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly

or slow driving through deep snow, sand or mud,

or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill

grades.

Do not downshift into the 1 position at speeds

over the following and do not exceed the follow-

ing speeds in the 1 position.

2WD and AUTO:

43 MPH (70 km/h) w/o tow mode

37 MPH (60 km/h) w/tow mode

4H:

43 MPH (70 km/h) w/o tow mode

37 MPH (60 km/h) w/tow mode

4LO:

31 MPH (50 km/h)

5-12 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Shift lock release

If the battery is discharged, the shift selector lever

may not be moved from the P (Park) position even

with the brake pedal depressed.

To move the shift selector lever, release the shift

lock. The shift selector lever can be moved to N

(Neutral). However, the steering wheel will be

locked unless the ignition switch is turned to the

ON position. This allows the vehicle to be moved

if the battery is discharged.

To push the shift lock release, complete the fol-

lowing procedure:

1. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position

and remove the key

2. Apply the parking brake.

3. Remove the shift lock release cover as

shown.

4. Insert a small screwdriver in the shift lock

release slot and push down.

5. Move the shift selector lever to the N (Neu-

tral) position while holding down the shift

lock release.

6. Turn the key to the ON position to unlock the

steering wheel. Now the vehicle may be

moved to the desired location.

If the shift selector lever cannot be moved out of

P (Park), have a NISSAN dealer check the auto-

matic transmission system as soon as possible.

WARNING

If the selector lever cannot be moved from

the P (Park) position while the engine is

running and the brake pedal is depressed,

the stop lights may not work. Malfunction-

ing stop lights could cause an accident

injuring yourself and others.

Accelerator downshift

— in D position —

For passing or hill climbing, depress the accel-

erator pedal to the floor. This shifts the transmis-

sion down into a lower gear, depending on the

vehicle speed.

Fail-safe

When the fail-safe operation occurs, please note

that the transmission will be locked in any of the

forward gears according to the condition.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme con-

ditions, such as excessive wheel spinning

and subsequent hard braking, the fail-safe

system may be activated. This will occur

even if all electrical circuits are functioning

properly. In this case, turn the ignition key

OFF and wait for 3 seconds. Then turn the

key back to the ON position. The vehicle

should return to its normal operating con-

dition. If it does not return to its normal

operating condition, have a NISSAN dealer

check the transmission and repair it if nec-

essary.

LSD0090

Starting and driving 5-13

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Be sure the parking brake is fully re-

leased before driving. Failure to do so

can cause brake failure and lead to an

accident.

●Do not release the parking brake from

outside the vehicle.

●Do not use the gear shift in place of the

parking brake. When parking, be sure

the parking brake is fully engaged.

●Do not leave children unattended in a

vehicle. They could release the parking

brake and cause an accident.

To engage: Firmly depress the parking brake.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Move the shift selector lever to the P (Park)

position.

3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedal

again and it will release.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warning

light goes out.

1. ACCEL/RES switch

2. COAST/SET switch

3. ON/OFF switch

4. CANCEL switch

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE

CONTROL

●If the cruise control system malfunctions, it

cancels automatically. The SET indicator

light in the instrument panel then blinks to

warn the driver.

●If the SET indicator light blinks, turn the

cruise control main switch off and have the

system checked by a NISSAN dealer.

LSD0091 LSD0092

PARKING BRAKE CRUISE CONTROL

5-14 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●The SET indicator light may blink when the

cruise control main switch is turned ON

while pushing the ACCEL/RES,

COAST/SET, or CANCEL switch (located

on the steering wheel). To properly set the

cruise control system, use the following pro-

cedures.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when driving

under the following conditions:

●When it is not possible to keep the

vehicle at a set speed.

●In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in

speed.

●On winding or hilly roads.

●On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).

●In very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle

control and result in an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at a speed be-

tween 30 - 90 MPH (48 - 144 km/h) without

keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the main

switch. The CRUISE indicator light in the instru-

ment panel comes on.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle to

the desired speed, push the COAST/SET switch

and release it. The SET indicator light in the

instrument panel comes on. Take your foot off the

accelerator pedal. Your vehicle maintains the set

speed.

●To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-

celerator pedal. When you release the

pedal, the vehicle returns to the previously

set speed.

●The vehicle may not maintain the set speed

when going up or down steep hills. If this

happens, drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of the

following three methods.

●Push the CANCEL button; the SET indicator

light in the instrument panel goes out.

●Tap the brake pedal; the SET indicator light

goes out.

●Turn the main switch off. Both the CRUISE

indicator light and SET indicator light in the

instrument panel go out.

The cruise control is automatically canceled and

the SET light in the instrument panel goes out if:

●you depress the brake pedal while pushing

the ACCEL/RES or SET/COAST switch.

The preset speed is deleted from memory.

●the vehicle slows down more than 8 MPH

(13 km/h) below the set speed.

●you move the shift selector lever to N (Neu-

tral).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one

of the following three methods.

●Depress the accelerator pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, push and

release the COAST/SET switch.

●Push and hold the RES/ACCEL switch.

When the vehicle attains the speed you de-

sire, release the switch.

●Push and release the RES/ACCEL switch.

Each time you do this, the set speed in-

creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

Starting and driving 5-15

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one

of the following three methods.

●Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-

hicle attains the desired speed, push the

COAST/SET switch and release it.

●Push and hold the COAST/SET switch. Re-

lease the switch when the vehicle slows to

the desired speed.

●Push and release the COAST/SET switch.

Each time you do this, the set speed de-

creases by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-

lease the RES/ACCEL switch. The vehicle re-

turns to the last set cruising speed when the

vehicle speed is over 30 MPH (48 km/h).

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),

follow these recommendations to obtain

maximum engine performance and en-

sure the future reliability and economy of

your new vehicle. Failure to follow these

recommendations may result in short-

ened engine life and reduced engine

performance.

●Avoid driving for long periods at constant

speed, either fast or slow, and do not run the

engine over 4,000 rpm.

●Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear.

●Avoid quick starts.

●Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

●Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles

(800 km). Your engine, axle or other parts

could be damaged.

●Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Maintain

cruising speeds with a constant accelerator

position.

●Drive at moderate speeds on the highway.

Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy.

●Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking.

Maintain a safe distance behind other ve-

hicles.

●Use a proper gear range which suits road

conditions. On level roads, shift into high

gear as soon as possible.

●Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

●Keep your engine tuned up.

●Follow the recommended periodic mainte-

nance schedule.

●Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres-

sure. Low tire pressure increases tire wear

and lowers fuel economy.

●Keep the front wheels in correct alignment.

Improper alignment increases tire wear and

lowers fuel economy.

●Air conditioner operation lowers fuel

economy. Use the air conditioner only when

necessary.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY

5-16 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●When cruising at highway speeds, it is more

economical to use the air conditioner and

leave the windows closed to reduce drag.

●Use 4H or 4L position only when

necessary. Four-wheel drive operation low-

ers fuel economy.

CAUTION

●Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO

position on dry hard surface roads. Driv-

ing on dry, hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO

may cause unnecessary noise, tire wear

and increased fuel consumption.

If the 4WD warning light turns on when

you are driving on dry hard surface

roads:

●in the 4H position, shift the 4WD shift

switch to 2WD.

●in the 4LO position, stop the vehicle,

move the automatic transmission

shift selector lever to the N position

and shift the 4WD shift switch to

2WD.

Have your vehicle checked by a

NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

TRANSFER CASE SHIFTING

PROCEDURES

All mode 4WD system provides 4 positions

(AUTO, 2WD, 4H and 4LO), so you can select

the desired drive mode according to the driving

conditions.

2WD or 4WD shift procedure:

USING FOUR WHEEL DRIVE

(4WD)

Starting and driving 5-17

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

4WD Shift

Switch

Position Wheels Driven

Indicator Light

Use Conditions 4WD Shift Procedure

4WD shift Transfer

4LO position

AUTO

Rear wheels or 4

wheels For driving on paved or slippery roads

Move the 4WD switch.

2WD <—> AUTO <—> 4H

4WD shift indicator light will indicate transfer shift

position engaged.

IT IS NOT NECESSARY TO MOVE THE AUTO-

MATIC TRANSMISSION SELECT LEVER TO THE N

POSITION IN THIS OPERATION. PERFORM THIS

OPERATION WHEN DRIVING STRAIGHT.

2WD

Rear wheels For driving on dry, paved roads (Economy drive) or

state dynamometer I/M testing

4 wheels For driving on rocky, sandy or snow-covered roads

Neutral

May blink

Neutral disengages the automatic transmission me-

chanical parking lock, which will allow the vehicle to

roll. Do not leave the transfer shift position in Neu-

tral.*2

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Move the automatic transmission selector lever

to the N position.

3. Push the 4WD shift switch and move it to 4LO

or 4H.

YOU CANNOT MOVE THE TRANSFER 4WD SHIFT

SWITCH BETWEEN 4H AND 4LO (OR 4LO TO

4H)UNLESS YOU HAVE FIRST STOPPED THE VE-

HICLE AND MOVED THE AUTOMATIC TRANSMIS-

SION SHIFT LEVER TO NEUTRAL. *3

4LO 4 wheels

Illuminated

For use when maximum power and traction is re-

quired (for example: on steep grades or rocky, sandy,

muddy roads)

*1: The transfer 4LO position indicator light may blink. Stop the vehicle. Be sure to shift the 4WD shift switch after the automatic transmission lever has been shifted to the N position.

If the indicator light keeps blinking after the 4WD shift procedure in the previous page, drive slowly without abrupt maneuvers for a while. Then the light will turn on or off.

• Avoid making a turn or abrupt starts while shifting to 4LO. Otherwise gears may grind, damaging the drive system.

*2: While changing in and out of 4LO, the ignition key must be ON and the vehicle’s engine must be running for a shift to take place and for the indicator lights (4WD shift and

4LO position indicator) to be operable. Otherwise, the shift will not take place and no indicator lights will be on or flashing.

*3: Make sure the transfer 4LO position indicator light turns on when you shift the 4WD shift switch to 4LO.

5-18 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

The transfer case 4WD shift switch is used to

select either 2WD or 4WD depending on the

driving conditions. There are four types of drive

modes available, AUTO, 2WD, 4H and 4LO.

The 4WD shift switch electronically controls the

transfer case operation. Rotate the switch to

move between each mode, 2WD, AUTO, 4H and

4LO.

You must push the switch in to select 4LO,

and the vehicle MUST be stationary and the

automatic transmission selector lever in

the N position when changing into or out of

4LO.

WARNING

When parking, apply the parking brake

before stopping the engine and make sure

that the 4WD shift indicator light is on and

the ATP warning light goes off. Otherwise,

the vehicle could unexpectedly move even

if the automatic transmission is in the P

position.

CAUTION

●Never shift the 4WD shift switch be-

tween 4LO and 4H while driving.

●The 4H position provides greater trac-

tion. Avoid excessive speed, as it will

cause increased fuel consumption and

higher oil temperatures, and could

damage drivetrain components.

Speeds over 62.5 MPH (100 km/h) in 4H

is not recommend.

●The 4LO position provides maximum

power and traction. Avoid raising ve-

hicle speed excessively, as the maxi-

mum speed is approximately 31 MPH

(50 km/h).

●When driving straight, shift the 4WD

shift switch to the 2WD, AUTO or 4H

position. Do not move the 4WD shift

switch when making a turn or reversing.

●Do not shift the 4WD shift switch (be-

tween 2WD, AUTO and 4H) while driving

on steep downhill grades. Use the en-

gine brake and low automatic transmis-

sion gears (D1 or D2) for engine

braking.

●Do not operate the 4WD shift switch

(between 2WD, AUTO and 4H) with the

rear wheels spinning.

●Do not drive on dry hard surface roads

in the 4H or 4LO position. Driving on dry

hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO may cause

unnecessary noise and tire wear.

NISSAN recommends driving in the

2WD or AUTO position under these

conditions.

●The 4WD transfer case may not be

shifted between 4H and 4LO at low am-

bient temperatures and the transfer

4LO position indicator light may blink

even when the 4WD shift switch is

shifted. After driving for a while you can

change the 4WD transfer case between

4H and 4LO.

When driving on rough roads,

●Set the 4WD shift switch to AUTO, 4H or

4LO.

●Drive carefully according to the road surface

conditions.

When the vehicle is stuck,

●Place stones or wooden blocks under the

tires to free the vehicle.

●Set the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4LO.

Starting and driving 5-19

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●If it is difficult to free the vehicle, repeat

forward and backward movement to in-

crease the movement.

●If the vehicle is stuck deep in mud, tire chains

may be effective.

CAUTION

●Do not spin the tires excessively. Tires

will sink deep into the mud, making it

difficult to free the vehicle.

●Avoid shifting gears with the engine

running at high speeds as this may

cause malfunction.

4WD shift switch operations ●Shift the 4WD shift switch to either the

2WD, AUTO, 4H or 4LO position, depend-

ing on driving conditions.

●With the switch set to the AUTO position,

distribution of torque to the front and rear

wheels changes automatically, depending

on road conditions encountered [ratio; 0 :

100 (2WD) →50 : 50 (4WD)]. This results

in improved driving stability.

●If the 4WD shift switch is operated

while making a turn, accelerating or

decelerating or if the key switch is

turned off while in the AUTO, 4H or

4LO, you may feel a jolt. This is not

abnormal.

●When the vehicle is stopped after mak-

ing a turn, you may feel a slight jolt

after the selector lever is shifted to N or

P. This occurs because the transfer

clutch is released and not because of a

malfunction.

CAUTION

●When driving straight, shift the 4WD

shift switch to the 2WD, AUTO or 4H

position. Do not move the 4WD shift

switch when making a turn or reversing.

●Do not shift the 4WD shift switch while

driving on steep downhill grades. Use

the engine brake and low automatic

transmission gears (D1 or D2) for en-

gine braking.

●Do not operate the 4WD shift switch

with the rear wheels spinning.

●Before placing the 4WD shift switch in

the 4H position from 2WD or AUTO,

ensure the vehicle speed is less than

62.5 MPH (100 km/h). Failure to do so

can damage the 4WD system.

●Never shift the 4WD shift switch be-

tween 4LO and 4H while driving.

LSD0093

5-20 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Engine idling speed is high while warm-

ing up the engine. Be especially careful

when starting or driving on slippery sur-

faces with the 4WD shift switch set in

AUTO.

4WD shift indicator light

The 4WD shift indicator light is located in the

odometer display.

The light should turn off within 1 second after

turning the ignition switch to the ON position.

While the engine is running, the 4WD shift indi-

cator light will illuminate the position selected by

the 4WD shift switch.

●The 4WD shift indicator light may blink

while shifting from one drive mode to

the other. When the shifting is com-

pleted, the 4WD shift indicator light

will come on. If the indicator light does

not come on immediately, make sure

the area around the vehicle is safe, and

drive the vehicle straight, accelerate or

decelerate or move the vehicle in re-

verse, then shift the 4WD shift switch.

●If the 4WD warning light comes on, the

4WD indicator light goes out.

CAUTION

●When the 4WD shift switch is turned to

the AUTO position at low ambient tem-

peratures, the 4WD shift indicator light

may show 4H. If this happens, all four

wheels are driven as torque distribution

is in the 4H position. Be careful as the

vehicle may become difficult to turn.

When the vehicle is driven, the 4WD

shift indicator light should change to

AUTO.

●If the 4WD shift indicator light indica-

tion changes to 2WD when the 4WD

shift switch is shifted to the AUTO or 4H

position at low ambient temperatures,

the 2WD mode may be being engaged

due to malfunctioning drive system. If

the indicator does not return to normal

and the 4WD warning light comes on,

have the system checked by the nearest

NISSAN dealer.

LSD0094

Starting and driving 5-21

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

4WD warning light

Warning light Comes on or blinks

when:

Comes on There is a malfunc-

tion in the 4–wheel

drive system

Blinks rapidly The transfer case

oil temperature

rises abnormally

Blinks slowly The difference in

wheel rotation is

large

The 4WD warning light is located in the meter.

The 4WD warning light comes on when the key

switch is turned to ON. It turns off soon after the

engine is started.

If any malfunction occurs in the 4WD system

when the key switch is ON, the warning light will

either remain illuminated or blink.

If the 4WD warning light comes on, the 4WD

shift indicator light goes out.

High-temperature transfer case oil makes the

warning light blink rapidly (about twice per sec-

ond). If the warning light blinks rapidly during

operation, stop the vehicle in a safe place imme-

diately. Then if the light goes off after a while, you

can continue driving.

A large difference between the diameters of front

and rear wheels will make the warning light blink

slowly (about once per two seconds). Change

the 4WD shift switch into 2WD and do not drive

fast.

CAUTION

●If the warning light comes on or blinks

slowly during operation or rapidly after

stopping the vehicle for a while, have

your vehicle checked by a NISSAN

dealer as soon as possible.

●Shifting between 4H and 4LO is not

recommended when the 4WD warning

light turns on.

●When the warning light comes on, the

2WD mode may be engaged even if the

4WD shift switch is in AUTO or 4H. Be

especially careful when driving. If corre-

sponding parts are malfunctioning, the

4WD mode will not be engaged even if

the 4WD shift switch is shifted.

●Do not drive the vehicle in the 4H or 4LO

position on dry hard surface roads. Driv-

ing on dry, hard surfaces in 4H or 4LO

may cause unnecessary noise, tire wear

and increased fuel consumption.

If the 4WD warning light turns on when

you are driving on dry hard surface

roads:

●in the AUTO or 4H position, shift the

4WD shift switch to 2WD.

●in the 4LO position, stop the vehicle,

move the automatic transmission

shift selector lever to the N position

with the brake pedal depressed, and

shift the 4WD shift switch to 2WD.

●If the warning light is still on after the

above operation, have your vehicle

checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible.

●The transfer case may be damaged if

you continue driving with the warning

light blinking rapidly.

5-22 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Do not stop or park the vehicle over

flammable materials such as dry grass,

waste paper or rags. They may ignite

and cause a fire.

●Safe parking procedures require that

both the parking brake be set and the

transmission placed into P (Park). Fail-

ure to do so could cause the vehicle to

move unexpectedly or roll away and re-

sult in an accident. Make sure the shift

lever has been pushed as far forward as

it can go and cannot be moved without

depressing the foot brake pedal.

●Never leave the engine running while

the vehicle is unattended.

●Do not leave children unattended inside

the vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-

tivate switches or controls. Unattended

children could become involved in seri-

ous accidents.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the shift selector lever to the P (Park)

position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into

traffic when parked on an incline, it is a good

practice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

●HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: s

Turn the wheels into the curb and move the

vehicle forward until the curb side wheel

gently touches the curb.

●HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: s

Turn the wheels away from the curb and

move the vehicle back until the curb side

wheel gently touches the curb.

●HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO

CURB: s

Turn the wheels toward the side of the road

so the vehicle will move away from the cen-

ter of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition key to the LOCK position

and remove the key.

WSD0050

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Starting and driving 5-23

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

The power assisted steering is designed to use a

hydraulic pump, driven by the engine, to assist

steering.

If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks, you

will still have control of the vehicle. However,

much greater steering effort is needed, especially

in sharp turns and at low speeds.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turned off

while driving, the power assist for the

steering will not work. Steering will be

much harder to operate.

The brake system has two separate hydraulic

circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still

have braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

Vacuum assisted brakes

The brake booster aids braking by using engine

vacuum. If the engine stops, you can stop the

vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However,

greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be

required to stop the vehicle and stopping dis-

tance will be longer.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while

driving. This will overheat the brakes, wear out the

brake linings and pads faster, and reduce gas

mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the

brakes from overheating, reduce speed and

downshift to a lower gear before going down a

slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may

reduce braking performance and could result in

loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

●While driving on a slippery surface, be

careful when braking, accelerating or

downshifting. Abrupt braking or accel-

erating could cause the wheels to skid

and result in an accident.

●If the engine is not running or is turned

off while driving, the power assist for

the brakes will not work. Braking will be

harder.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven through

water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, your

braking distance will be longer and the vehicle

may pull to one side during braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe

speed while lightly pressing the brake pedal to

heat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes return

to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high

speeds until the brakes function correctly.

Parking brake bedding

The parking brake shoes must be “bedded down”

whenever the stopping effect of the parking

brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake

shoes and/or drum/rotors are replaced, in order

to assure the best brake performance.

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM

5-24 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

This procedure is described in the vehicle service

manual and can be performed by a NISSAN

dealer.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (ABS)

The anti-lock brake system controls the brakes so

the wheels do not lock when braking abruptly or

when braking on slippery surfaces. The system

detects the rotation speed at each wheel and

varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each

wheel from locking and sliding. By preventing

wheel lockup, the system helps the driver main-

tain steering control and helps to minimize swerv-

ing and spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so

may result in increased stopping

distances.

Normal operation

The anti-lock brake system does not operate at

speeds below3-6MPH(5-10km/h). (The

speeds vary according to road conditions.)

When driving, the anti-lock brake system con-

trols the wheels so they will not lock when brak-

ing abruptly or when braking on a slippery road.

Thus, difficult steering and swerving of the ve-

hicle due to locked wheels is minimized. The

system detects the wheel rotation rate and elec-

tronically controls the pressure applied to each

brake. Slight vibration on the brake pedal accom-

panied by noise usually occurs while the ABS

system is operating. Such vibration and noise

encountered during abrupt braking is not a prob-

lem, but indicates that the system is functioning

properly. However, the pulsation may indicate

that road conditions are hazardous and extra care

is required while driving.

Self-test feature

The anti-lock brake system consists of electronic

sensors and hydraulic solenoids controlled by a

computer. The computer has a built-in diagnostic

feature that tests the system each time you start

the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in

forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs,

you may hear a ‘‘clunk’’ noise and/or feel a pulsa-

tion in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not

an indication of any malfunction. If the computer

senses any malfunction, it switches the anti-lock

brake system off and turns on the ABS brake

warning light on the instrument panel. The brake

system then operates normally, but without anti-

lock assistance.

If a malfunction occurs in the system, the anti-

lock function will not operate, but the standard

vehicle brake system will continue to operate

normally. The ABS brake warning light will then

come on.

If the light comes on during the self-test or while

driving, take the vehicle to a NISSAN dealer for

repair.

WARNING

●The anti-lock brake system is a sophis-

ticated device, but it cannot prevent ac-

cidents resulting from careless or dan-

gerous driving techniques. It can help

maintain vehicle control during braking

on slippery surfaces, but remember that

the stopping distance on slippery sur-

faces will be longer than on normal

surfaces even with the anti-lock brake

system. Stopping distances may also

be longer on rough, gravel or snow cov-

ered roads, or if you are using tire

chains. Tire type and condition may also

affect braking effectiveness. Always

maintain a safe distance from the ve-

hicle in front of you. Ultimately, the re-

sponsibility for safety of self and others

rests in the hands of the driver.

Starting and driving 5-25

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Tire type and condition of tires may also

affect braking effectiveness.

●When replacing tires, install the speci-

fied size of tires on all four wheels.

●When installing a spare tire, make sure

it is the proper size and type as speci-

fied on the Tire and Loading Informa-

tion label. For tire placard location in-

formation, refer to “Tire and Loading

Information label” in the “Technical and

consumer information” section of this

manual.

●Refer to “Wheels and tires” in the

“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-

tion of this manual.

When accelerating or driving on slippery sur-

faces, the tires may spin or slide. With the Vehicle

Dynamic Control (VDC) system, sensors detect

these movements and control the braking and

engine output to help improve vehicle stability.

●When the vehicle dynamic control (VDC)

system is operating, the slip indicator in the

instrument panel blinks.

●When only the traction control system (TCS)

portion of the vehicle dynamic control sys-

tem is operating, the slip indicator will also

blink.

●If the slip indicator blinks, the road condi-

tions are slippery. Be sure to adjust your

speed and driving to these conditions. See

“Slip indicator light”, and “Vehicle dynamic

control off indicator light” in the “Instruments

and controls” section.

●Indicator light

If malfunction occurs in the system,

the and indicator lights come

on in the instrument panel.

As long as these warning lights are on, the

traction control function is canceled.

The VDC system uses an Active Brake Limited

Slip (ABLS) system to improve vehicle traction.

The ABLS system works when one of the driving

wheels is spinning on a slippery surface. The

ABLS system brakes the spinning wheel which

distributes the driving power to the other drive

wheel. If the vehicle is operated with the vehicle

dynamic control system off using the VDC OFF

switch, all VDC and TCS functions will be turned

off. The ABLS system and ABS will still operate

with the VDC system OFF. If the ABLS system is

activated, the slip indicator light will blink and you

may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in

the brake pedal. This is normal.

While the VDC system is operating, you may feel

a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or

vibration from under the hood. This is normal and

indicates that the VDC system is working prop-

erly.

The computer has a built in diagnostic feature

that tests the system each time you start the

engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse

at a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, you

may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in

the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an

indication of a malfunction.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)

SYSTEM (if so equipped)

5-26 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●The vehicle dynamic control system is

designed to help improve driving stabil-

ity but does not prevent accidents due

to abrupt steering operation at high

speeds or by careless or dangerous

driving techniques. Reduce vehicle

speed and be especially careful when

driving and cornering on slippery sur-

faces and always drive carefully.

●If brake related parts such as brake

pads, rotors and calipers are not stan-

dard equipment or are extremely dete-

riorated, the vehicle dynamic control

system may not operate properly and

the vehicle dynamic control off indica-

tor light may come on.

●Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.

If suspension parts such as shock ab-

sorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars

and bushings are not NISSAN approved

for your vehicle or are extremely dete-

riorated the vehicle dynamic control

system may not operate properly. This

could adversely affect vehicle handling

performance, and the vehicle dynamic

control off indicator light may come on.

●When driving on extremely inclined sur-

faces such as higher banked corners,

the vehicle dynamic control system may

not operate properly and the vehicle

dynamic control off indicator light may

come on. Do not drive on these types of

roads.

●If wheels or tires other than the recom-

mended ones are used, the vehicle dy-

namic control system may not operate

properly and the vehicle dynamic con-

trol off indicator light may come on.

●The vehicle dynamic control system is

not a substitute for winter tires or tire

chains on a snow covered road. WARNING

●Always turn and look back before back-

ing. The RSS is not a substitute for

proper backing procedures.

●Read and understand the limitations of

the rear sonar system as contained in

this section. Inclement weather may af-

fect the function of the RSS; this may

include reduced performance or a false

activation.

●This system is not designed to prevent

contact with small or moving objects.

LSD0095

REAR SONAR SYSTEM (if so

equipped)

Starting and driving 5-27

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●The system is designed as an aid to the

driver in detecting large stationary ob-

jects to help avoid damaging the ve-

hicle. The system will not detect small

objects below the bumper, and may not

detect objects close to the bumper or

on the ground.

●If your vehicle sustains damage to the

rear bumper fascia, leaving it mis-

aligned or bent, the sensing zone may

be altered causing inaccurate measure-

ment of obstacles or false alarms.

The Rear Sonar System (RSS) sounds a tone to

warn the driver of obstacles near the rear bumper

when R (Reverse) is selected. The system may

not detect objects at speeds above 3 mph (5

km/h) and may not detect certain angular or

moving objects.

The RSS detects obstacles up to 6 ft. (1.8

meters) from the rear bumper with a decreased

coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper,

(refer to the illustration for approximate zone cov-

erage areas). As you move closer to the obstacle,

the rate of the tone increases. When the obstacle

is less than 10 in. (25.0 cm) away, the tone will

sound continuously. If the RSS detects a station-

ary or receding object further than 10 in. (25.0

cm) from the side of the vehicle, the tone will

sound for only three seconds. Once the system

detects an object approaching, the tone will

sound again.

The RSS automatically turns on when the gear

selector is placed in R (Reverse) and the ignition

is ON. The RSS OFF switch on the instrument

panel allows the driver to turn the RSS on and off.

To turn the RSS off, the ignition must be ON, and

the gear selector in R (Reverse). An indicator

light on the switch will illuminate when the system

is turned off. If the indicator light illuminates when

the RSS is not turned off, it may indicate a failure

in the RSS.

Keep the RSS sensors (located on the rear

bumper fascia) free from snow, ice and large

accumulations of dirt (do not clean the sensors

with sharp objects). If the sensors are covered, it

will affect the accuracy of the RSS.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply de-

icer through the key hole. If the lock becomes

frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the key

hole.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that the tem-

perature will drop below 32°F (0°C), check the

anti-freeze to assure proper winter protection.

For details, see ‘‘Engine cooling system’’ in the

‘‘Maintenance and do-it-yourself’’ section of this

manual.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during extremely

cold weather conditions, the battery fluid may

freeze and damage the battery. To maintain maxi-

mum efficiency, the battery should be checked

regularly. For details, see ‘‘Battery’’ in the ‘‘Main-

tenance and do-it-yourself’’ section of this

manual.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-

freeze, drain the cooling system, including the

engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

5-28 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

For details, see ‘‘Changing engine coolant’’ in the

‘‘Maintenance and do-it-yourself’’ section of this

manual.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed to

provide superior performance on dry pave-

ment. However, the performance of these

tires will be substantially reduced in snowy

and icy conditions. If you operate your ve-

hicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recom-

mends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL

SEASON TIRES on all four wheels. Please

consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type,

size, speed rating and availability informa-

tion.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, studded

tires may be used. However, some U.S.

states and Canadian provinces prohibit their

use. Check local, state and provincial laws

before installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studded

snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be

poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

3. Tire chains may be used.

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accord-

ing to location. Check the local laws before

installing tire chains. When installing tire

chains, make sure they are of proper size for

the tires on your vehicle and are installed

according to the chain manufacturer’s sug-

gestions. Use only SAE Class “S”

chains. Class “S” chains are used on ve-

hicles with restricted tire to vehicle clear-

ance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chains

are designed to meet the minimum clear-

ances between the tire and the closest ve-

hicle suspension or body component re-

quired to accommodate the use of a winter

traction device (tire chains or cables). The

minimum clearances are determined using

the factory equipped tire size. Other types

may damage your vehicle. Use chain ten-

sioners when recommended by the tire

chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit.

Loose end links of the tire chain must be

secured or removed to prevent the possibil-

ity of whipping action damage to the fenders

or underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading

your vehicle when using tire chains. In addi-

tion, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise,

your vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle

handling and performance may be adversely

affected.

Never install tire chains on spare tires. Do

not use tire chains on dry roads.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following items be

carried in the vehicle during winter:

●A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to remove

ice and snow from the windows and wiper

blades.

●A sturdy, flat board to be placed under the

jack to give it firm support.

●A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts.

●Extra window washer fluid to refill the reser-

voir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

●Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),

very cold snow or ice can be slick and

very hard to drive on. The vehicle will

have much less traction or “grip” under

these conditions. Try to avoid driving on

wet ice until the road is salted or

sanded.

●Whatever the condition, drive with cau-

tion. Accelerate and slow down with

care. If accelerating or downshifting too

fast, the drive wheels will lose even

more traction.

Starting and driving 5-29

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Allow more stopping distance under

these conditions. Braking should be

started sooner than on dry pavement.

●Allow greater following distances on

slippery roads.

●Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).

These may appear on an otherwise

clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of

ice is seen ahead, brake before reach-

ing it. Try not to brake while on the ice,

and avoid any sudden steering

maneuvers.

●Do not use the cruise control on slip-

pery roads.

●Snow can trap dangerous exhaust

gases under your vehicle. Keep snow

clear of the exhaust pipe and from

around your vehicle.

5-30 Starting and driving

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

6 In case of emergency

Flat tire ...........................................6-2

Low tire pressure warning system ................6-2

Changing a flat tire .............................6-2

Jump starting .....................................6-7

Push starting......................................6-9

If your vehicle overheats ............................6-9

Towing your vehicle ...............................6-10

Towing recommended by NISSAN ..............6-11

Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle).........6-12

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING

SYSTEM

This vehicle is equipped with the low tire pres-

sure warning system. It monitors tire pressure of

all tires except the spare. When the tire pressure

monitoring system warning light is lit, one or more

of your tires is significantly underinflated. If

equipped, the system also displays pressure of

all tires (except the spare tire) on the display

screen by sending a signal from a sensor that is

installed in each wheel. If the vehicle is being

driven with low tire pressure (lower than 28 psi,

193 kPa), the low tire pressure warning system

will activate and warn you of it by the low tire

pressure warning light. This system will activate

only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above

20 MPH (32 km/h). For more details, please refer

to “Warning/indicator lights and audible remind-

ers” in the “Instruments and controls” section,

“Tire pressure information”in the “Display screen,

heater, air conditioner and audio systems” sec-

tion and “Low tire pressure warning system” in

the “Starting and driving” section.

WARNING

●If the low tire pressure warning light

flashes while driving, avoid sudden

steering maneuvers or abrupt braking,

reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road

to a safe location and stop the vehicle

as soon as possible. Serious vehicle

damage could occur and may lead to an

accident and could result in serious

personal injury. Check the tire pressure

for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure

to the recommended COLD tire pres-

sure shown on the Tire and Loading

Information label to turn the low tire

pressure warning light OFF. If you have

a flat tire, replace it with a spare tire as

soon as possible.

●When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel

is replaced, tire pressure will not be

indicated and the low tire pressure

warning system will not function. Con-

tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible for tire replacement and/or

system resetting.

●Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol

tire sealant into the tires, as this may

cause a malfunction of the tire pressure

sensors.

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions be-

low.

Stopping the vehicle

1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking

brake. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to

signal professional road assistance person-

nel that you need assistance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle

and stand in a safe place, away from traffic

and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

●Make sure the parking brake is securely

applied and the automatic transmission

is shifted into P (Park).

●Never change tires when the vehicle is

on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This is

hazardous.

FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Never change tires if oncoming traffic is

close to your vehicle. Wait for profes-

sional road assistance.

●When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel

is replaced, tire pressure will not be

indicated and the low tire pressure

warning system will not function. Con-

tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible for tire replacement and/or

system resetting.

Blocking wheels

Place suitable blocks s

1at both the front and

back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire

2to prevent the vehicle from rolling when it is

jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle

may move and result in personal injury.

Getting the spare tire and tools

1. Remove the jack tool kit from the floor stor-

age area in the cargo area.

2. Remove the cargo area storage bin cover.

3. Unscrew and remove the jack.

WCE0044 LCE0086

In case of emergency 6-3

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

4. Assemble the two pieces of the jack rod.

Find the oval-shaped opening above the

middle of the license plate. Pass the

T-shaped end of the jack rod through the

opening and direct it toward the spare tire

winch, located directly above the spare tire.

CAUTION

Do not insert the jack rod straight as it is

designed to be inserted at an angle as

shown.

5. Fit the square end of the jack rod into the

square hole of the wheel nut wrench to form

a handle.

6. Seat the T-shaped end of the jack rod into

the T-shaped opening of the tire winch. Ap-

ply pressure to keep the jack rod engaged in

the spare tire winch and turn the jack rod

counterclockwise to lower the spare tire.

7. Once the spare tire is completely lowered,

reach under the vehicle, remove the retainer

chain, and carefully slide the tire from under

the rear of the vehicle.

CAUTION

Be sure to center the spare tire suspend-

ing plate on the wheel and then lift the

spare tire.

Jacking up vehicle and removing the

damaged tire

WARNING

●Never get under the vehicle while it is

supported only by the jack.

●Use only the jack provided with your

vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the

jack provided with your vehicle on other

vehicles. The jack is designed for lifting

only your vehicle during a tire change.

●Use the correct jack-up points. Never

use any other part of the vehicle for jack

support.

●Never jack up the vehicle more than

necessary.

●Never use blocks on or under the jack.

●Do not start or run the engine while

vehicle is on the jack. It may cause the

vehicle to move. This is especially true

for vehicles with limited slip

differentials.

LCE0084 LCE0085

6-4 In case of emergency

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Do not allow passengers to stay in the

vehicle while it is on the jack.

●Never run the engine with a wheel(s) off

the ground. It may cause the vehicle to

move.

Always refer to the illustration for the correct

placement and jack-up points for your specific

vehicle model and jack type.

Carefully read the caution label attached to

the jack body and the following instruc-

tions.

1. Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by

turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut

wrench. Do not remove the wheel nuts

until the tire is off the ground.

NOTE:

Before jacking up the vehicle, make sure

the ignition key is in the OFF position. If the

vehicle is lifted up with the ignition key in

the ON position the auto-leveling suspen-

sion (if so equipped) will become disabled

after 60 seconds. To reset the auto-leveling

suspension, cycle the ignition key ON/OFF

one time.

2. Place the jack directly under the jack-up

point as illustrated so the top of the jack

contacts the vehicle at the jack-up point. The

jack-up points are indicated by stamped ar-

rows on the side of the frame.

The jack should be used on firm and

level ground.

WCE0097

In case of emergency 6-5

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

3. Install the assembled jack rod into the jack

as shown.

4. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the jack lever

and rod. Carefully raise the vehicle until the

tire clears the ground.

5. Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the

tire.

Installing the spare tire

The spare tire is designed for emergency

use. See specific instructions under the

heading “Wheels and tires” in the “Mainte-

nance and do-it-yourself” section of this

manual.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface be-

tween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten

the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten wheel

nuts alternately and evenly as illustrated until

they are tight.

LCE0087

WCE0063

6-6 In case of emergency

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire

touches the ground. Then, with the wheel

nut wrench, tighten the wheel nuts securely

in the sequence illustrated. Lower the ve-

hicle completely.

WARNING

●Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly

tightened wheel nuts can cause the

wheel to become loose or come off.

This could cause an accident.

●Do not use oil or grease on the wheel

studs or nuts. This could cause the nuts

to become loose.

Retighten the wheel nuts after the vehicle

has been driven for 600 miles (1,000 km)

(also in cases of a flat tire, etc.). As soon as

possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the

specified torque with a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

98 ft-lb (133 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to

specification at all times. It is recom-

mended that wheel nuts be tightened to

specifications at each lubrication interval.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure.

COLD pressure: After vehicle has been

parked for three hours or more or driven

less than 1 mile (1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on the tire

placard affixed to the inside of the glove

box lid.

5. Securely store the flat tire and jacking equip-

ment in the vehicle.

WARNING

●Always make sure that the spare tire

and jacking equipment are properly se-

cured after use. Such items can become

dangerous projectiles in an accident or

sudden stop.

●The spare tire is designed for emer-

gency use. See specific instructions un-

der the heading “Wheels and tires” in

the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself”

section of this manual.

To start your engine with a booster battery, the

instructions and precautions below must be fol-

lowed.

WARNING

●If done incorrectly, jump starting can

lead to a battery explosion, resulting in

severe injury or death. It could also

damage your vehicle.

●Explosive hydrogen gas is always

present in the vicinity of the battery.

Keep all sparks and flames away from

the battery.

●Do not allow battery fluid to come into

contact with eyes, skin, clothing or

painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a cor-

rosive sulfuric acid solution which can

cause severe burns. If the fluid should

come into contact with anything, imme-

diately flush the contacted area with

water.

●Keep battery out of the reach of

children.

●The booster battery must be rated at 12

volts. Use of an improperly rated battery

can damage your vehicle.

JUMP STARTING

In case of emergency 6-7

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Whenever working on or near a battery,

always wear suitable eye protectors (for

example, goggles or industrial safety

spectacles) and remove rings, metal

bands, or any other jewelry. Do not lean

over the battery when jump starting.

●Do not attempt to jump start a frozen

battery. It could explode and cause se-

rious injury.

●Your vehicle has an automatic engine

cooling fan. It could come on at any

time. Keep hands and other objects

away from it.

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below.

Failure to do so could result in damage to

the charging system and cause personal

injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,

position the two vehicles to bring their bat-

teries near each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Shift the transmis-

sion into P (Park). Switch off all unnecessary

electrical systems (lights, heater, air condi-

tioner, etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if so

equipped). Cover the battery with an old

cloth to reduce explosion hazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequence il-

lustrated (s

A,s

B,s

C,s

D).

CAUTION

●Always connect positive (1) to positive

(1) and negative (2) to body ground (for

example, strut mounting bolt, engine

lift bracket, etc.) — not to the battery.

WCE0054

6-8 In case of emergency

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Make sure the jumper cables do not

touch moving parts in the engine com-

partment and that the cable clamps do

not contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and

let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the booster ve-

hicle at about 2,000 rpm, and start the en-

gine of the vehicle being jump started.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged for

more than 10 seconds. If the engine does

not start right away, turn the key off and

wait 3 to 4 seconds before trying again.

7. After starting the engine, carefully discon-

nect the negative cable and then the positive

cable.

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). Be

sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover

the vent holes as it may be contaminated

with corrosive acid.

WARNING

Automatic transmission models cannot

be push-started or tow-started. Attempt-

ing to do so may cause transmission or

other vehicle damage.

WARNING

●Do not continue to drive if your vehicle

overheats. Doing so could cause engine

damage or a vehicle fire.

●To avoid the danger of being scalded,

never remove the radiator or coolant

reservoir cap while the engine is still

hot. When the radiator or coolant reser-

voir cap is removed, pressurized hot

water will spurt out, possibly causing

serious injury.

●Do not open the hood if steam is com-

ing out.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by an

extremely high temperature gauge reading and

the illumination of the engine oil pressure/engine

coolant temperature high indicator light), or if you

feel a lack of engine power, detect abnormal

noise, etc. take the following steps.

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, apply

the parking brake and move the shift lever to

P (Park).

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all the

windows, move the heater or air conditioner

temperature control to maximum hot and fan

control to high speed.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

In case of emergency 6-9

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen for

steam or coolant escaping from the radiator

before opening the hood. (If steam or cool-

ant is escaping, turn off the engine.) Do not

open the hood further until no steam or

coolant can be seen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the en-

gine, stand clear to prevent getting

burned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage or

looseness. Also check if the cooling fan is

running. The radiator hoses and radiator

should not leak water. If coolant is leaking,

the water pump belt is missing or loose, or

the cooling fan does not run, stop the en-

gine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,

jewelry or clothing to come into contact

with, or get caught in, engine belts or the

engine cooling fan. The engine cooling

fan can start at any time when the coolant

temperature is high.

6. After the engine cools down, check the cool-

ant level in the engine coolant reservoir tank

with the engine running. Add coolant to the

engine coolant reservoir tank if necessary.

Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN

dealer.

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provincial in

Canada) and local regulations for towing must be

followed. Incorrect towing equipment could dam-

age your vehicle. Towing instructions are avail-

able from a NISSAN dealer. Local service opera-

tors are generally familiar with the applicable laws

and procedures for towing. To assure proper

towing and to prevent accidental damage to your

vehicle, NISSAN recommends having a service

operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have

the service operator carefully read the following

precautions:

WARNING

●Never ride in a vehicle that is being

towed.

●Never get under your vehicle after it has

been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

●When towing, make sure that the trans-

mission, axles, steering system and

powertrain are in working condition. If

any unit is damaged, dollies must be

used.

●Always attach safety chains before

towing.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

6-10 In case of emergency

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

For information about towing your vehicle behind

a recreational vehicle (RV), refer to “Flat towing”

in the “Technical and consumer information” sec-

tion of this manual.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY

NISSAN

Two-wheel drive models

NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed

with the driving (rear) wheels off the ground or

place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

●Never tow automatic transmission

models with the rear wheels on the

ground or four wheels on the ground

(forward or backward), as this may

cause serious and expensive damage to

the transmission. If it is necessary to

tow the vehicle with the front wheels

raised always use towing dollies under

the rear wheels.

●When towing automatic transmission

models with the front wheels on the

ground or on towing dollies:

– Turn the ignition key to the OFF posi-

tion, and secure the steering wheel in a

straight-ahead position with a rope or

similar device. Never secure the steer-

ing wheel by turning the ignition key to

the LOCK position. This may damage

the steering lock mechanism.

If the speed or distance must necessarily be

greater, remove the propeller shaft before towing

to prevent damage to the transmission.

ACE1037

In case of emergency 6-11

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Four-wheel drive models

NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be

used when towing your vehicle or place the ve-

hicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

●Never tow 4WD models with any of the

wheels on the ground as this may cause

serious and expensive damage to the

transfer case and transmission.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck

vehicle)

WARNING

●Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

●Do not spin your tires at high speed.

This could cause them to explode and

result in serious injury. Parts of your

vehicle could also overheat and be

damaged.

WSD0097 LCE0083

6-12 In case of emergency

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CAUTION

●Tow chains or cables must be attached

only to the main structural members of

the vehicle or the towing hooks (if so

equipped). Otherwise, the vehicle body

will be damaged.

●Use the towing hook (if so equipped)

only to free a vehicle stuck in sand,

snow, mud, etc. Never tow the vehicle

for a long distance using only the tow-

ing hook.

●The towing hook is under tremendous

force when used to free a stuck vehicle.

Never pull the hook at an angle.

●Always pull the cable straight out from

the front or rear of the vehicle.

●Pulling devices should be routed so

they do not touch any part of the sus-

pension, steering, brake or cooling

systems.

●Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas

straps are not recommended for use in

vehicle towing or recovery.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.,

use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control System

(if so equipped).

2. Make sure the area in front and behind the

vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear

an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back-

ward.

●Shift back and forth between R (reverse)

and D (drive).

●Apply the accelerator as little as possible

to maintain the rocking motion.

●Release the accelerator pedal before

shifting between R and D.

●Do not spin the tires above 35 mph (55

km/h).

5. If the vehicle can not be freed after a few

tries, contact a professional towing service

to remove the vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-13

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

6-14 In case of emergency

MEMO

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior ..................................7-2

Washing ......................................7-2

Waxing........................................7-2

Removing spots ................................7-2

Underbody ....................................7-3

Glass .........................................7-3

Aluminum alloy wheels ..........................7-3

Chrome parts ..................................7-3

Cleaning interior...................................7-3

Floor mats .....................................7-4

Seat belts .....................................7-4

Corrosion protection...............................7-5

Most common factors contributing to vehicle

corrosion ......................................7-5

Environmental factors influence the rate of

corrosion ......................................7-5

To protect your vehicle from corrosion ............7-5

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

In order to maintain the appearance of your ve-

hicle, it is important to take proper care of it.

To protect the paint surfaces, please wash your

vehicle as soon as you can:

●after a rainfall to prevent possible damage

from acid rain.

●after driving on coastal roads.

●when contaminants such as soot, bird drop-

pings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get

on the paint surface.

●when dust or mud builds up on the surface.

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicle

inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in a

shady area or protect the vehicle with a body

cover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surface

when putting on or removing the body

cover.

WASHING

Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plenty of

water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild

soap, a special vehicle soap or general purpose

dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lukewarm

(never hot) water.

CAUTION

●Do not wash the vehicle with strong

household soap, strong chemical deter-

gents, gasoline or solvents.

●Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-

light or while the vehicle body is hot, as

the surface may become water-spotted.

●Avoid using tight-napped or rough

cloths, such as washing mitts. Care

must be taken when removing

caked-on dirt or other foreign sub-

stances so the paint surface is not

scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean

water.

Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors,

hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to

the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas

must be cleaned regularly. Take care that the

drain holes in the lower edge of the door are

open. Spray water under the body and in the

wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away

road salt.

A damp chamois can be used to dry the vehicle to

avoid water spots.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surface and

helps retain new vehicle appearance. After wax-

ing, polishing is recommended to remove

built-up residue and to avoid a “weathered” ap-

pearance.

A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the

proper product.

●Wax your vehicle only after a thorough wash-

ing. Follow the instructions supplied with the

wax.

●Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,

cutting compounds or cleaners that may

damage the vehicle finish.

●If the surface does not polish easily, use a

“road tar” remover and wax again.

Machine compounding or aggressive polishing

on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the

finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects,

and tree sap as quickly as possible from the

surface of the paint to avoid lasting damage or

staining. Special cleaning products are available

at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory

store.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, it is

necessary to clean the underbody regularly in

order to prevent dirt and salt from building up and

causing the acceleration of corrosion on the un-

derbody and suspension. Before the winter pe-

riod and again in the spring, the underseal must

be checked and, if necessary, retreated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film

from the glass surfaces. It is normal for glass to

become coated with a film after the vehicle is

parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft

cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows,

do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive

cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant

cleaners. They could damage the electri-

cal conductors, radio antenna elements or

rear window defroster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash the wheels regularly, especially during win-

ter months in areas where road salt is used. If not

removed, road salt could discolor the wheels.

CHROME PARTS

Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non-

abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior

trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum

cleaner or soft brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather

surfaces with a clean, soft cloth dampened in

mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry,

soft cloth. Before using any fabric protector, read

the manufacturer’s recommendations. Some fab-

ric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or

bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean

the meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION

●Never use benzine, thinner or any simi-

lar material.

●Small dirt particles can be abrasive and

damaging to leather surfaces and

should be removed promptly. Do not

use saddle soap, polishes, oils, clean-

ing fluids, solvents, detergents or

ammonia-based cleaners as they may

damage the leather’s natural finish.

●Never use fabric protectors unless rec-

ommended by the manufacturer.

●Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on

meter or gauge lens covers. It may dam-

age the lens cover.

CLEANING INTERIOR

Appearance and care 7-3

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

FLOOR MATS

The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can ex-

tend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it

easier to clean the interior. No matter what

mats are used, be sure they are fitted for

your vehicle and are properly positioned in

the footwell to prevent interference with

pedal operation. Mats should be maintained

with regular cleaning and replaced if they be-

come excessively worn.

Floor mat positioning aid (driver’s side

only)

This vehicle includes a front floor mat bracket to

act as a floor mat positioning aid. NISSAN floor

mats have been specially designed for your ve-

hicle model. The driver’s side floor mat has a

grommet hole incorporated in it. Position the mat

by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the

floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in

the footwell.

Periodically check to make certain the mats are

properly positioned.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them

with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution.

Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade

before using them. See “Seat belt maintenance”

in the “Safety – Seats, seat belts and supplemen-

tal air bags” section of this manual.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the

retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye or

chemical solvents to clean the seat belts,

since these materials may severely

weaken the seat belt webbing.

WAI0006

7-4 Appearance and care

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

MOST COMMON FACTORS

CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE

CORROSION

1. The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt

and debris in body panel sections, cavities,

and other areas.

2. Damage to paint and other protective coat-

ings caused by gravel and stone chips or

minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS

INFLUENCE THE RATE OF

CORROSION

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the ve-

hicle body underside can accelerate corrosion.

Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside

the vehicle, and should be removed for drying to

avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated:

●in areas of high relative humidity.

●in areas where the temperatures stay above

freezing.

●where atmospheric pollution exists.

●where road salt is used.

Temperature

High temperatures accelerate the rate of corro-

sion to those parts which are not well ventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air

in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use acceler-

ates the corrosion process. Road salt also accel-

erates the disintegration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE

FROM CORROSION

●Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the

vehicle clean.

●Always check for minor damage to the paint

and repair it as soon as possible.

●Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors

open to avoid water accumulation.

●Check the underbody for accumulation of

sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water

as soon as possible.

CAUTION

●NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de-

bris from the passenger compartment

by washing it out with a hose. Remove

dirt with a vacuum cleaner or broom.

●Never allow water or other liquids to

come in contact with electronic compo-

nents inside the vehicle as this may

damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing are

extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion

and deterioration of underbody components

such as the exhaust system, fuel and brake lines,

brake cables, floor pan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleaned

periodically.

For additional protection against rust and corro-

sion, which may be required in some areas, con-

sult a NISSAN dealer.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

7-6 Appearance and care

MEMO

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements..........................8-2

General maintenance ..............................8-2

Explanation of general maintenance items .........8-2

Maintenance precautions...........................8-5

Engine compartment check locations ................8-6

Engine cooling system .............................8-7

Checking engine coolant level ...................8-7

Changing engine coolant........................8-8

Engine oil.........................................8-8

Checking engine oil level ........................8-8

Changing engine oil ............................8-9

Changing engine oil filter .......................8-10

5-speed automatic transmission fluid ...............8-11

Power steering fluid...............................8-11

Brake fluid .......................................8-11

Brake fluid ....................................8-12

Window washer fluid .............................8-12

Window washer fluid reservoir ..................8-12

Battery ..........................................8-13

Jump starting .................................8-14

Drive belts .......................................8-14

Spark plugs......................................8-15

Replacing spark plugs .........................8-15

Air cleaner .......................................8-16

In-cabin microfilter.............................8-16

Windshield wiper blades ..........................8-18

Cleaning .....................................8-18

Replacing ....................................8-18

Parking brake and brake pedal .....................8-21

Checking parking brake ........................8-21

Checking brake pedal..........................8-21

Brake booster.................................8-22

Fuses ...........................................8-22

Engine compartment...........................8-22

Passenger compartment .......................8-23

Keyfob battery replacement........................8-24

Lights ...........................................8-25

Headlights....................................8-25

Fog lights (if so equipped)......................8-25

Exterior and interior lights.......................8-26

Wheels and tires .................................8-30

Tire pressure..................................8-30

Tire labeling...................................8-33

Types of tires..................................8-36

Tire chains....................................8-36

Changing wheels and tires .....................8-37

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Your new NISSAN has been designed to have

minimum maintenance requirements with longer

service intervals to save you both time and

money. However, some day-to-day and regular

maintenance is essential to maintain your NIS-

SAN’s good mechanical condition, as well as its

emission and engine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that

the scheduled maintenance, as well as general

maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who

can ensure that your vehicle receives proper

maintenance. You are a vital link in the mainte-

nance chain.

Scheduled maintenance

For your convenience, both required and optional

scheduled maintenance items are described and

listed in your “NISSAN Service and Maintenance

Guide.” You must refer to that guide to ensure

that necessary maintenance is performed on your

NISSAN at regular intervals.

General maintenance

General maintenance includes those items which

should be checked during normal day-to-day op-

eration. They are essential for proper vehicle op-

eration. It is your responsibility to perform these

maintenance procedures regularly as prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks requires

minimal mechanical skill and only a few general

automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done by you,

a qualified technician, or, if you prefer, a NISSAN

dealer.

Where to go for service

If maintenance service is required or your vehicle

appears to malfunction, have the systems

checked and corrected by a NISSAN dealer.

NISSAN technicians are well-trained specialists

who are kept up-to-date with the latest service

information through technical bulletins, service

tips, and in-dealership training programs. They

are completely qualified to work on NISSAN ve-

hicles before they work on your vehicle, rather

than after they have worked on it.

You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer’s

service department performs the best job to meet

the maintenance requirements on your vehicle —

in a reliable and economic way.

During the normal day-to-day operation of the

vehicle, general maintenance should be per-

formed regularly as prescribed in this section. If

you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or

smells, be sure to check for the cause or have a

NISSAN dealer do it promptly. In addition, you

should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that

repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenance

work, closely observe the “Maintenance precau-

tions” later in this section.

EXPLANATION OF GENERAL

MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the following

items with “*” is found later in this section.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should be

performed from time to time, unless otherwise

specified.

Doors and engine hood Check that the doors

and engine hood operate properly. Also ensure

that all latches lock securely. Lubricate hinges,

latches, latch pins, rollers and links as necessary.

Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the

hood from opening when the primary latch is

released.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

When driving in areas using road salt or other

corrosive materials, check lubrication frequently.

Lights* Clean the headlights on a regular basis.

Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail

lights, turn signal lights, and other lights are all

operating properly and installed securely. Also

check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts* When checking the tires,

make sure no wheel nuts are missing, and check

for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation* Tires should be rotated every

7,500 miles (12,000 km).

Tires* Check the pressure with a gauge often

and always prior to long distance trips. If neces-

sary, adjust the pressure in all tires, including the

spare, to the pressure specified. Check carefully

for damage, cuts or excessive wear.

Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle

should pull to either side while driving on a

straight and level road, or if you detect uneven or

abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel

alignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at

normal highway speeds, wheel balancing may be

needed.

●For additional information regarding tires,

refer to “Important Tire Safety Information”

(US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in

the Warranty Information Booklet .

Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular

basis. Check the windshield at least every six

months for cracks or other damage. Have a dam-

aged windshield repaired by a qualified repair

facility.

Windshield wiper blades* Check for cracks or

wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should be

checked on a regular basis, such as when per-

forming periodic maintenance, cleaning the ve-

hicle, etc.

Additional information on the following

items with an “*” is found later in this sec-

tion.

Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth

operation and make sure the pedal does not bind

or require uneven effort. Keep the floor mat away

from the pedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) position

mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that your

vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in

the P (Park) position without applying any brakes.

Brake pedal and booster* Check the pedal for

smooth operation and make sure it has the proper

distance under it when depressed fully. Check

the brake booster function. Be certain to keep the

floor mat away from the pedal.

Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the

vehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake* Check that the lever has the

proper travel and confirm that your vehicle is held

securely on a fairly steep hill with only the parking

brake applied.

Seats Check seat position controls such as seat

adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. to ensure they

operate smoothly and all latches lock securely in

every position. Check that the head restraints

move up and down smoothly and the locks (if so

equipped) hold securely in all latched positions.

Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt

system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters

and retractors) operate properly and smoothly,

and are installed securely. Check the belt web-

bing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage.

Steering wheel Check for changes in the steer-

ing system, such as excessive freeplay, hard

steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes Make sure all

warning lights and chimes are operating properly.

Windshield wiper and washer* Check that

the wipers and washer operate properly and that

the wipers do not streak.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Windshield defroster Check that the air

comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in

sufficient quantity when operating the heater or

air conditioner.

Under the hood and vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should be

checked periodically (for example, each time you

check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery* Check the fluid level in each cell. It

should be between the MAX and MIN lines. Ve-

hicles operated in high temperatures or under

severe conditions require frequent checks of the

battery fluid level.

Brake fluid levels* Make sure that the brake

fluid level is between the MIN and MAX lines on

the reservoir.

Engine coolant level* Check the coolant level

when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts* Make sure the drive belts

are not frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level* Check the level after parking

the vehicle on a level surface with the engine off.

Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain

back into the oil pan.

Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose

supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the

exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of

exhaust fumes, immediately have the exhaust

system inspected by a NISSAN dealer. See the

carbon monoxide warning in the “Starting and

driving” section of this manual.

Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel, oil,

water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has

been parked for a while. Water dripping from the

air conditioner after use is normal. If you should

notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident,

check for the cause and have it corrected imme-

diately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines Check

the level when the fluid is cold, with the engine

off. Check the lines for proper attachment, leaks,

cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses Check the front of the

radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,

etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure the

hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose

connections.

Underbody The underbody is frequently ex-

posed to corrosive substances such as those

used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very

important to remove these substances from the

underbody, otherwise rust may form on the floor

pan, frame, fuel lines and exhaust system. At the

end of winter, the underbody should be thor-

oughly flushed with plain water, in those areas

where mud and dirt may have accumulated. See

the “Appearance and care” section of this

manual.

Windshield washer fluid* Check that there is

adequate fluid in the reservoir.

8-4 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

When performing any inspection or maintenance

work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent

serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to

the vehicle. The following are general precau-

tions which should be closely observed.

WARNING

●Park the vehicle on a level surface, ap-

ply the parking brake securely and

block the wheels to prevent the vehicle

from moving. Move the shift selector

lever to P (Park).

●Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or

LOCK position when performing any

parts replacement or repairs.

●Never leave the engine or automatic

transmission related component har-

nesses disconnected while the ignition

switch is in the ON position.

●Never connect or disconnect the battery

or any transistorized component while

the ignition switch is in the ON position.

●

Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-

matic engine cooling fan. It may come on

at any time without warning, even if the

ignition key is in the OFF position and the

engine is not running. To avoid injury,

always disconnect the negative battery

cable before working near the fan.

●If you must work with the engine run-

ning, keep your hands, clothing, hair

and tools away from moving fans, belts

and any other moving parts.

●It is advisable to secure or remove any

loose clothing and remove any jewelry,

such as rings, watches, etc. before

working on your vehicle.

●Always wear eye protection whenever

you work on your vehicle.

●If you must run the engine in an en-

closed space such as a garage, be sure

there is proper ventilation for exhaust

gases to escape.

●Never get under the vehicle while it is

supported only by a jack. If it is neces-

sary to work under the vehicle, support

it with safety stands.

●Keep smoking materials, flame and

sparks away from the fuel tank and

battery.

●On gasoline engine models with the

multiport fuel injection (MFI) system,

the fuel filter or fuel lines should be

serviced by a NISSAN dealer because

the fuel lines are under high pressure

even when the engine is off.

CAUTION

●Do not work under the hood while the

engine is hot. Turn the engine off and

wait until it cools down.

●Avoid contact with used engine oil and

coolant. Improperly disposed engine

oil, engine coolant and/or other vehicle

fluids can damage the environment. Al-

ways conform to local regulations for

disposal of vehicle fluid.

This “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section

gives instructions regarding only those items

which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A genuine NISSAN service manual is also avail-

able. See “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual or-

der information” in the “Technical and consumer

information” section of this manual.

You should be aware that incomplete or improper

servicing may result in operating difficulties or

excessive emissions, and could affect warranty

coverage. If in doubt about any servicing,

have it done by a NISSAN dealer.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-5

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Battery

2. Fuse/fusible link box

3. Transmission dipstick

4. Engine oil filler cap

5. Brake fluid reservoir

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

7. Air cleaner

8. Radiator cap

9. Power steering fluid reservoir

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Engine coolant reservoir

NOTE:

Engine cover removed for clarity.

LDI0368

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK

LOCATIONS

8-6 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

The engine cooling system is filled at the factory

with a high-quality, year-round, anti-freeze cool-

ant solution. The anti-freeze solution contains

rust and corrosion inhibitors; therefore, additional

engine cooling system additives are not neces-

sary.

WARNING

●Never remove the radiator or coolant

reservoir cap when the engine is hot.

Wait until the engine and radiator cool

down. Serious burns could be caused

by high pressure fluid escaping from

the radiator. See precautions in “If your

vehicle overheats” found in the “In case

of emergency” section of this manual.

●The radiator is equipped with a pres-

sure type radiator cap. To prevent en-

gine damage, use only a genuine

NISSAN radiator cap.

Outside temperature

down to

Genuine

NISSAN

Long Life

Anti-freeze

coolant or

equivalent

Demineral-

ized or dis-

tilled water

°C °F

-35 -30 50% 50%

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, be sure

to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life

Anti-freeze Coolant (green) or equivalent

with the proper mixture ratio of 50% anti-

freeze and 50% demineralized or distilled

water. The use of other types of coolant

solutions or coolant colors, such as or-

ange, may damage the engine cooling

system.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT

LEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir when

the engine is cold. If the coolant level is below

the MIN level, add coolant to the MAX level. If the

reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the

radiator when the engine is cold. If there is

insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the radiator

with coolant up to the filler opening and also add

it to the reservoir up to the MAX level.

The engine coolant reservoir is a pressur-

ized tank. When installing the cap, tighten

it until a clicking sound is heard.

LDI0369

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-7

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

If the cooling system frequently requires

coolant, have it checked by a NISSAN

dealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

A NISSAN dealer can change the engine coolant.

The service procedure can be found in the

NISSAN Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reduced

heater performance and engine overheating.

WARNING

●To avoid the danger of being scalded,

never change the coolant when the en-

gine is hot.

●Never remove the radiator or engine

coolant reservoir cap when the engine

is hot. Serious burns could be caused

by high pressure fluid escaping from

the radiator.

●Avoid direct skin contact with used

coolant. If skin contact is made, wash

thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner

as soon as possible.

●Keep coolant out of the reach of chil-

dren and pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.

Check your local regulations.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches

operating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10

minutes for the oil to drain back into

the oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Re-

insert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check the oil

level. It should be between the H (High) and

L (Low) marks s

B. This is the normal oper-

ating oil level range. If the oil level is below

the L (Low) mark s

A, remove the oil filler cap

and pour recommended oil through the

opening. Do not overfill s

6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oil

maintenance intervals or during the

break-in period, depending on the severity

of operating conditions.

LDI0370 LDI0371

ENGINE OIL

8-8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly. Op-

erating the engine with an insufficient

amount of oil can damage the engine, and

such damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches

operating temperature, then turn it off.

3. Remove the oil filler cap by turning it coun-

terclockwise.

4. Place a large drain pan under the drain plug.

5. Remove the drain plug with a wrench by

turning it counterclockwise and completely

drain the oil.

If the oil filter is to be changed, remove and

replace it at this time. See “Changing engine

oil filter” later in this section.

WARNING

●Prolonged and repeated contact with

used engine oil may cause skin cancer.

●Try to avoid direct skin contact with

used oil. If skin contact is made, wash

thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner

as soon as possible.

●Keep used engine oil out of reach of

children.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. The engine

oil may be hot.

●Waste oil must be disposed of prop-

erly.

●Check your local regulations.

6. Clean and reinstall the drain plug and a new

washer. Securely tighten the drain plug with

a wrench. Do not use excessive force.

Drain plug tightening torque:

22 - 29 ft-lb (29 - 39 N·m)

LDI0372

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-9

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

7. Refill engine with recommended oil through

the oil filler opening, then install the oil filler

cap securely.

See “Capacities and recommended

fuel/lubricants” in the “Technical and con-

sumer information” section of this manual for

drain and refill capacity.

The drain and refill capacity depends on the

oil temperature and drain time. Use these

specifications for reference only. Always use

the dipstick to determine when the proper

amount of oil is in the engine.

8. Start the engine. Check for leakage around

the drain plug and oil filter. Correct as re-

quired.

9. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10

minutes. Check the oil level with the dipstick.

Add engine oil if necessary.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL FILTER

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply

the parking brake.

2. Turn the engine off.

3. Place a large drain pan under the oil filter.

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench

by turning it counterclockwise. Then remove

the oil filter by turning it by hand.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. The engine

oil may be hot.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface

with a clean rag.

Be sure to remove any old gasket material

remaining on the mounting surface of the

engine.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean

engine oil.

7. Screw on the oil filter until a slight resistance

is felt, then tighten an additional 2/3 turn.

8. Start the engine and check for leakage

around the oil filter. Correct as required.

9. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10

minutes. Check the oil level. Add engine oil if

necessary.

LDI0373

8-10 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

When checking or replacement is required, we

recommend your NISSAN dealer for servicing.

WARNING

●Use only Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF.

Do not mix with other fluids.

●Using automatic transmission fluid

other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF

will cause deterioration in driveability

and automatic transmission durability,

and may damage the automatic trans-

mission, which is not covered by the

NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty.

The specified automatic transmission fluid is also

described on caution labels located in the engine

compartment.

The fluid level should be checked using the HOT

MAX range on the power steering fluid reservoir

at fluid temperatures of 122° - 176°F (50° -

80°C) or using the COLD MAX range on the

power steering fluid reservoir at fluid tempera-

tures of 32° - 86°F (0° - 30°C).

If the fluid is below the MIN line, add Genuine

NISSAN PSF fluid. Remove the cap and fill

through the opening.

CAUTION

●DO NOT OVERFILL.

●Recommended fluid is Genuine

NISSAN PSF or equivalent.

For further brake fluid specification information,

refer to “Capacities and recommended

fuel/lubricants” in the “Technical and consumer

information” section of this manual.

WARNING

Use only new fluid from a sealed con-

tainer. Old, inferior or contaminated fluid

may damage the brake system. The use of

improper fluids can damage the brake

system and affect the vehicle’s stopping

ability.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-

faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is

spilled, immediately wash the surface

with water.

WDI0256

5-SPEED AUTOMATIC

TRANSMISSION FLUID POWER STEERING FLUID BRAKE FLUID

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-11

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

BRAKE FLUID

Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir. If the

fluid level is below the MIN line or the brake

warning light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN

Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT

3fluid up to the MAX line. If fluid must be added

frequently, the system should be checked by a

NISSAN dealer.

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

RESERVOIR

Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodically.

Add window washer fluid when the light comes

on.

To fill the window washer fluid reservoir, lift the

cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window

washer fluid into the tank opening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for better

cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield

washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s in-

structions for the mixture ratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving

conditions require an increased amount of win-

dow washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind-

shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-

freeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

●Do not substitute engine anti-freeze

coolant for window washer solution.

This may result in damage to the paint.

●Do not fill the window washer reservoir

tank with washer fluid concentrates at

full strength. Some methyl alcohol

based washer fluid concentrates may

permanently stain the grille if spilled

while filling the window washer reser-

voir tank.

●Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with

water to the manufacturer’s recom-

mended levels before pouring the fluid

into the window washer reservoir tank.

Do not use the window washer reservoir

tank to mix the washer fluid concen-

trate and water.

LDI0374 LDI0375

WINDOW WASHER FLUID

8-12 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Keep the battery surface clean and dry. Any

corrosion should be washed off with a solu-

tion of baking soda and water.

●Make certain the terminal connections are

clean and securely tightened.

●If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or

longer, disconnect the negative (-) battery

terminal cable to prevent discharge.

WARNING

●Do not expose the battery to flames or

electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas gener-

ated by the battery is explosive. Do not

allow battery fluid to contact your skin,

eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. After

touching a battery or battery cap, do not

touch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly

wash your hands. If the acid contacts

your eyes, skin or clothing, immediately

flush with water for at least 15 minutes

and seek medical attention.

●Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in

the battery is low. Low battery fluid can

cause a higher load on the battery

which can generate heat, reduce bat-

tery life, and in some cases lead to an

explosion.

●When working on or near a battery, al-

ways wear suitable eye protection and

remove all jewelry.

●Battery posts, terminals and related ac-

cessories contain lead and lead com-

pounds. Wash hands after handling.

●Keep battery out of the reach of

children.

1. Remove the battery caps with a screwdriver

as shown. Use a cloth to protect the battery

case.

WDI0224

BATTERY

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-13

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

2. Check the fluid level in each cell If it is

necessary to add fluid, add only distilled

water to bring the level up to the bottom of

the filler opening. Do not overfill.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under

severe conditions require frequent checks of the

battery fluid level.

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting”

in the “In case of emergency” section of this

manual. If the engine does not start by jump

starting, the battery may have to be replaced.

Contact a NISSAN dealer.

1. Power steering fluid pump

2. Crankshaft

3. Generator

4. Air conditioner

5. Water pump

6. Cooling fan

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or

LOCK position. The engine could rotate

unexpectedly.

LDI0302

LDI0399

DRIVE BELTS

8-14 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs of un-

usual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the

belt is in poor condition or is loose, have it

replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly for condi-

tion and tension in accordance with the

maintenance schedule found in the

“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide”.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

Platinum-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace platinum-tipped

spark plugs as frequently as conventional type

spark plugs because they last much longer. Fol-

low the maintenance schedule, but do not reuse

the spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

●Always replace spark plugs with rec-

ommended or equivalent ones.

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch are

off and that the parking brake is engaged

securely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to re-

move the spark plugs. An incorrect socket

can damage the spark plugs.

If replacement is required, please see your

NISSAN dealer for assistance.

WDI0005

SPARK PLUGS

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-15

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and

reused. Replace it according to the maintenance

intervals shown in the “NISSAN Service and

Maintenance Guide.” When replacing the filter,

wipe the inside of the air cleaner filter housing

and the cover with a damp cloth.

To remove the air cleaner filter:

1Loosen the screw.

2Disconnect the electrical connector.

3Push down on the clips and remove the air

cleaner cover. Remove the air cleaner filter.

WARNING

●Operating the engine with the air

cleaner removed can cause you or oth-

ers to be burned. The air cleaner not

only cleans the air, it stops the flame if

the engine backfires. If it isn’t there, and

the engine backfires, you could be

burned. Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed, and be careful when working

on the engine with the air cleaner

removed.

●Never pour fuel into the throttle body or

attempt to start the engine with the air

cleaner removed. Doing so could result

in serious injury.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER

The in-cabin microfilter restricts the entry of air-

borne dust and pollen particles and reduces

some objectionable outside odors. The filter is

located behind the glove box. Refer to the

“NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide” for

change intervals.

To replace the filter, perform the following proce-

dure:

1. Remove the two lower glove box screws.

LDI0376 WDI0406

AIR CLEANER

8-16 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

2. Open the glove box, then remove the four

upper glove box screw. It is not necessary to

remove the two glove box striker screws.

Remove the glove box assembly from the

instrument panel to access the in-cabin mi-

crofilter cover.

3. Remove the filter cover bolt and remove the

filter cover. NOTE:

The filters are marked with air flow arrows.

The end of the filter with the arrow should

face the rear of the vehicle. The arrows

should face downward.

4. Insert the first filter into the housing and slide

it over to the right. Insert the second filter

into the housing.

5. Replace the filter cover.

6. Install the glove box door.

7. Fill out the date information on the small

replacement label and attach it to the glove

box lid.

WDI0407 LDI0387 LDI0404

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-17

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using the

windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters

when running, wax or other material may be on

the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer

solution or a mild detergent. Your windshield is

clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear

water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked

in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then

rinse the blades with clear water. If your wind-

shield is still not clear after cleaning the blades

and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades can dam-

age the windshield and impair driver

vision.

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield.

2Push the release tab, then move the wiper

blade down the wiper arm to remove.

3Remove the wiper blade.

4. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper

arm until it clicks into place.

5. Rotate wiper blade so the dimple is in the

groove.

CAUTION

●After wiper blade replacement, return

the wiper arm to its original position;

otherwise it may be damaged when the

hood is opened.

●Make sure the wiper blades contact the

glass; otherwise the arms may be dam-

aged from wind pressure.

WDI0408

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

8-18 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

If you wax the surface of the hood, be careful not

to let wax get into the washer nozzle s

1. This may

cause clogging or improper windshield washer

operation. If wax gets into the nozzle, remove it

with a needle or small pin s

WDI0378

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-19

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Rear window wiper blade

1Lift the wiper arm away from the rear win-

dow.

2Push the wiper blade in and pivot until the

blade becomes free.

3Insert a new blade onto the wiper arm and

snap into place.

LDI0379

8-20 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

CHECKING PARKING BRAKE

From the released position, firmly push the park-

ing brake down. If the number of clicks is out of

the range listed, see a NISSAN dealer.

●3–4 clicks under depressing force of 44 lb

(196 N).

CHECKING BRAKE PEDAL

With the engine running, check the distance A

between the upper surface of the pedal and the

metal floor. If it is out of the range shown, see a

NISSAN dealer.

Distance A: Under depression force of

110 lb (490 N)

3 1/2 in (90 mm) or more

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting

brakes.

The front and rear disc-type brakes self-adjust

every time the brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system

check if the brake pedal height does not

return to normal.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle have audible

wear indicators. When a brake pad requires re-

placement, a high pitched scraping or screech-

ing sound will be heard when the vehicle is in

motion. The noise will be heard whether or not the

brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakes

checked as soon as possible if the wear indicator

sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, occa-

sional brake squeak, squeal or other noise may

be heard. Occasional brake noise during light to

moderate stops is normal and does not affect the

function or performance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals should

be followed. For more information regarding

brake inspections, see the appropriate mainte-

nance schedule information in the “NISSAN Ser-

vice and Maintenance Guide”.

WDI0293 WDI0229

PARKING BRAKE AND BRAKE PEDAL

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-21

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

BRAKE BOOSTER

Check the brake booster function as follows:

1. With the engine off, press and release the

brake pedal several times. When brake

pedal movement (distance of travel) remains

the same from one pedal application to the

next, continue on to the next step.

2. While depressing the brake pedal, start the

engine. The pedal height should drop a little.

3. With the brake pedal depressed, stop the

engine. Keep the pedal depressed for about

30 seconds. The pedal height should not

change.

4. Run the engine for one minute without de-

pressing the brake pedal, then turn it off.

Depress the brake pedal several times. The

pedal travel distance will decrease gradually

with each depression as the vacuum is re-

leased from the booster.

If the brakes do not operate properly, have the

brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower

amperage rating than specified on the

fuse box cover. This could damage the

electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not come on,

check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight

switch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushing the

tab and lifting the cover up.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller. The

fuse puller is located in the center of the fuse

block in the passenger compartment.

LDI0380

FUSES

8-22 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

5. If the fuse is open, replace it with a new fuse.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical

system checked and repaired by a NISSAN

dealer.

Fusible links

If the electrical equipment does not operate and

fuses are in good condition, check the fusible

links. If any of these fusible links are melted,

replace with only genuine NISSAN parts.

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower

amperage rating than specified on the

fuse box cover. This could damage the

electrical system or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,

check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight

switch are OFF.

2. Pull the fuse box cover to remove.

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.

4. If the fuse is open, replace it with a known

good fuse.

5. Push the fuse box cover to install.

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical

system checked and repaired by a NISSAN

dealer.

WDI0200 LDI0381

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-23

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Replace the battery in the keyfob as follows:

1Open the lid using a coin.

2Remove the battery.

3Install a new battery with the “+” facing

down.

Recommended battery: Sanyo CR2025 or

equivalent.

4Close the lid securely.

5. Press the LOCK button, then the UNLOCK

button two or three times to check the key-

fob operation.

If the battery is removed for any reason

other than replacement, perform step 5.

●An improperly disposed battery can

hurt the environment. Always confirm

local regulations for battery disposal.

●The keyfob is water-resistant; how-

ever, if it does get wet, immediately

wipe completely dry.

●The operational range of the keyfob

extends to approximately 33 ft (10 m)

from the vehicle. This range may vary

with conditions.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-

proved by the manufacturer for compliance

could void the user’s authority to operate

the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC

Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Canada.

Operation is subject to the following two

conditions: (1) This device may not cause

harmful interference, and (2) this device

must accept any interference received, in-

cluding interference that may cause undes-

ired operation of the device.

LPD0214

KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT

8-24 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

HEADLIGHTS

Replacing the halogen headlight bulb

The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type which

uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb. Be-

cause the headlight assembly must be removed

from the vehicle for bulb replacement, see your

NISSAN dealer.

CAUTION

●High pressure halogen gas is sealed

inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may

break if the glass envelope is scratched

or the bulb is dropped.

●When handling the bulb, do not touch

the glass envelope.

●DO NOT TOUCH THE BULB

●Use the same number and wattage as

originally installed:

Low beam:

Wattage: 51

Bulb no.: 9006*

High beam:

Wattage: 60

Bulb no.: 9005*

*: Always check with the Parts Depart-

ment at a NISSAN dealer for the latest

parts information.

●Do not leave the bulb out of the head-

light reflector for a long period of time

as dust, moisture and smoke may enter

the headlight body and affect the per-

formance of the headlight.

●Aiming is not necessary after replacing

the bulb. When aiming adjustment is

necessary, contact a NISSAN dealer.

FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)

Replacing the fog light bulb

CAUTION

●High pressure halogen gas is sealed

inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may

break if the glass envelope is scratched

or the bulb is dropped.

●When handling the bulb, do not touch

the glass envelope.

●Use the same number and wattage as

originally installed:

Wattage 32 Bulb No. 881*

*: Always check with the Parts Depart-

ment at a NISSAN dealer for the latest

parts information.

●Do not leave the bulb out of the fog light

for a long period of time as dust, mois-

ture and smoke may enter the fog light

body and affect the performance of the

fog light.

LIGHTS

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-25

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable.

2. The fog light is accessible in front of the front

tire and behind the bumper.

3. Disconnect the bulb connector s

4. Rotate the bulb counterclockwise and re-

move.

5. Remove by pulling it straight out of the fog

light assembly. Do not shake or rotate the

bulb when removing it. Do not touch the

glass envelope.

6. Install in the reverse order of removal.

NOTE:

To adjust the fog light vertical aim: Access

the aiming screw from underneath the front

bumper. The aiming screw is located on the

bottom of the fog light housing. Turn the

screw clockwise to raise the pattern. Turn

the screw counterclockwise to lower the

pattern.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight assembly

High 60 HB3/9005

Low 51 HB4/9006

Park/Turn 8/27 3157AK

Sidemarker 3.8 194

Front fog light 32 881

Puddle lamp 8 906

Room/map lights 8 –

Personal lights 5 2GL T2P

Footwell 3.4 158

Glove box light 3.4 158

Vanity mirror light 1.32 –

Step light 3.8 194

Cargo light 7 28

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

High-mounted stop

light* ––

Rear combination light

Tail/Stop 7/27 3157K

Backup (reversing) 18 921

Turn 27 3156K

License plate light 5 168

*: See a NISSAN dealer for replacement.

Always check with the Parts Department at a

NISSAN dealer for the latest parts information.

LDI0382

8-26 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Room/map light

2. Front personal lights

3. Step light

4. Puddle lamp

5. High-mount stoplight

6. Cargo light

7. License plate light

8. Rear combination light

9. Headlight assembly

10. Fog light

Replacement procedures

All other lights are either type A, B, C or D. When

replacing a bulb, first remove the lens, lamp

and/or cover.

Indicates bulb removal

Indicates bulb installation

LDI0383

WDI0263

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-27

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Use a cloth s

1to protect the housing.

Use a cloth s

1to protect the housing. Use a cloth s

1to protect the housing.

Room/map lights LDI0389

Personal lights – Type A

LDI0364

Vanity mirror

LDI0385

8-28 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Use a cloth s

1to protect the housing. Use a cloth s

1to protect the housing.

Step light

LDI0341

Puddle light

LDI0388 Cargo light WDI0233

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-29

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

If you have a flat tire, see the “In case of

emergency” section of this manual.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire inflation pressure

Check the tire pressures (including the spare)

often and always prior to long distance trips. The

recommended tire pressure specifications are

shown on the Tire and Loading Information label

under the 9Recommended Cold Tire Inflation

Pressure9heading. The Tire and Loading Infor-

mation label is affixed to the driver side center

pillar. Tire pressures should be checked regularly

because:

●Most tires naturally lose air over time.

●Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over

potholes or other objects or if the vehicle

strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checked when the

tires are cold. The tires are considered COLD

after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more

hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at

moderate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including under in-

flation, may adversely affect tire life and

vehicle handling.

License plate light

LDI0384

Rear combination light WDI0403

WHEELS AND TIRES

8-30 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●Improperly inflated tires can fail sud-

denly and cause an accident.

●The vehicle weight capacity is indicated

on the Tire and Loading Information

label. Do not load your vehicle beyond

this capacity. Overloading your vehicle

may result in reduced tire life, unsafe

operating conditions due to premature

tire failure, or unfavorable handling

characteristics and could also lead to a

serious accident. Loading beyond the

specified capacity may also result in

failure of other vehicle components.

●Before taking a long trip, or whenever

you heavily load your vehicle, use a tire

pressure gauge to ensure that the tire

pressures are at the specified level.

●Do not drive your vehicle over 85 MPH

(137 km/h) unless it is equipped with

high speed rated tires. Driving faster

than 85 MPH (137 km/h) may result in

tire failure, loss of control and possible

injury.

●For additional information regarding

tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-

formation”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-

tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-

tion Booklet.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-31

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Tire and loading information label (for

US)

1Seating capacity: The maximum number of

occupants that should be seated in the ve-

hicle.

2Vehicle load limit: See loading information in

the Technical and consumer information

section.

3Original tire size: The size of the tires origi-

nally installed on the vehicle at the factory.

4Recommended cold tire inflation pressure:

Inflate the tires to this pressure when the

tires are cold. Tires are considered COLD

after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or

more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6

km) at moderate speeds. The recommended

cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer

to provide the best tire wear and vehicle

handling characteristics based on the ve-

hicles GVWR.

5Tire size – refer to “Tire labeling” later in this

section.

6and s

7Spare tire size or compact spare tire

size (if so equipped).

Checking tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the

valve stem. Do not press too hard or force

the valve stem sideways, or air will escape. If

the hissing of air escaping from the tire is

heard while checking the pressure, reposi-

tion the gauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem

and compare to the specification shown on

the Tire and Loading Information label.

LDI0392 LDI0393

8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much air

is added, press the core of the valve stem

briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to

release pressure. Recheck the pressure and

add or release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires, includ-

ing the spare.

Size Cold Tire Infla-

tion Pressure

Front

Original Tire

P285/70R17

P265/70R18

240 kPa, 35 PSI

Rear

Original Tire

P285/70R17

P265/70R18

240 kPa, 35 PSI

Spare Tire P285/70R17

P265/70R18

240 kPa, 35 PSI TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place

standardized information on the sidewall of all

tires. This information identifies and describes

the fundamental characteristics of the tire and

also provides the tire identification number (TIN)

for safety standard certification. The TIN can be

used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

WDI0394

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-33

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

(1) Tire size (example: P215/65R15 95H)

1. P: The 9P9indicates the tire is designed for

passenger vehicles.

2. Three-digit number: This number gives the

width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall

edge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number: This number, known as

the aspect ratio, gives the tire’s ratio of

height to width.

4. R: The 9R9stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number: This number is the wheel

or rim diameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number: This number is

the tire’s load index. It is a measurement of

how much weight each tire can support. You

may not find this information on all tires be-

cause it is not required by law.

7. Tire speed rating. You should not drive the

vehicle faster than the tire speed rating.

WDI0395

8-34 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

(2) TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a new tire

(example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the 9Department Of

Transportation.9The symbol can be placed

above, below or to the left or right of Tire

Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s identifica-

tion mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Optional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufacture

6. Four numbers represent the week and year

the tire was built. For example, the numbers

3103 means the 31st week of 2003. If these

numbers are missing, then look on the other

sidewall of the tire.

(3) Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated

fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must

indicate the materials in the tire, which include

steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

(4) Maximum permissible inflation pressure

This number is the greatest amount of air pres-

sure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed

the maximum permissible inflation pressure.

(5) Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximum load in kilo-

grams and pounds that can be carried by the tire.

When replacing the tires on the vehicle, always

use a tire that has the same load rating as the

factory installed tire.

(6) Term of ”tubeless” or ”tube type”

Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube

(“tube type”) or not (“tubeless”).

(7) The word ”radial”

The word 9radial9is shown if the tire has radial

structure.

(8) Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name is shown.

Other Tire-related Terminology

In addition to the many terms that are defined

throughout this section, Intended Outboard

Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains a white-

wall, bears white lettering or bears manufacturer,

brand, and/or model name molding that is higher

or deeper than the same molding on the other

sidewall of the tire, or (2) the outward facing

sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a par-

ticular side that must always face outward when

mounted on a vehicle.

WDI0396

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-35

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

●When changing or replacing tires, be

sure all four tires are of the same type

(i.e., Summer, All Season or Snow) and

construction. A NISSAN dealer may be

able to help you with information about

tire type, size, speed rating and avail-

ability. Replacement tires may have a

lower speed rating than the factory

equipped tires, and may not match the

potential maximum vehicle speed.

Never exceed the maximum speed rat-

ing of the tire.

●For additional information regarding

tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-

formation”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-

tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-

tion Booklet.

All season tires

NISSAN specifies All Season tires on some mod-

els to provide good performance all year, includ-

ing snowy and icy road conditions. All Season

tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S

on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow

traction than All Season tires and may be more

appropriate in some areas.

Summer tires

NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models

to provide superior performance on dry roads.

Summer tire performance is substantially re-

duced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have

the tire traction rating “M&S” on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy

conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of

SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four

wheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select

tires equivalent in size and load rating to the

original equipment tires. If you do not, it can

adversely affect the safety and handling of your

vehicle.

Generally, snow tires have lower speed ratings

than factory equipped tires and may not match

the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never ex-

ceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be the same

size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all

four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studded tires

may be used. However, some U.S. states and

Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check

local, state and provincial laws before installing

studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of

studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be

poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINS

Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to

location. Check the local laws before installing

tire chains. When installing tire chains, make sure

they are the proper size for the tires on your

vehicle and are installed according to the chain

manufacturer’s suggestions. Use only SAE

class “S” chains. Class 9S9chains are used on

vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance.

Vehicles that can use Class “S” chains are de-

signed to meet the minimum clearances between

the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or

body component required to accommodate the

use of a winter traction device (tire chains or

cables). The minimum clearances are determined

using the factory equipped tire size. Other types

may damage your vehicle. Use chain tensioners

when recommended by the tire chain manufac-

turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the

tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent

the possibility of whipping action damage to the

fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully load-

ing your vehicle when using tire chains. In addi-

tion, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your

vehicle may be damaged and/or vehicle handling

and performance may be adversely affected.

8-36 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Tire chains must be installed only on the

rear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with

chains in such conditions can cause damage to

the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to

some overstress.

Use only the 2WD range when driving on clear

paved roads.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every

7,500 miles (12,000 km).

See “Flat tire” in the “In case of emergency”

section in this manual for tire replacing proce-

dures.

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts

to the specified torque with a torque

wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

98 ft-lb (133 N·m)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to

specifications at all times. It is recom-

mended that wheel nuts be tightened to

specification at each tire rotation interval.

WARNING

●After rotating the tires, check and ad-

just the tire pressure.

●Retighten the wheel nuts when the ve-

hicle has been driven for 600 miles

(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,

etc.).

●Do not include the spare tire in the tire

rotation.

●For additional information regarding

tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-

formation”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-

tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-

tion Booklet.

WDI0258

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-37

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

1. Wear indicator

2. Location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

●Tires should be periodically inspected

for wear, cracking, bulging or objects

caught in the tread. If excessive wear,

cracks, bulging or deep cuts are found,

the tire(s) should be replaced.

●The original tires have built-in tread

wear indicators. When the wear indica-

tors are visible, the tire(s) should be

replaced.

●Improper service of the spare tire may

result in serious personal injury. If it is

necessary to repair the spare tire, con-

tact a NISSAN dealer.

●For additional information regarding

tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-

formation”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-

tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-

tion Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread

design, speed rating and load carrying capacity

as originally equipped. Recommended types and

sizes are shown in “Wheels and tires” in the

“Technical and consumer information” section of

this manual.

WARNING

●The use of tires other than those recom-

mended or the mixed use of tires of

different brands, construction (bias,

bias-belted or radial), or tread patterns

can adversely affect the ride, braking,

handling, ground clearance, body-to-

tire clearance, tire chain clearance,

speedometer calibration, headlight aim

and bumper height. Some of these ef-

fects may lead to accidents and could

result in serious personal injury.

●If the wheels are changed for any rea-

son, always replace with wheels which

have the same off-set dimension.

Wheels of a different off-set could

cause premature tire wear, degrade ve-

hicle handling characteristics and/or

interference with the brake

discs/drums. Such interference can

lead to decreased braking efficiency

and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. Re-

fer to “Wheels and tires” in the “Techni-

cal and consumer information” section

of this manual for wheel off-set

dimensions.

WDI0259

8-38 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel

is replaced, tire pressure will not be

indicated and the low tire pressure

warning system will not function. Con-

tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as

possible for tire replacement and/or

system resetting.

●Do not install a deformed wheel or tire

even if it has been repaired. Such

wheels or tires could have structural

damage and could fail without warning.

●The use of retread tires is not

recommended.

●For additional information regarding

tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-

formation”(US) or “Tire Safety Informa-

tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-

tion Booklet.

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling

and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get

out of balance. Therefore, they should be bal-

anced as required.

Wheel balance service should be per-

formed with the wheels off the vehicle.

Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle

could lead to mechanical damage.

●For additional information regarding

tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety

Information” (US) or “Tire Safety Infor-

mation” (Canada) in the Warranty In-

formation Booklet .

Care of wheels

●Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle

to maintain their appearance.

●Clean the inner side of the wheels when the

wheel is changed or the underside of the

vehicle is washed.

●Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing

the wheels.

●Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or

corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of

pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

●NISSAN recommends waxing the road

wheels to protect against road salt in areas

where it is used during winter.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-39

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

8-40 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

MEMO

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .........9-2

Fuel recommendation ...........................9-3

Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ...........9-4

Recommended SAE viscosity number ............9-5

Air conditioner system refrigerant and

lubricant recommendations ......................9-6

Specifications.....................................9-7

Engine ........................................9-7

Wheels and tires ...............................9-8

Dimensions and weights ........................9-8

When traveling or registering your vehicle in

another country ...................................9-9

Vehicle identification ...............................9-9

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate ..........9-9

Vehicle identification number

(chassis number) ...............................9-9

Engine serial number...........................9-10

F.M.V.S.S. certification label ....................9-10

Emission control information label ...............9-10

Tire and loading information label................9-11

Air conditioner specification label................9-11

Installing front license plate ........................9-11

Vehicle loading information ........................9-12

Terms ........................................9-12

Vehicle load capacity ..........................9-12

Securing the load..............................9-14

Loading tips ..................................9-14

Measurement of weights .......................9-15

Towing a trailer ...................................9-15

Maximum load limits ...........................9-15

Towing load/specification chart .................9-17

Towing safety .................................9-17

Flat towing....................................9-23

Snow plow ......................................9-24

Uniform tire quality grading ........................9-24

Emission control system warranty ..................9-25

Reporting safety defects (US only) .................9-26

Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M) test .....9-26

Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information . . .9-27

In the event of a collision .......................9-28

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure

described in the “Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

US measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 28 gal 23-1/4 gal 105.8 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (RON 91)*1

Engine oil *7

Drain and Refill

With oil filter change 6-1/2 qt 5-1/2 qt 6.2 • API Certification Mark *2 *3

• API grade SL, Energy Conserving *2 *3

• ILSAC grade GF-III*2 *3

Without oil filter change 6-1/4 qt 5-1/4 qt 5.9

Cooling system With reservoir 15-1/4 qt 12-5/8 qt 14.4 50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze Coolant or equivalent

50% Demineralized or distilled water

Automatic transmission fluid Refill to the proper level according to the instructions in the

“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF *4

Power steering fluid (PSF) Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.*8

Brake fluid

Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*5 or equivalent DOT 3 (US FMVSS No. 116)

Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*6

Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Lubricant Type DH-PS or equivalent*6

Transfer fluid 2-3/8 qt 2 qt 2.2 Genuine Nissan Matic D ATF (Continental U.S. and Alaska) or Canada NISSAN Automatic

Transmission Fluid*8

Front final drive oil 3-3/8 pt 2-7/8pt 1.6 API GL-5 Viscosity SAE 80W-90*9

Rear final drive oil 3-3/4 pt 3-1/8 pt 1.75 API GL-5 Viscosity SAE 80W-90*9

Windshield washer fluid (shared between

front and rear wipers) 1-1/4 gal 1 gal 4.5 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-freeze or equivalent

*1: For further details, see “Fuel recommendation.”

*2: For further details, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendations.”

*3: For further details, see “Recommended SAE engine oil viscosity.”

*4: Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission,

which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle warranty.

*5: Available in mainland USA through your NISSAN dealer.

*6: For further details, see “Air conditioner specification label.”

*7: For further details, see “Changing engine oil.”

*8: For Canada, NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid (ATF), DEXRON™ III/MERCON™, or equivalent ATF may also be used.

*9: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 0° C (32° F).

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED

FUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane

rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num-

ber (Research octane number 91).

CAUTION

●Using a fuel other than that specified

could adversely affect the emission

control system, and may also affect the

warranty coverage.

●Under no circumstances should a

leaded gasoline be used, because this

will damage the three-way catalyst.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing reformu-

lated gasolines. These gasolines are specially

designed to reduce vehicle emissions. NISSAN

supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug-

gests that you use reformulated gasoline when

available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxy-

genates such as ethanol, MTBE and methanol

with or without advertising their presence.

NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of

which the oxygenate content and the fuel com-

patibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily de-

termined. If in doubt, ask your service station

manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, please take

the following precautions as the usage of such

fuels may cause vehicle performance problems

and/or fuel system damage.

●The fuel should be unleaded and have

an octane rating no lower than that

recommended for unleaded gasoline.

●If an oxygenate-blend other than

methanol blend is used, it should con-

tain no more than 10% oxygenate.

(MTBE may, however, be added up to

15%.)

●If a methanol blend is used, it should

contain no more than 5% methanol

(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). It

should also contain a suitable amount

of appropriate cosolvents and corro-

sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-

lated with appropriate cosolvents and

corrosion inhibitors, such methanol

blends may cause fuel system damage

and/or vehicle performance problems.

At this time, sufficient data is not avail-

able to ensure that all methanol blends

are suitable for use in NISSAN ve-

hicles.

If any driveability problems such as engine stall-

ing and difficult hot-starting are experienced after

using oxygenate-blend fuels, immediately

change to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a

low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refu-

eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates can

cause paint damage.

Aftermarket fuel additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use of any

aftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuel injec-

tor cleaner, octane booster, intake valve deposit

removers, etc.) which are sold commercially.

Many of these additives intended for gum, varnish

or deposit removal may contain active solvents or

similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel

system and engine.

Octane rating tips

In most parts of North America, you should use

unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at

least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number. How-

ever, you may use unleaded gasoline with an

octane rating as low as 85 AKI (Anti-Knock Index)

number in high altitude areas [over 4,000 ft

(1,219 m)] such as: Colorado, Montana, New

Mexico, Utah, Wyoming, northeastern Nevada,

Technical and consumer information 9-3

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

southern Idaho, western South Dakota, western

Nebraska, and the part of Texas which is directly

south of New Mexico.

Using unleaded gasoline with an octane

rating lower than stated above can cause

persistent, heavy “spark knock.” (“Spark

knock” is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-

vere, this can lead to engine damage. If you

detect a persistent heavy spark knock even

when using gasoline of the stated octane

rating, or if you hear steady spark knock

while holding a steady speed on level

roads, have a NISSAN dealer correct the

condition. Failure to correct the condition

is misuse of the vehicle, for which NISSAN

is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result in spark

knock, after-run and/or overheating, which may

cause excessive fuel consumption or engine

damage. If any of the above symptoms are en-

countered, have your vehicle checked at a

NISSAN dealer.

However, now and then you may notice

light spark knock for a short time while

accelerating or driving up hills. This is not a

cause for concern, because you get the

greatest fuel benefit when there is light

spark knock for a short time under heavy

engine load.

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER

RECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose engine oil with the cor-

rect quality and viscosity to ensure satisfactory

engine life and performance. NISSAN recom-

mends the use of a low friction oil (energy con-

serving oil) in order to improve fuel economy and

conserve energy. Oils which do not have the

specified quality label should not be used as they

could cause engine damage.

Only those engine oils with the American Petro-

leum Institute (API) CERTIFICATION MARK on

the front of the container should be used. This

type of oil supersedes the existing API SG, SH, or

SJ and Energy Conserving II categories.

If you cannot find engine oil with the API CERTI-

FICATION MARK, use API grade SL Energy

Conserving oil. An oil with a single designation

SL, or in combination with other categories (for

example, SL/CF) may also be used if one with the

API CERTIFICATION MARK cannot be found. An

ILSAC grade GF-III oil can also be used.

NISSAN recommends mineral based oils. These

oils must, however, meet the API quality and SAE

viscosity ratings specified for your vehicle.

WTI0082

9-4 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Oil additives

NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil

additives. The use of an oil additive is not neces-

sary when the proper oil type is used and main-

tenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been

previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosity

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes

with temperature. Because of this, it is important

to select the engine oil viscosity based on the

temperatures at which the vehicle will be oper-

ated before the next oil change. The chart “Rec-

ommended SAE viscosity number” shows the

recommended oil viscosities for the expected

ambient temperatures. Choosing an oil viscosity

other than that recommended could cause seri-

ous engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a

high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When re-

placing, use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its

equivalent for the reason described in “Change

intervals”.

Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals for your

engine are based on the use of the specified

quality oils and filters. Using engine oil and filters

that are not of the specified quality, or exceeding

recommended oil and filter change intervals

could reduce engine life. Damage to the engine

caused by improper maintenance or use of incor-

rect oil and filter quality and/or viscosity is not

covered by the NISSAN new vehicle warranty.

Your engine was filled with a high-quality engine

oil when it was built. You do not have to change

the oil before the first recommended change

interval. Oil and filter change intervals depend

upon how you use your vehicle.

Operation under the following conditions may

require more frequent oil and filter changes:

●repeated short distance driving at cold out-

side temperatures

●driving in dusty conditions

●extensive idling

●towing a trailer RECOMMENDED SAE VISCOSITY

NUMBER

●

SAE 5W-30 viscosity oil is preferred for all

temperatures. SAE 10W-30 or SAE

10W-40 viscosity oils may be used if the

ambient temperature is above 0°F (-18°C).

ATI1028

Technical and consumer information 9-5

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM

REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT

RECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioner system in your NISSAN

vehicle must be charged with the refriger-

ant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricant,

NISSAN A/C system oil DH-PS or the exact

equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubri-

cant will cause severe damage to the air

conditioning system and will require the

replacement of all air conditioner system

components.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in your

NISSAN vehicle does not harm the earth’s ozone

layer. Although this refrigerant does not affect the

earth’s atmosphere, certain government regula-

tions require the recovery and recycling of any

refrigerant during automotive air conditioner sys-

tem service. A NISSAN dealer has the trained

technicians and equipment needed to recover

and recycle your air conditioner system refriger-

ant.

Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air

conditioner system.

9-6 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

ENGINE

Model VK56DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC

Cylinder arrangement 8-cylinder, V-block, Slanted at 90°

Bore x Stroke in (mm) 3.858 x 3.622 (98 x 92)

Displacement cu in (cm

) 338.78 (5,552)

Firing order 1–8–7–3–6–5–4–2

Idle speed

See the “Emission Control label” on the underside of the

hood.

A/T (in “N” position)

Ignition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)

CO % at idle

Spark plug

Standard PLFR5A-11

Hot PLFR4A-11

Cold PLFR6A-11

Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.

SPECIFICATIONS

Technical and consumer information 9-7

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WHEELS AND TIRES

Wheels

17 x 7.5J

18 x 8.0J

Tires

P285/70R17

P265/70R18

Spare tire Full size

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length in (mm) 206.9(5,255)

Overall width in (mm) 78.8(2,001)

Overall height

2wd with roof rack in (mm) 76.7(1,947)

4wd with roof rack in (mm) 76.9(1,953)

2wd without roof rack in (mm) 75.3(1,912)

4wd without roof rack in (mm) 75.5(1,918)

Front tread in (mm) 67.5(1,715)

Rear tread in (mm) 67.5(1,715)

Wheelbase in (mm) 123.2(3,130)

Gross vehicle weight

rating

lb (kg) See the “F.M.V.S.S.

certification label” on the

center pillar between the

driver’s side front and

side doors.

Gross axle weight rating

Front lb (kg)

Rear lb (kg)

9-8 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

When planning to drive your NISSAN ve-

hicle in another country, you should first find

out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehi-

cle’s engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low

may cause engine damage. All gasoline vehicles

must be operated with unleaded gasoline. There-

fore, avoid taking your vehicle to areas where

appropriate fuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of your

vehicle to another country, state, province

or district, it may be necessary to modify the

vehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emis-

sion control and safety standards vary according

to the country, state, province or district; there-

fore, vehicle specifications may differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-

other country, state, province or district

and registered, its modifications, transpor-

tation, and registration are the responsibil-

ity of the user. NISSAN is not responsible

for any inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

(VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number (VIN) plate is

attached as shown. This number is the identifica-

tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle

registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

(chassis number)

The vehicle identification number is located as

shown.

LTI0085 LTI0086

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING

YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER

COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Technical and consumer information 9-9

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine as shown.

F.M.V.S.S. CERTIFICATION LABEL

The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (F.M-

.V.S.S.) certification label is affixed as shown.

This label contains valuable vehicle information,

such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR),

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month and

year of manufacture, Vehicle Identification Num-

ber (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROL

INFORMATION LABEL

The emission control information label is at-

tached as shown.

WTI0095 WTI0099 LTI0087

9-10 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION

LABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and

Loading Information label. The label is located as

shown.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION

LABEL

The air conditioner specification label is affixed as

shown.

Use the following steps to mount the front license

plate:

1Make holes on the plastic finisher at the

location mark (small dimple) using a 0.20 in

(5 mm) drill. Apply light pressure to the drill.

Install the license plate holder using the two

screws provided with the holder.

2Mount the license plate using two M6-

14mm bolts.

License plate bolt tightening torque:

3.8 - 4.7 ft-lb (5.10 - 6.37 N·m)

WTI0100 WTI0101 LTI0093

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

Technical and consumer information 9-11

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

●It is extremely dangerous to ride in a

cargo area inside a vehicle. In a colli-

sion, people riding in these areas are

more likely to be seriously injured or

killed.

●Do not allow people to ride in any area

of your vehicle that is not equipped with

seats and seat belts.

●Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a

seat and using a seat belt properly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourself with the fol-

lowing terms before loading your vehicle:

●Curb Weight (actual weight of your vehicle)

- vehicle weight including: standard and op-

tional equipment, fluids, emergency tools,

and spare tire assembly. This weight does

not include passengers and cargo.

●GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weight

plus the combined weight of passengers

and cargo.

●GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) -

maximum total weight (load) limit specified

for the vehicle.

●GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maxi-

mum weight (load) limit specified for the

front or rear axle.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle

shown as 9The combined weight of occupants

and cargo9on the Tire and Loading Information

label. Do not exceed the number of occupants

shown as 9Seating Capacity9on Tire and Loading

Information label.

To get 9the combined weight of occupants and

cargo9, add the weight of all occupants, then add

the total luggage weight. Examples are shown

below.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

9-12 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Steps for determining correct load

limit

1. Locate the statement “The combined weight

of occupants and cargo should never ex-

ceed XXX pounds” on your vehicle’s tire

placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of the driver

and passengers that will be riding in your

vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver

and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX

pounds.

4. The resulting figure equals the available

amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.

For example, if the XXX amount equals 1400

lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers

in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo

and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.

(1400-750 (5 * 150) = 650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight of luggage

and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That

weight may not safely exceed the available

cargo and luggage load capacity calculated

in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load

from your trailer will be transferred to your

vehicle. Consult this manual to determine

how this reduces the available cargo and

luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirm the you

do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

(GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating

(GAWR) for your vehicle.

WTI0091

Technical and consumer information 9-13

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

SECURING THE LOAD

There are tie down hooks located in the cargo

area as shown. The tie down hooks can be used

to secure cargo with ropes or other types of

straps.

Do not apply a total load of more than 55

lbs. (245 N) to a single s

Aplastic hook or 44

lbs. (196 N) to a single s

Bplastic hook

when securing cargo.

Do not apply a total load of more than 110

lbs. (490 N) to a single metal floor tie-down

hook when securing cargo.

WARNING

●Properly secure all cargo with ropes or

straps to help prevent it from sliding or

shifting. Do not place cargo higher than

the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-

lision, unsecured cargo could cause

personal injury.

●Do not load your vehicle any heavier

than the GVWR or the maximum front

and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your

vehicle can break, tire damage could

occur, or it can change the way your

vehicle handles. This could result in

loss of control and cause personal

injury.

LOADING TIPS

●The GVW must not exceed GVWR or

GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S. certi-

fication label.

●Do not load the front and rear axle to the

GAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

WARNING

●Properly secure all cargo with ropes or

straps to help prevent it from sliding or

shifting. Do not place cargo higher than

the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or col-

lision, unsecured cargo could cause

personal injury.

Cargo area ceiling tie-down hooks

LTI0089

Cargo area floor tie-down hooks

LTI0090

9-14 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●

Do not load your vehicle any heavier than

the GVWR or the maximum front and rear

GAWRs. If you do, parts of your vehicle

can break, tire damage could occur, or it

can change the way your vehicle handles.

This could result in loss of control and

cause personal injury.

●Overloading not only can shorten the

life of your vehicle and the tire, but can

also cause unsafe vehicle handling and

longer braking distances. This may

cause a premature tire failure which

could result in a serious accident and

personal injury. Failures caused by

overloading are not covered by the ve-

hicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that

could affect the balance of your vehicle. When

the vehicle is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh

the front and the rear wheels separately to deter-

mine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not

exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings

(GAWR). The total of the axle loads should not

exceed the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR).

These ratings are given on the vehicle certifica-

tion label. If weight ratings are exceeded, move or

remove items to bring all weights below the rat-

ings.

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of a

trailer and its cargo can adversely affect

vehicle handling, braking and perfor-

mance and may lead to accidents.

CAUTION

●Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load

for the first 500 miles (800 km). Your

engine, axle or other parts could be

damaged.

●For the first 500 miles (800 km) that you

tow a trailer, do not drive over 50 mph

(80 km/h) and do not make starts at full

throttle. This helps the engine and other

parts of your vehicle wear in at the

heavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to be used pri-

marily to carry passengers and cargo. Remember

that towing a trailer places additional loads on

your vehicle’s engine, drive train, steering, brak-

ing and other systems.

ANissan Trailer Towing Guide (U.S. only) is

available from a NISSAN dealer. This guide in-

cludes information on trailer towing ability and the

special equipment required for proper towing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the

value specified in the following Towing

Load/Specification Chart found later in this sec-

tion. The total trailer load equals trailer weight

plus its cargo weight.

●When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs.

(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brake sys-

tem MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross Combined Weight

Rating) should not exceed the value specified in

the following Towing Load/ Specification Chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight of the

towing vehicle (including passengers and cargo)

plus the total trailer load. Towing loads greater

than these or using improper towing equipment

could adversely affect vehicle handling, braking

and performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not

only related to the maximum trailer loads, but also

the places you plan to tow. Tow weights appro-

priate for level highway driving may have to be

reduced on very steep grades or in low traction

situations (for example, on slippery boat ramps).

Temperature conditions can also affect towing.

For example, towing a heavy trailer in high outside

TOWING A TRAILER

Technical and consumer information 9-15

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

temperatures on graded roads can affect engine

performance and cause overheating. The engine

protection mode, which helps reduce the chance

of engine damage, could activate and automati-

cally decrease engine power. Vehicle speed may

decrease under high load. Plan your trip carefully

to account for trailer and vehicle load, weather

and road conditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced engine

power and vehicle speed. The reduced

speed may be lower than other traffic,

which could increase the chance of a col-

lision. Be especially careful when driving.

Pull to the side of the road to a safe area.

Allow the engine to cool and return to

normal operation. See “If your vehicle

overheats” in the “In case of emergency”

section of this manual.

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from improper

towing procedures are not covered by

NISSAN warranties. A NISSAN Trailer

Towing Guide (U.S. only) containing infor-

mation on trailer towing ability and the

special equipment required may be ob-

tained from a NISSAN dealer.

Tongue load

When using a weight carrying or a weight distrib-

uting hitch, keep the tongue load between 10 -

15 percent of the total trailer load within the

maximum tongue load limits shown in the follow-

ing Towing Load/Specification Chart. If the

tongue load becomes excessive, rearrange cargo

to allow for proper tongue load.

Maximum gross vehicle

weight/maximum gross axle weight

The gross vehicle weight of the towing vehicle

must not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating

(GVWR) shown on the F. M. V. S. S. certification

label. The gross vehicle weight equals the com-

bined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passen-

gers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and any

other optional equipment. In addition, front or rear

gross axle weight must not exceed the gross axle

weight rating (GAWR) shown on the F. M. V. S. S.

certification label.

CA0009 ATI1025

9-16 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

CHART

US & CAN

2WD 4WD

Towing

Capacity*1

w/o tow

package

6,500 lb.

(2,948 kg)

6,500 lb.

(2,948 kg)

with tow

package*2

9,100 lb.

(4,128 kg)

9,100 lb.

(4,128 kg)

Tongue

Load

w/o tow

package

650 lb.

(295 kg)

650 lb.

(295 kg)

with tow

package*2

910 lb.

(413 kg)

910 lb.

(413 kg)

Gross

Combined

Weight

Rating

w/o tow

package

11,999 lb.

(5,443 kg)

11,999 lb.

(5,443 kg)

with tow

package*2

14,599 lb.

(6,622 kg)

14,799 lb.

(6,713 kg)

*1: The towing capacity values are calculated

assuming a base vehicle with driver and any

options required to achieve the rating. Additional

passengers, cargo and/or optional equipment

will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your

vehicle’s maximum towing capacity.

*2: Requires weight distribution hitch.

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitch

Your vehicle may be equipped with an optional

trailer tow package. The trailer tow package in-

cludes a receiver-type frame mounted hitch. This

hitch is rated for the maximum towing capacity of

this vehicle when the proper towing equipment is

used. Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ball

that is rated for the trailer to be towed. Genuine

Nissan ball mounts and hitch balls are available

from your NISSAN dealer.

If your vehicle is not equipped with the optional

trailer tow package, check the towing capacity of

your bumper hitch or receiver-type frame

mounted hitch. Choose a proper hitch for your

vehicle and trailer. A genuine Nissan trailer hitch

is available from your NISSAN dealer. Make sure

the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle

to help avoid personal injury or property damage

due to sway caused by crosswinds, rough road

surfaces or passing trucks.

WARNING

●Trailer hitch components have specific

weight ratings. Your vehicle may be ca-

pable of towing a trailer heavier than

the weight rating of the hitch compo-

nents. Never exceed the weight rating

of the hitch components. Doing so can

cause serious personal injury or prop-

erty damage

Hitch ball

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight

rating for your trailer:

●The required hitch ball size is stamped on

most trailer couplers. Most hitch balls also

have the size printed on top of the ball.

●Choose the proper class hitch ball based on

the trailer weight.

●The diameter of the threaded shank of the

hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount

hole diameter. The hitch ball shank should

be no more than 1/16” smaller than the hole

in the ball mount.

●The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be

long enough to be properly secured to the

ball mount. There should be at least 2

threads showing beyond the lock washer

and nut.

Technical and consumer information 9-17

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Ball mount

The hitch ball is attached to the ball mount and

the ball mount is inserted into the hitch receiver.

Choose a proper class ball mount based on the

trailer weight. Additionally, the ball mount should

be chosen to keep the trailer tongue level with the

ground.

Weight carrying hitches

A weight carrying or 9dead weight9ball mount is

one that is designed to carry the whole amount of

tongue weight and gross weight directly on the

ball mount and on the receiver.

Weight distribution hitch

This type of hitch is also called a “load-leveling”or

“equalizing” hitch. A set of bars attach to the ball

mount and to the trailer to distribute the tongue

weight (hitch weight) of your trailer. Many ve-

hicles can’t carry the full tongue weight of a given

trailer, and need some of the tongue weight

transferred through the frame and pushing down

on the front wheels. This gives stability to the tow

vehicle.

Another reason to have a weight distributing ball

mount is to comply with the rating on your re-

ceiver. Most receivers have a weight carrying

rating of 5000 lbs. gross weight, 500 lbs. tongue

weight and a weight distribution rating of 10,000

lbs. gross weight, 1000 lbs. tongue weight. This

means that without using a weight distributing

ballmount, the receiver is only designed to carry

5000 lbs.

When hooking up a trailer using a weight distrib-

uting hitch, always refer to the hitch manufactur-

er’s instructions.

1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface.

With the ignition on and the doors closed,

allow the vehicle to stand for several minutes

so that it can level.

2. Measure the height of a reference point on

the front and rear bumpers at the center of

the vehicle.

3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjust

the hitch equalizers so that the front bumper

height is within0-.5inches (0 – 13 mm) of

the reference height measured in step 2. The

rear bumper should be no higher than the

reference height measured in step 2.

WARNING

Properly adjust the weight distributing

hitch so the rear of the bumper is no

higher than the measured reference

height when the trailer is attached. If the

rear bumper is higher than the measured

reference height when loaded, the vehicle

may handle unpredictably which could

cause a loss of vehicle control and cause

serious personal injury or property

damage.

Sway control device

Sway control devices are used to help control the

effects of sudden maneuvers, wind gusts, and

buffeting caused by other vehicles. Make sure the

sway control device is compatible with the trail-

er’s brake system.

Class I hitch

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball

mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers

of a maximum weight of 2,000 lb (909 kg).

Class II hitch

A Class II trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball

mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers

of a maximum weight of 3,500 lb (1,510 kg).

9-18 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

Class III hitch

A Class III trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball

mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers

of a maximum weight of 5,000 lb (2,272 kg).

Class IV hitch

A Class IV trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ball

mount and hitch ball) can be used to tow trailers

of a maximum weight of 10,000 lb (4,545 kg). A

weight distributing hitch should be used to tow

trailers that weigh over 5,000 lb (2,272 kg).

Your vehicle may be equipped with Class IV

trailer hitch equipment that has a 10,000 lb

(4,545 kg) maximum weight rating, but your ve-

hicle is only capable of towing the maximum

trailer weights shown in the Towing

Load/Specification Chart earlier in this section.

CAUTION

●Special hitches which include frame re-

inforcements are required for towing

above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Suitable genu-

ine NISSAN hitches, ball mounts and

hitch balls for pickup trucks and sport

utility vehicles are available at a

NISSAN dealer.

●The hitch should not be attached to or

affect the operation of the impact-

absorbing bumper.

●Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

●Do not modify the vehicle exhaust sys-

tem, brake system, etc. to install a

trailer hitch.

●To reduce the possibility of additional

damage if your vehicle is struck from

the rear, where practical, remove the

hitch and/or receiver when not in use.

●After the hitch is removed, seal the bolt

holes to prevent exhaust fumes, water

or dust from entering the passenger

compartment.

●Regularly check that all trailer hitch

mounting bolts are securely mounted.

●When towing with the hitch ball

mounted to the rear bumper, do not

make sharp turns. The trailer may con-

tact the bumper and cause damage to

the bumper or trailer.

Tire pressures

●When towing a trailer, inflate the vehicle tires

to the recommended cold tire pressure indi-

cated on the tire placard.

●Trailer tire condition, size, load rating and

proper inflation pressure should be in accor-

dance with the trailer and tire manufacturer’s

specifications.

Safety chains

Always use suitable safety chains between your

vehicle and the trailer. The safety chains should

be crossed and should be attached to the hitch,

not to the vehicle bumper or axle. The safety

chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch

ball is mounted to the bumper. Be sure to leave

enough slack in the chains to permit turning

corners.

Trailer lights

Trailer lights should comply with federal and/or

local regulations. For assistance in hooking up

trailer lights, contact a NISSAN dealer. Vehicles

equipped with the optional trailer tow package

are equipped with a 7-pin trailer harness connec-

tor. If your trailer is equipped with a flat 4-pin

connector, an adapter will be needed to connect

the trailer lights to the vehicle. Adapters are avail-

able at auto parts stores and hitch retailers.

Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a braking system,

make sure it conforms to federal and/or local

regulations and that it is properly installed.

Technical and consumer information 9-19

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake system di-

rectly to the vehicle brake system.

Electric trailer brake controller

Trailers equipped with electric brakes may re-

quire the installation of an aftermarket trailer

brake controller.

Your vehicle is equipped with a connector and

jumper harness that is specifically designed to be

used when installing an aftermarket brake con-

troller.

To install the electric trailer brake controller

jumper harness, perform the following proce-

dure:

1. Open the driver door. Move the seat to the

rearmost position.

2. Apply the parking brake to access the

jumper harness connector.

example

LTI0117 LTI0122

9-20 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

3. Locate the jumper harness connector under

the lower portion of the instrument panel.

The connector is taped to the wiring harness

1as indicated.

●The connector is marked with a white tag

with “electric brake connector”.

Wire color designation for electric trailer brake

controller jumper harness.

WIRE COLOR NOTE

RED/GREEN Vehicle stop lamp

switch to trailer brake

controller.

BLACK Brake controller ground

(-).

BROWN/WHITE Trailer brake controller

switched output.

RED/BLUE Trailer brake controller

illumination.

RED Fused trailer brake con-

troller battery feed (B+). 4. Peel off the tape and connect the jumper

harness to the connector s

5. Release the parking brake.

6. Install the aftermarket electric trailer brake

controller according to the manufacturer’s

instructions.

Pre-towing tips

●Be certain your vehicle maintains a level

position when a loaded and/or unloaded

trailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle if it

has an abnormal nose-up or nose-down

condition; check for improper tongue load,

overload, worn suspension or other possible

causes of either condition.

LTI0115 LTI0116

Technical and consumer information 9-21

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Always secure items in the trailer to prevent

load shift while driving.

●Load the trailer so approximately 60% of the

trailer load is in the front half and 40% is in

the back half.

●Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, ve-

hicle tire pressure, trailer light operation, and

trailer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a

trailer to the vehicle.

●Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to

all federal, state or local regulations. If not,

install any mirrors required for towing before

driving the vehicle.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding of the

vehicle’s behavior, you should practice turning,

stopping and backing up in an area which is free

from traffic. Steering stability and braking perfor-

mance will be somewhat different than under

normal driving conditions.

●Always secure items in the trailer to prevent

load shift while driving.

●Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

●Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

●Always drive your vehicle at a moderate

speed.

●When backing up, hold the bottom of the

steering wheel with one hand. Move your

hand in the direction in which you want the

trailer to go. Make small corrections and

back slowly. If possible, have someone

guide you when you are backing.

●Always block the wheels on both vehicle and

trailer when parking. Parking on a slope is

not recommended; however, if you must do

so, first block the wheels and apply the park-

ing brake, and then move the transmission

shift selector lever into the P (Park) position.

If you move the shift selector lever to the P

(Park) position before blocking the wheels

and applying the parking brake, transmission

damage could occur.

●

When going down a hill, shift into a lower gear

and use the engine braking effect. When go-

ing up a long grade, downshift the transmis-

sion to a lower gear and reduce speed to

reduce chances of engine overloading and/or

overheating. However, for long steep grades,

do not stay in 1st gear when driving above 35

MPH (56 km/h) or 2nd gear when driving

above 58 MPH (93 km/h).

●If the engine coolant rises to an extremely

high temperature when the air conditioner

system is on, turn off the air conditioner.

Coolant heat can be additionally vented by

opening the windows, switching the fan

control to high and setting the temperature

control to the HOT position.

●Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal

circumstances.

●Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle’s first

500 miles (805 km).

●For the first 500 miles (805 km) that you do

tow, do not drive over 50 MPH (80 km/h).

●Have your vehicle serviced more often than

at intervals specified in the recommended

Maintenance Schedule in the “NISSAN Ser-

vice and Maintenance Guide”.

●When making a turn, your trailer wheels will

be closer to the inside of the turn than your

vehicle wheels. To compensate for this,

make a larger than normal turning radius

during the turn.

●Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely

affect vehicle/trailer handling, possibly caus-

ing vehicle sway. When being passed by

larger vehicles, be prepared for possible

changes in crosswinds that could affect ve-

hicle handling. If swaying does occur, firmly

grip the steering wheel, steer straight ahead,

and immediately (but gradually) reduce ve-

hicle speed. This combination will help sta-

bilize the vehicle. Never increase speed.

9-22 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●Be careful when passing other vehicles.

Passing while towing a trailer requires con-

siderably more distance than normal pass-

ing. Remember, the length of the trailer must

also pass the other vehicle before you can

safely change lanes.

●To maintain engine braking efficiency and

electrical charging performance, do not use

overdrive.

●Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long

or too frequently. This could cause the

brakes to overheat, resulting in reduced

braking efficiency.

●Increase your following distance to allow for

greater stopping distances while towing a

trailer. Anticipate stops and brake gradually

●Do not use cruise control while towing a

trailer.

●Some states or provinces have specific

speed limits for vehicles that are towing trail-

ers. Obey the local speed limits.

●Check your hitch, trailer wiring harness con-

nections, and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50

miles (80 km) of travel and at every break.

●When stopped in traffic for long periods of

time in hot weather, put the vehicle in the P

(Park) position.

When towing a trailer, final drive gear oil

should be replaced and transmission

oil/fluid should be changed more fre-

quently. For additional information, see the

“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section

earlier in this manual.

Tow mode

Tow mode should be used when pulling a heavy

trailer or hauling a heavy load. Press the tow button

to activate the tow mode. The tow indicator in the

instrument panel illuminates when the tow mode is

selected. Press the Tow button again to turn the

tow mode OFF. The Tow mode is automatically

cancelled when the key is turned OFF.

The Tow mode does the following:

●Reduces transmissions shifts when pulling a

trailer or hauling a load.

●Provides similar shift feel to driver when the

vehicle is towing.

The Tow mode should be used when the vehicle

and trailer weight is at least 75% of the vehicle’s

GCWR. Tow mode is most useful in the following

driving conditions when towing a heavy trailer or

hauling a heavy load:

●Rolling terrain.

●Stop and go traffic.

●Busy parking lots.

Driving the vehicle in the Tow mode with no

trailer/load or light trailer/light load will not cause

any damage. However, fuel economy may be

reduced and the transmission/engine driving

characteristics may feel unusual.

When towing a trailer, final drive gear oil

should be replaced and transmission

oil/fluid should be changed more fre-

quently. For additional information, see the

“Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section

earlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWING

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the

ground is sometimes called flat towing. This

method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle

behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor

home.

CAUTION

●Failure to follow these guidelines can

result in severe transmission damage.

●Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-

ways tow forward, never backward.

Technical and consumer information 9-23

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

●DO NOT tow any automatic transmis-

sion vehicle with all four wheels on the

ground (flat towing). Doing so WILL

DAMAGE internal transmission parts

due to lack of transmission lubrication.

●For emergency towing procedures refer

to “Towing recommended by NISSAN”

in the “In case of emergency” section of

this manual.

Automatic Transmission

To tow a vehicle equipped with an automatic

transmission, an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST

be placed under the towed vehicle’s drive

wheels. Always follow the dolly manufacturer’s

recommendations when using their product.

WARNING

Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing.

Installing a snowplow may affect vehicle

handling. This may cause the driver to lose

control of the vehicle and could result in

serious vehicle damage or personal injury.

DOT (Department of Transportation) Quality

Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to

federal safety requirements in addition to these

grades.

Quality grades can be found where applicable on

the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and

maximum section width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

Treadwear grade is a comparative rating based

on tire wear rate when tested under controlled

conditions on specified government test courses.

For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one

and a half (1-1/2) times as well on the govern-

ment course as a tire graded 100. However,

relative tire performance depends on actual driv-

ing conditions, and may vary significantly due to

variations in driving habits, service practices and

differences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are

AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the

tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as mea-

sured under controlled conditions on specified

government test surfaces of asphalt and con-

crete. A tire marked C may have poor traction

performance.

SNOW PLOW UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

9-24 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to your ve-

hicle tires is based on straight-ahead

braking traction tests and does not in-

clude acceleration, cornering, hydroplan-

ing or peak traction characteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

Temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and

C. They represent a tire’s resistance to heat

build-up, and its ability to dissipate heat when

tested under controlled conditions on a specified

indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high tem-

perature can cause tire material to degenerate,

reducing tire life. Excessive temperatures can

lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C corresponds

to a performance level which all passenger car

tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle

Safety Standard No. 109. Grades A and B rep-

resent higher levels of performance on laboratory

test wheels than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is es-

tablished for a tire that is properly inflated

and not overloaded. Excessive speed,

under-inflation, or excessive loading, ei-

ther separately or in combination, can

cause heat build-up and possible tire

failure.

Your NISSAN vehicle is covered by the following

emission warranties:

For USA

1. Emission Defects Warranty

2. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found with

other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor-

mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN

vehicle. If you did not receive a Warranty Informa-

tion Booklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a re-

placement by writing to:

●Nissan North America, Inc.

Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 191

Gardena, CA 90248-0191

For Canada

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be found with

other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Infor-

mation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN

vehicle. If you did not receive a Warranty Informa-

tion Booklet, or it is lost, you may obtain a re-

placement by writing to:

●Nissan Canada Inc.

5290 Orbitor Drive

Mississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

WARRANTY

Technical and consumer information 9-25

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which

could cause a crash or could cause injury or

death, you should immediately inform the Na-

tional Highway Traffic Safety Administration

(NHTSA) in addition to notifying NISSAN.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may

open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety

defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a

recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA

cannot become involved in individual problems

between you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Auto Safety

Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236. You may

also write to: NHTSA, U.S. Department of Trans-

portation, Washington, D.C. 20590. You can also

obtain other information about motor vehicle

safety from the Hotline.

You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Con-

sumer Affairs Department, toll-free, at 1-800-

NISSAN-1.

In Hawaii call 1-808-836-0888.

Due to legal requirements in some states and

Canadian Provinces, your vehicle may be re-

quired to be in what is called the “ready condi-

tion” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test of

the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition” when it

is driven through certain driving patterns. Usually,

the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary

usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repaired or

the battery is disconnected, the vehicle may be

reset to a “not ready” condition. Before taking the

I/M test, drive the vehicle through the following

pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condition. If

you cannot or do not want to perform the driving

pattern, a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe and

prudent manner according to traffic con-

ditions and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine when the engine coolant

temperature gauge needle points to C. Al-

low the engine to idle until the gauge needle

points between the C and H (normal oper-

ating temperature).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88

km/h), then quickly release the accelerator

pedal completely and keep it released for at

least 6 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a

moment, then drive the vehicle at a speed of

53 - 60 MPH (86 - 96 km/h) for at least 5

minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55 km/h)

and maintain the speed for 20 seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 through 5 at least three

times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88 km/h)

and maintain the speed for at least 3 min-

utes.

8. Stop the vehicle. Place the transmission se-

lector lever in the P (Park) or N (Neutral)

position.

9. Turn the engine off.

10. Repeat steps1-8atleast one more time.

If steps 1 through 7 are interrupted, repeat the

preceding step. Any safe driving mode is accept-

able between steps. Do not stop the engine until

step 7 is completed.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (US

only) READINESS FOR INSPECTION/

MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

9-26 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best

source of service and repair information for your

vehicle. Filled with wiring diagrams, illustrations

and step-by-step diagnostic and adjustment pro-

cedures, this manual is the same one used by the

factory trained technicians working at NISSAN

dealerships. Also available are genuine NISSAN

Owner’s Manuals, and genuine NISSAN Service

and Owner’s Manuals for older NISSAN models.

For USA

For current pricing and availability of genuine

NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model

year and later contact:

Tweddle Litho Company

1-800-639-8841

www.nissan-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of genuine

NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model

year and prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or contact:

DDS Distribution Service, Ltd.

20770 Westwood Road

Strongsville, OH 44136

1-800-247-5321

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE

MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

Technical and consumer information 9-27

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/14/04—tbrooks

For current pricing and availability of genuine

NISSAN Owner’s Manuals for the 2004 model

year and prior, see a NISSAN dealer, or contact:

DDS Distribution Service, Ltd.

20770 Westwood Road

Strongsville, OH 44136

1-800-247-5321

For Canada

To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Ser-

vice Manual or Owner’s Manual please contact

your nearest NISSAN dealer. For the phone num-

ber and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area

call the NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-

387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representa-

tive will assist you.

Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and

Owner’s Manuals for older NISSAN models.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In this unlikely

event, there is some important information you

should know.

Many insurance companies routinely authorize

the use of non-genuine collision parts in order to

cut costs, among other reasons.

Insist on the use of genuine NISSAN

collision parts!

If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts

made to NISSAN’s original exacting specifica-

tions – if you want to help it to last and hold its

resale value, the solution is simple. Tell your

insurance agent and your repair shop to

only use Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts.

NISSAN does not warrant non-NISSAN parts,

nor does NISSAN’s warranty apply to damage

caused by a non-genuine part.

Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect

your personal safety, preserve your warranty pro-

tection and maintain the resale value of your

vehicle. And if your vehicle was leased, using

Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit un-

necessary excess wear and tear expenses at the

end of your lease.

NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to

minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the

windshield of your vehicle in an accident. Non-

genuine (imitation) parts may not provide such

built in safeguards. Also, non-genuine parts often

show premature wear, rust and corrosion.

Why should you take a chance?

In over 40 states, the law says you must be

advised if non-genuine parts are used to repair

your vehicle. And some states have enacted laws

that restrict insurance companies from authoriz-

ing the use of non-genuine collision parts during

the new vehicle warranty. These laws help pro-

tect you, so you can take action to protect your-

self.

It’s your right!

If you should need further information visit us at:

www.nissanusa.com.

9-28 Technical and consumer information

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/21/04—tbrooks

10 Index

4WD warning light ...............2-15

Adjusting pedal position ............3-17

Air bag

(See supplemental restraint system) .....1-14

Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front impact

air bag system) ...............1-22

Air bag warning labels .............1-30

Air bag warning light...........1-30, 2-16

Air cleaner housing filter ............8-16

Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation ..........4-15

Air conditioner service ...........4-24

Air conditioner specification label .....9-11

Air conditioner system refrigerant and

lubrication recommendations ........9-6

Heater and air conditioner

controls ................4-12, 4-21

Rear seat air conditioner ..........4-23

Servicing air conditioner ..........4-24

Air flow charts..................4-16

Alarm system

(See vehicle security system) .........2-20

Anchor point locations .............1-59

Antenna .....................4-41

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) .........5-25

Anti-lock brake warning light..........2-13

Audible reminders................2-19

Audio system ..................4-24

AM-FM-SAT radio with compact disc (CD)

changer ...................4-32

Compact Disc (CD) changer .......4-35

Compact disc (CD) player .........4-30

FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)

player ....................4-27

Radio ....................4-24

Rear audio controls .............4-40

Steering wheel audio control switch. . . .4-38

Autolight switch .................2-25

Automatic

Automatic drive positioner .........3-20

Automatic power window switch .....2-48

Automatic transmission position indicator

light .....................2-17

Driving with automatic transmission.....5-9

Transmission selector lever lock release .5-13

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror .......3-18

Automatic transmission fluid temperature

gauge .......................2-7

AUX jack.....................4-37

Back door ....................3-10

Back door release ...............3-14

Battery ......................8-13

Charge warning light ............2-14

Battery replacement

(See remote keyless entry system). . . .3-9, 8-24

Before starting the engine ............5-8

Belts (See drive belts) .............8-14

Brake

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) .......5-25

Brake booster ................8-22

Brake fluid ..................8-11

Brake light (See stop light).........8-26

Brake pedal .................8-21

Brake system ................5-24

Brake warning light .............2-13

Brake wear indicators ........2-19, 8-21

Parking brake check ............8-21

Parking brake operation ..........5-14

Self-adjusting brakes ............8-21

Break-in schedule................5-16

Brightness control

Instrument panel ..............2-27

Bulb check/instrument panel..........2-12

Bulb replacement ................8-26

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .9-2

Captain’s chair adjustment (2nd row)......1-5

Car phone or CB radio .............4-50

Cargo light ...................2-53

Cargo net ....................2-44

Cargo (See vehicle loading information) . . .9-12

CD care and cleaning .............4-38

CD changer (See audio system)........4-35

CD player (See audio system) .........4-30

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/21/04—tbrooks

Check engine indicator light

(See malfunction indicator lamp) .......2-17

Child restraint with top tether strap ......1-59

Child restraints .......1-34, 1-35, 1-41, 1-57

Precautions on child restraints.......1-41

Top tether strap anchor point locations . .1-59

Child safety rear door lock............3-5

Chimes, audible reminders...........2-19

Cigarette lighter.................2-33

Cleaning exterior and interior ..........7-2

Clock ...................4-28, 4-33

(models with navigation system) ......4-9

Cold weather driving ..............5-28

Compact disc (CD) player ...........4-30

Compass display .................2-8

Console box ...............2-34, 2-41

Control panel buttons ..............4-2

Controls

Audio controls (steering wheel) ......4-38

Heater and air conditioner

controls ................4-12, 4-21

Rear audio controls .............4-40

Rear seat air conditioner ..........4-23

Coolant

Capacities and recommended

fuel/lubricants.................9-2

Changing engine coolant ..........8-8

Checking engine coolant level........8-7

Engine coolant temperature gauge .....2-5

Corrosion protection ...............7-5

Cruise control ..................5-14

Cup holders ...................2-38

Curtain side-impact and rollover air bag . . .1-27

Daytime running light system

(Canada only) ..................2-27

Defroster switch

Rear window and outside mirror defroster

switch ....................2-24

Digital video disc DVD .............4-41

Dimensions and weights .............9-8

Door locks ....................3-3

Door open warning light ............2-14

Drive belts ....................8-14

Drive positioner, Automatic...........3-20

Driving

Cold weather driving ............5-28

Driving with automatic transmission.....5-9

Precautions when starting and driving . . .5-2

Economy - fuel .................5-16

Emission control information label .......9-10

Emission control system warranty .......9-25

Engine

Before starting the engine ..........5-8

Capacities and recommended

fuel/lubricants.................9-2

Changing engine coolant ..........8-8

Changing engine oil .............8-9

Changing engine oil filter..........8-10

Checking engine coolant level........8-7

Checking engine oil level ..........8-8

Engine compartment check locations. . . .8-7

Engine coolant temperature gauge .....2-5

Engine cooling system ............8-7

Engine oil ...................8-8

Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . .9-4

Engine oil viscosity ..............9-5

Engine serial number ............9-10

Engine specifications.............9-7

Starting the engine ..............5-9

Engine oil pressure gauge ............2-6

Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) ........5-2

Eyeglass case..................2-36

Flashers

(See hazard warning flasher switch)......2-28

Flat tire ......................6-2

Floor mat positioning aid.............7-4

Fluid

Brake fluid ..................8-11

Capacities and recommended

fuel/lubricants.................9-2

Engine coolant ................8-7

Engine oil ...................8-8

Power steering fluid.............8-11

Window washer fluid ............8-12

F.M.V.S.S. certification label ..........9-10

Fog light switch .................2-28

Front air bag system

(See supplemental restraint system) .....1-22

Front seats ....................1-2

Fuel

Capacities and recommended

fuel/lubricants.................9-2

Fuel economy ................5-16

Fuel filler cap ................3-15

10-2

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/21/04—tbrooks

Fuel filler lid .................3-15

Fuel filler lid and cap ............3-15

Fuel gauge ..................2-6

Fuel octane rating ..............9-3

Fuel recommendation ............9-3

Fuses ......................8-22

Fusible links ...................8-23

Garage door opener, HomeLinkTUniversal

Transceiver ...................2-53

Gascap.....................3-15

Gauge

Automatic transmission fluid temperature

gauge .....................2-7

Engine coolant temperature gauge .....2-5

Engine oil pressure gauge ..........2-6

Fuel gauge ..................2-6

Odometer ...................2-4

Speedometer .................2-4

Tachometer ..................2-5

Trip odometer .................2-4

Voltmeter ...................2-7

General maintenance ..............8-2

Glass hatch ...................3-15

Glove box ....................2-36

Hazard warning flasher switch .........2-28

Head restraints ..................1-8

Headlight and turn signal switch........2-25

Headphones (See NISSAN mobile

entertainment system) .............4-44

Heated seats ..................2-29

Heater

Heater and air conditioner

controls ................4-12, 4-21

Heater operation ...........4-13, 4-22

Rear seat air conditioner ..........4-23

HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver .......2-53

Hood release ..................3-10

Hook

Luggage hook................2-42

Horn .......................2-29

Ignition switch ..................5-7

Immobilizer system..........2-21, 3-2, 5-8

Important vehicle information label.......9-10

In-cabin microfilter ...............8-16

Increasing fuel economy ............5-16

Indicator lights and audible reminders

(See warning/indicator lights and audible

reminders) ....................2-12

Inside automatic anti-glare mirror .......3-18

Instrument brightness control .........2-27

Instrument panel .................2-2

Interior light ...................2-51

ISOFIX child restraints .............1-57

Jump starting ...................6-7

Key ........................3-2

Keyless entry system

(See remote keyless entry system) .......3-5

Labels

Air conditioner specification label .....9-11

Emission control information label .....9-10

Engine serial number ............9-10

F.M.V.S.S. certification label ........9-10

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . .9-9

Warning labels (for SRS)..........1-30

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren)

System......................1-57

License plate

Installing the license plate .........9-11

Light

Air bag warning light.........1-30, 2-16

Brake light (See stop light).........8-26

Bulb check/instrument panel........2-12

Bulb replacement ..............8-26

Charge warning light ............2-14

Fog light switch ...............2-28

Headlight and turn signal switch......2-25

Interior light .................2-51

Light bulbs..................8-25

Low tire pressure warning light ......2-15

Low washer fluid warning light.......2-16

Passenger air bag and status light .1-24, 2-18

Personal lights ...............2-52

Security indicator light........1-24, 2-18

10-3

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/21/04—tbrooks

Warning/indicator lights and audible

reminders ..................2-12

Lights

Map lights ..................2-53

Lock

Back door release .............3-14

Child safety rear door lock..........3-5

Door locks ..................3-3

Power door locks...............3-4

Low fuel warning light .............2-15

Low tire pressure warning light ........2-15

Low tire pressure warning system........5-3

Low washer fluid warning light.........2-16

Luggage hook..................2-42

Luggage rack (see roof rack) .........2-45

Luggage (See vehicle loading information) . .9-12

Luggage storage

(see vehicle loading information)........2-42

Maintenance

General maintenance ............8-2

Inside the vehicle ...............8-3

Maintenance precautions ..........8-5

Outside the vehicle..............8-2

Seat belt maintenance ...........1-41

Under the hood and vehicle .........8-4

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL)........2-17

Manual front seat adjustment ..........1-2

Manual vent windows..............2-49

Map lights ....................2-53

Map pocket ...................2-37

Meters and gauges................2-3

Instrument brightness control .......2-27

Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror .....3-18

Outside mirror control ...........3-19

Outside mirrors ...............3-19

Vanity mirror .................3-18

NISSAN mobile entertainment system

(MES) ......................4-41

Nissan vehicle immobilizer system

(NVIS).................2-21, 3-2, 5-8

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating) .....9-3

Odometer .....................2-4

Oil Capacities and recommended

fuel/lubricants.................9-2

Changing engine oil .............8-9

Changing engine oil filter..........8-10

Checking engine oil level ..........8-8

Engine oil ...................8-8

Engine oil and oil filter recommendation . .9-4

Engine oil viscosity ..............9-5

Outside mirror control .............3-19

Outside mirrors .................3-19

Overheat

If your vehicle overheats ...........6-9

Owner’s manual order form ..........9-27

Owner’s manual/service manual order

information....................9-27

Parking

Parking brake check ............8-21

Parking brake operation ..........5-14

Parking/parking on hills...........5-23

Pedal position adjustment ...........3-17

Personal lights .................2-52

Power

Power door locks...............3-4

Power outlet.................2-32

Power rear windows ............2-47

Power steering fluid.............8-11

Power steering system ...........5-24

Power vent windows ............2-48

Power windows ...............2-46

Rear power windows ............2-47

Precautions

Maintenance precautions ..........8-5

On-pavement and off-road driving

precautions ..................5-3

Precautions on child restraints.......1-41

Precautions on seat belt usage ......1-32

Precautions on supplemental restraint

system ....................1-14

Precautions when starting and driving . . .5-2

Pre-tensioner seat belt system.........1-28

Push starting ...................6-9

Radio

Car phone or CB radio ...........4-50

Compact Disc (CD) changer .......4-35

10-4

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/21/04—tbrooks

FM-AM radio with compact disc (CD)

player ....................4-27

Rear audio controls .............4-40

Steering wheel audio control switch. . . .4-38

Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M)

test........................9-26

Rear audio controls ...............4-40

Rear center seat belt ..............1-38

Rear power windows ..............2-47

Rear seat air conditioner ............4-23

Rear sonar system off switch .........2-31

Rear window and outside mirror defroster

switch ......................2-24

Rear window wiper and washer switches. . .2-23

Refrigerant recommendation ..........9-6

Registering your vehicle in another country. . .9-9

Remote controller (See NISSAN mobile

entertainment system) .............4-43

Remote keyless entry system ..........3-5

Reporting safety defects (US only) ......9-26

Roof rack ....................2-45

Safety

Child safety rear door lock..........3-5

Child seat belts ...............1-41

Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .9-26

Screen (See NISSAN mobile entertainment

system) .....................4-43

Seat adjustment

Front manual seat adjustment ........1-2

Front power seat adjustment ........1-4

Second row bench seats ..........1-7

Second row captain’s chair .........1-5

Seat belt

Child safety .................1-34

Infants and small children .........1-35

Injured Person................1-35

Larger children ...............1-35

Precautions on seat belt usage ......1-32

Pregnant women ..............1-35

Pre-tensioner seat belt system.......1-28

Rear center seat belt ............1-38

Seat belt extenders .............1-41

Seat belt maintenance ...........1-41

Seat belts ..................1-32

Shoulder belt height adjustment ......1-40

Three-point type with retractor.......1-36

Seat belt warning light .............2-16

Seatback pockets................2-37

Seats

Adjustment ..................1-2

Automatic drive positioner .........3-20

Front seats ..................1-2

Heated seats ................2-29

Manual front seat adjustment ........1-2

Second row captain’s chair adjustment.....1-5

Security indicator light..........1-24, 2-18

Security system (Nissan vehicle immobilizer

system), engine start.........2-21, 3-2, 5-8

Self-adjusting brakes ..............8-21

Service manual order form ...........9-27

Servicing air conditioner ............4-24

Shift lock release ................5-13

Shifting

Automatic transmission...........5-11

Shoulder belt height adjustment ........1-40

Side air bag system (See supplemental side air

bag, curtain and rollover air bag systems). . .1-27

Spark plug replacement ............8-15

Speedometer ...................2-4

SRS warning label ...............1-30

Starting

Before starting the engine ..........5-8

Jump starting .................6-7

Precautions when starting and driving . . .5-2

Push starting .................6-9

Starting the engine ..............5-9

Steering

Power steering fluid.............8-11

Power steering system ...........5-24

Tilting steering wheel ............3-16

Steering wheel audio control switch......4-38

Stop light ....................8-26

Storage .....................2-34

Overhead storage compartment ......2-37

Storage bin................2-37, 2-42

Storage tray ...................2-34

Sun visors ....................3-17

Sunglasses case ................2-36

Sunglasses holder ...............2-36

Sunroof .....................2-49

Supplemental air bag warning labels .....1-30

Supplemental air bag warning light. . .1-30, 2-16

Supplemental front impact air bag system . .1-22

Supplemental restraint system

Information and warning labels.......1-30

Precautions on supplemental restraint

system ....................1-14

Supplemental restraint system

(Supplemental air bag system).........1-14

Switch

Autolight switch ...............2-25

Automatic power window switch .....2-48

Fog light switch ...............2-28

Hazard warning flasher switch .......2-28

10-5

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/21/04—tbrooks

Headlight and turn signal switch......2-25

Ignition switch ................5-7

Power door lock switch ...........3-4

Rear sonar system off switch .......2-31

Rear window and outside mirror defroster

switch ....................2-24

Rear window wiper and washer

switches ...................2-23

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off

switch ....................2-30

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-22

Tachometer ....................2-5

Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge .....2-5

Theft (Nissan vehicle immobilizer system),

engine start..............2-21, 3-2, 5-8

Three-way catalyst ................5-2

Tilting steering wheel ..............3-16

TireFlat tire ....................6-2

Spare tire ...................6-3

Tire chains..................8-36

Tire placard .................9-11

Tire pressure ................8-30

Tire rotation .................8-37

Types of tires ................8-36

Uniform tire quality grading.........9-24

Wheels and tires ..............8-30

Wheel/tire size ................9-8

Tire pressure

Low tire pressure warning light ......2-15

Top tether strap child restraint .........1-59

Tow mode switch ................2-31

Towing

2-wheel drive models............6-11

4-wheel drive models............6-12

Flat towing..................9-23

Tow truck towing ..............6-10

Towing load/specification chart ......9-17

Trailer towing ................9-15

Transceiver

HomeLinkTUniversal Transceiver .....2-53

Transmission

Driving with automatic transmission.....5-9

Selector lever lock release .........5-13

Travel (See registering your vehicle in

another country) .................9-9

Trip odometer ...................2-4

Turn signal switch (See headlight and

turn signal switch) ............2-25, 2-28

Uniform tire quality grading...........9-24

Vanity mirror ...................3-18

Vehicle dimensions and weights ........9-8

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) off switch. . .2-30

Vehicle dynamic control (VDC) system . . . .5-26

Vehicle identification ...............9-9

Vehicle identification number (VIN)

(Chassis number).................9-9

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . .9-9

Vehicle loading information...........9-12

Vehicle recovery ..............6-12, 7-2

Vehicle security system.............2-20

Vehicle security system

(Nissan vehicle immobilizer system),

engine start..............2-21, 3-2, 5-8

Ventilators ....................4-11

Visors ......................3-17

Voltmeter .....................2-7

Warning

4WD warning light .............2-15

Air bag warning light.........1-30, 2-16

Anti-lock brake warning light........2-13

Battery charge warning light ........2-14

Brake warning light .............2-13

Door open warning light ..........2-14

Hazard warning flasher switch .......2-28

Low fuel warning light ...........2-15

Low tire pressure warning light ......2-15

Low washer fluid warning light.......2-16

Passenger air bag and status light.....1-24

Seat belt warning light ...........2-15

Vehicle security system...........2-20

Warning labels (for SRS)..........1-30

Warning/indicator lights and audible

reminders ..................2-12

Warning lights..................2-12

Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer

switches ...................2-23

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-22

Weights (See dimensions and weights) . . . .9-8

Wheels and tires ................8-30

10-6

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/21/04—tbrooks

Wheel/tire size ..................9-8

When traveling or registering your vehicle in

another country ..................9-9

Window washer fluid ..............8-12

Windows

Locking passengers’ windows .......2-47

Manual vent windows............2-49

Power rear windows ............2-47

Power vent windows ............2-48

Power windows ...............2-46

Rear power windows ............2-47

Windshield wiper and washer switch .....2-22

Wiper

Rear window wiper and washer

switches ...................2-23

Windshield wiper and washer switch . . .2-22

Wiper blades ................8-18

10-7

ZREVIEW COPY:—

2004 Pathfinder Armada

(wzw)

Owners Manual (owners)—USA English (nna)

01/21/04—tbrooks

MEMO

RECOMMENDED FUEL:

Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane

rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) num-

ber (Research octane number 91).

CAUTION

●Using a fuel other than that specified

could adversely affect the emission

control system, and may also affect the

warranty coverage.

●Under no circumstances should a

leaded gasoline be used, because this

will damage the three-way catalyst.

For additional information, see “Capacities and

recommended fuel/lubricants in the “Technical

and consumer information” section.

RECOMMENDED ENGINE OIL:

●API Certification Mark

●API grade SL, Energy Conserving

●ILSAC grade GF-III

●5W-30 Viscosity preferred

See “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” in

the “Technical and consumer information” sec-

tion of this manual.

TIRE COLD PRESSURE:

See Tire and Loading Information label.

Nissan 2004 Armada Owners Manual Pathfinder OM

2004-Nissan-Armada 2004-Nissan-Armada

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation